ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION
AGENCY
JUSTIFICATION OF APPROPRIATION ESTIMATES FOR
COMMITTEE ON APPROPRIATIONS, FISCAL YEAR 1977
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
r^3
I 1
tf J
-------
ERRATA
Page Number Line Correction
from to
WQ-32 1975 Accomplishments
line 3 3^646 6,052
Active New Law Projects # $
Add: Step 1&2 2,406 283.5
WQ-50 Obligations 1977 67998?3§9 6,076,420
Contract Authority 6*9981359 6,076,420
ANALYSIS OF INCREASES & DECREASES
(same change) 6-r998-3§9 6,076,420
6,076,420
WQ-52 Active Projects 1975 .3?64.6 6.052
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Summary
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
1977 Budget Estimates
Table of Contents
.Page
SummaryTables , I
Air. A- 1
Abatement and Control , A- 7
Air Quality and Stationary Source Planning and Standards A- 9
Mobile Source Standards and Guidelines , A-13
State Program Resource Assistance A-16
Air Quality Strategies Implementation... A-18
Mobile Source Certification and Testing A-21
Trends Monitoring and Progress Assessment A-24
Enforcement , A-27
Stationary Source Enforcement A-29
Mobile Source Enforcement A-32
Research and Development A-36
Health and Ecological Effects A-37
Industrial Processes , A-42
Monitoring and Technical Support v A-44
Advanced Automotive Propulsion Systems , A-46
Hater Quality. WQ- 1
Abatement and Control WQ- 8
Water Quality Planning and Standards , WQ-10
Eff 1 uent Standards and Gui del i nes WQ-15
Grants Assistance Programs WQ-18
Water Quality Strategies Implementation WQ-22
Water Quality Monitoring and Analysis WQ-28
Municipal Source Control WQ-31
Enforcement WQ-36
Water Quality Enforcement.., , , WQ-36
Research and Devel opment WQ-40
Health and Ecological Effects WQ-41
Industrial Processes. WQ-44
Public Sector Activities..., WQ-46
Monitoring and Technical Support WQ-48
Construction Grants , , , WQ-50
Water Supply WS- 1
Abatement and Control WS- 5
Criteria, Standards, and Guidelines WS- 6
State Program Resource Assistance , , WS- 7
Strategy Implementation . WS- 9
Enforcement WS-11
Water Supply Enforcement WS-11
Research and Development WS-13
Public Sector "ctivities WS-14
Solid Waste. SW- 1
Abatement and Control , SW- 4
Waste Management Practices, Procedures, and Guidelines SW- 6
Waste Management Strategies Implementation ,. SW- 8
Resource Conservation , , SW-10
Research and Development SW-12
Public Sector Activities. SW-12
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
m
-------
' y Pesticides P- 1
Abatement and Control.... , P- 6
Registration and Tolerances ., P- 8
Hazard Evaluation P-l 1
*1p Federal and State Program Support. P-l3
,! :f Enforcement P-l6
** * Pesticides Enforcement P-16
Research and Development * ; P-18
|M Health and Ecological Effects P-13
' I Radiation , ..., R- I
Abatement and Control R- 5
I*** Criteria, Standards, and Guidelines . R- 7
$ ^ Environmental Impact Assessment R- 9
v. Research and Development R-ll
Health and Ecological Effects... R-ll
*»-"^
!4 Noise N- I
^ Abatement and Control N- 7
Environmental Noise Strategies an.d Standards N- 9
Program Implementation , N-ll
"j. Enforcement ' N-13
^] Noise Enforcement N-13
l* Research and Development » N-15
Health and Ecological Effects '. N-15
,„,
( Interdisciplinary , I- 1
• *"' Abatement and Control I- 5
Environmental Impact Statement Preparation , I- 5
s *• Research and Development .."..... , 1-7
. > Health and Ecological Effects I- 8
- 5 Industrial Processes : , 1-10
Public Sector Activities 1-13
v,N Monitoring and Technical Support 1-15
\
Toxic Substances TS- 1
Abatement and Control TS- 4
^ft Toxic Substances Strategies TS- 4
ht Research and Development TS- 6
J Health and Ecological Effects , TS- 6
Energy E- 1
; Research and Devel opment E- 6
{ Interdisciplinary. E- 6
Program Management and Support PMS- 1
* Abatement and Control , PMS- 5
J Program Management PMS- 6
^ Program Support ;. PMS- 7
Enforcement ,..,.., PMS- 8
,« Program Management • PMS- 9
•y Program Support PMS-11
ft Research and Development PMS-12
Program Management PMS-13
-. Program Support PMS-14
'f Energy PMS-15
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Buildings and Faciliti'es
Scientific Activities Overseas.
Page
BF- 1
SAO- 1
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
.**
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Budget Summary
The Environmental Protection Agency's 1977 budget proposal provides for a
decrease of $53.3 million and is presented under eight appropriations. A
summary of each area and the major changes for 1977 follows.
1. Abatement and Control programs provide for development and implementation
of environmental standards, monitoring and surveillance of pollution, pollution
control planning, financial and technical assistance to State and local pollution
control agencies, assistance to other Federal agencies to minimize adverse impact
of their activities on the environment, and training of personnel engaged in
pollution control activities.
Funds budgeted for the air program decrease by $1.6 million. This results
from the reduction of funds for air pollution control training programs, offset
r-t by a number of small increases. The water quality abatement and control program
j J shows a reduction of $59.3 million in 1977. Thirty-eight million dollars of this
* * decrease occurs in assistance to areawide water quality management planning agencies
funded under Section 208 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act. The bulk
ifv,« of the remainder of the decrease arises from $15 million appropriated in 1976 for
< "* the Clean Lakes program which will not be required in 1977.
t
The water supply program will be increased significantly In 1977. An
additional $10 million will double the amount of grant support to the States for
the support of public water system supervision programs and underground injection
control programs. Additional funds have also been included to support 35 additional
positions,.most of which will provide technical assistance to the States in their
assumption of primary enforcement responsibilities for these programs.
A reduction of $5.3 million in the pesticides abatement and control program will
be made possible by the anticipated completion of the initial peak workload required
to implement the new provisions of the 1972 amendements to the Federal Insecticide,
Fungicide and Rodenticide Act. The major item ($4 million) in the reduction will
result from the phase-out of funding to support the joint EPA/Department of
Agriculture-Extension Service applicator training program which will be substantially
completed during 1976.
Other changes in the abatement and control program are a decrease of $464
thousand in the radiation program which will result in the termination of
technical assistance support to States, an increase of $1.9 million in the
interdisciplinary media for contracts to support the preparation of environmental
impact statements, a reduction of $838 thousand in the toxic substances program, and
an increase of $1 million in program management and support.
2. Enforcement program responsibilities are in the areas of air pollution
control, water quality, water supply, pesticides and noise. The EPA enforcement
program is conducted in cooperation with, and in support of, State and community
enforcement programs. Major increases totalling $2.7 million are planned for air
and water quality enforcement in 1977. The air enforcement increase will support
additional positions to be assigned to regional offices to step up enforcement
efforts, particularly in areas of concentrated population where the primary
health related standards, particularly those for particulates and sulfur dioxide,
are not being met. Additional resources are also planned for regional water quality
enforcement. Most of the positions will be allocated to the enforcement of water
discharge permits. Grants-in-aid to States for pesticides enforcement will be
increased by $1 million in 1977. This will permit-a reduction of 10 positions.
A reduction of $321 thousand in the noise enforcement program is possible due to
the completion of funding requirements associated with the establishment of a
noise test facility.
-------
3. Researchand Development programs produce the scientific information and
technical tools onwhich to basenational policy and effective control strategies
in the regulation, prevention, and abatement of environmental pollution.
The program will decrease by $7.0 million, principally because the full $7.6
million added to the 1976 request by the Congress was not carried forward.
Reductions will be effected in the air program ($2.6 million), water quality
($2.2 million), radiation ($800 thousand), and interdisciplinary research
($2.8 million). The water supply program will be increased by $1 million.
4- EnergyResearch and Development programs provide for development of a
scientific basisto ensure (1) protection of human health, (2) environmental
protection necessary to facilitate the use of domestic energy supplies, (3)
implementation of energy systems initiatives without delays caused by inadequate
and insufficient environmental impact data, and (4) the concurrent development
of appropriate control technologies and emerging energy systems to minimize
control costs and environmental impact. The energy related research program
will be reduced by $3.6 million. This adjustment reflects the results of a
review of the governmentwide energy research program, aimed at fully
coordinating this effort.
5. Agency and Regional Management activities provide for Agencywide program
direction and management carried on at EPA headquarters and in the regional offices;
it also covers a variety of common service or support functions which serve
Agencywide needs. An increase of $5.5 million is budgeted for management and
support activities. This will permit audit coverage of the construction grants
program to be expanded; strengthening of civil rights, public information,
evaluation, and employee training programs; and provide for increased rental,
communications, and ADP costs.
6. •Construction Grants are made to local public agencies for construction
of municipal waste water treatment facilities to assist States and localities in
attaining and maintaining water quality standards. The Federal Water Pollution
Control Act Amendments of 1972 authorized $18 billion for this purpose. As of
December 1975, $8.1 billion of these funds had been obligated.
7. Buildings and Facilities activities provide for the design and construction
of new EPA facilities as well as necessary repairs and improvements to federally
installations which are occupied by EPA. No increase is being requested for
these purposes in 1977 and activities will be limited to necessary repairs and
alteration to existing facilities.
8. Scientific Activities Overseas (Special Foreign Currency Program) supports
cooperative research and demonstration programs in other countries, using excess
currencies available. No funds were appropriated in 1975. The 1976 level of
$4 million will be increased to $6 million for 1977 to allow participation in a
special cooperative energy related environmental studies program with Poland.
II
-------
Summary
Budget Authority, Contract Authority:, Obligations, Outlays, End-of-Year Employment
By Appropriation
(dollars in thousands)
Abatement and Control
Budget authority ...
Contract authority...
Obligations
Contract authority...
Outlays
Contract authority...
End-of-year employment.
Enforcement
Budget authority.
Obligations
Outlays
End-of-year employment.
Research and Development
Budget authority........
Obiigations
Outlays.
End-of-year employment.
Energy Research and Deve.1.opment
Budget authority ..........
Obi igations.
Outlays—
End-of-year employment
Agency and Regional Management
Budget authority
Obligations
Outlays
End-of-year employment
Buildings and Facilities
Budget authori ty
Obligations.
Outlays
Construction Grants
Budget authority ,
Contract authority.
Obi igations
Contract authority.
Outlays
Contract authority.
_Sp.i e n t_j_f i c Ac t i v i t i e s Overseas
Budget authority....
Obiigations.
Outlays
Operations, Research and Facilities
Obi igations
Outl ays
End-of-year employment
Actual
1975
5206,816
150.000
267,634
149,977
.259,227
6,122
3,653
,096
50,747
51,637
1,662
^166,532
166,675
166,608
1,810
^134,000
88,339
23,204
60,364
58,779
53,868
1 ,823
1,529
341
3
7,666,230
581,037
3,645,899
1,063,417
874,158
1,243
3,512
6,285
28,691
61
Budget
Estimate
1976
5339,548
346,548
287, DOO
65,000
3,998
53,162
53,162
54,000
1,525
162,632
164,632
167,000
1,779
112,000
125,000
113,000
40
67,35P.
67,358
63,000
1,837
2,100
2,100
1,500
5,200,000
700,000
1 ,600,000
6,000
6,000
4,000
25,000
Current
Estimate
1976
5374,788
397,136
300,000
92,000
4,1.02
52,744
52,856
53,000
1,568
166,466
170,463
177,000
1 ,688
100,550
136,156
120,000
123
70,872
70,872
68,000
1 ,952
2,100
2,959
612
100,000
4,400,000
580,000
1,770,000
4,000
4,198
5,000
15,446
27,0.00
Es tiiiuU"
1977
$329,544
330, .51 9
260,000
45,000
4,?41
56,56!
56,561
56,000
1 ,595
159,476
152,155
160,000
1,679
96,973
88,333
120,000
123
67,538
67,538
66,000
1 ,795
2,100
2,186
2,000
h, 07 6, 420
400,000
3,370,000
6,000
6,000
5,000
3,600
16,000
III
-------
Actual
1975
Budget Current
Estimate Estimate Estimate
1976' 1976 1977
Revolving Fund
Obligations 403 500 500 500
Outlays.... -246 50 -39- -50
Trust Funds
Budget authority 28 ... 9
Obligations 9 ... 72
Outlays 6 24 90
Reimbursements
Obligations 4,399 6,000 6,000 6,000.
End-of-year employment 135 105 111 105
Advances and A11pcations Accounts
End-of-year employment 16 16 6 12
Consolidated Working Fund
Obligations ..7..... 530
Outlays 487 439 337
Total, Environmental! Protection
""Agency
Budget authority 700,365 742,800 771,529 718,192
Contract authority 7,816,230
Obligations 1,226,421 771,300 956,658 713,392
Contract authority 3,795,876 5,200,000 4,400,000 6,076,420
Outlays 1,650,414 1,415,013 1,331,000 1,084,950
Contract authority 880,280 "1,665,000 1,862,000 3,415,000
End-of-year employment 9,160 9,300 9,550 9,550
NOTE: Excludes comparative transfer of Environmental Impact Statement activities from
Agency and Regional Management to Abatement and Control:
Budget authority 5,016 8,789 8,789
Obligations 3,728 8,789 8,789
Outlays 3,728 8,700 8,700
End-of-year employment.•• 50 130 130
All subsequent tables and text include this comparative transfer.
End-of-year employment = permanent positions.
IV
-------
Budget Current
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate
1975 1976 19.76 1977
Reimbursements
Obligations..., ................... 4,399 6,000 6,000 6,000
End-of-year employment ............ 135 105 111 105
Advances and All ocations Accounts
End-of-year employment ............ 16 16 6 12
Consolidated Working, Fund
Obligations — .................... 530
Outlays ................. . ...... ... 487 439 337
Total , Environmental Protection Agency
Budget authority......... ......... 700,365 742,800 771,529 718,192
Contract authority .............. 7,816,230
Obligations ....................... 1,226,421 771,300 956,658 713,392
Contract authority .............. 3,795,876 5,200,000 4,400,000 6,076,420
:" 1 Outlays ............ . ............... 1,650,414 1,415,013 1,331,000 1,084,9.50
,< < Contract authority .............. 880,280b/ 1,665,000 1,862,000 3,415,000
End-of-year employment ............ 9,160" 9,300 9,550 9,550
a/ Includes comparative transfer of EIS from Agency and Regional Management to
Interdisciplinary:
Budget authority 5,016 8,789 8,789
Obligations 3,728 8,789 8,789
Outlays 3,728 8,700 8,700
End-of-year employment 50 130 130
b/ Excludes 43 vacancies.
VII
-------
Summary of Increase or Decrease
Budget Authority and End-of-Year Employment
(dollars in thousands)
Abatement and Control
Budget authority .'
End-of-year employment . .
Enforcement
Budget authori ty
End-of-year employment
Research and Development
Budget authori ty
End-of-year employment. .
Energy Research and Development
Budget 'authori ty
End-of-year employment
Agency and Regional Management
Budget authori ty ....
End-of-ypar employment ,
Buildings and Facilities
Budget authori ty
Scientific Activities Overseas
Budget authori "tv.
Current
Estimate
1976
$383,577*
4, ,232*
52,744
1 ,568
166,, 466
1 ,688
TOO.,-550
T23
62,083*
1 ,822*
2,100
4,00.0
Estimate
1977
$.3.29^574
•4 ',230
56..55.T
1 ,604
159., 422
1 ,678
96,,973
123
67,572
1 ,798
2,100
6,000
Increase +
Decrease -
-$54,003
_2
+3,807
+36
-7,044
-TO
-3,577
+5,489
-24
+2,000
Reimbursements
. End-of-year employment Ill 105 -6
Advances and Allocations
End-of-year employment 6 12 +6
Irust Funds
Budget authority..- , 9 ... -9
Total, Environmental Protection Agency
Budget authority , 771,529 718,192 -53,,337
End-of-year employment 9,550 9,550 ...
* Includes comparative transfer of Environmental Impact Statement activities from
Agency and Regional Management to Abatement and Control:
Budget authority.... , ; ,. $8,789
End-of-year employment 130
End-of-year employment = permanent positions.
VIII
-------
Summary of Budget Authority, Contract Authority,
Obligations, Outlays and End-of-Year Employment
By Media
(dollars in thousands)
Air
Budget authority
Obi igations
Outl ays
End-of-year employment
Water Quality
Budget authority
Contract authority
Obi igations
Contract authority..
Outlays
Contract authority
End-of-year employment
Water Supply
Budget authority
Obi igations
Outlays
End-of-year empl oyment
Solid Wastes
Budget authority
Obi igations
Outlays
End-of-vear employment
Actual
1975
$155,190
152,221
159,498
1,559
178,462
150,000
167,270
149,977
173,350
..... 6,122
3,050
12,704
7,714
5,240
169
19,421
20,184
11 ,623
174
Budget
Estimate
1976
$137,229
142,036
158,000
1,671
210,708
214,199
175,400
65,000
3,054
32,325
27,647
21,500
255
15,620
21,510
14,000
184
Current
Estimate
1976
$145,757
158,932
170,452
1 ,738
238,279
246,873
189,160
92,000
3,105
32,174
32,281
17,620
264
15,685
16,213
13,800
183
Estimate
1977
$142.824
139,082
148 720
1 763
178 237
176 564
138,655
45,000
3 132
43,754
42,594
29,480
298
15,737
16,346
13,200
183
Pesticides
Budget authority 35,213 44,333 44,290 39,807
Obligations 33,722 42,948 44,561 39,862
Outlays 29,016 33,000 35,520 34,880
End-of-year employment 965 972 994 952
Radiation
') Budget authority 7,115 5,977 6,166 4,901
Obligations 7,070 5,965 6,244 4,991
Outlays 9,574 5,700 6,100 5,270
End-of-year empl oyment 262 23] 234 204
\H
I Noise
Budget authority 5,304 10,159 10,574 10,285
Obligations 4,673 10,081 10,631 10,345
Outlays , ,., 4,057 6,900 6,513 9,045
End-of-year employment. 56 86 95 95
Interdi scipl inary , , ,
Budget authority 21,659§-> 29,565§-> 36,944-0 36,020
Obligations 24,953f/ _28,189f> 37,743f/ 36,390
Outlays 18.197T-/ 26,200r/ 265140f/ 26,500
End-of-year employment 313- 382- 334- 350
-------
Budget Current
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate
1975 1976 1976 1977
Toxi'c' Substances
Budget authority 9,444 8,05.9 8,205 7,367
Obligations 4,888 9,429 8,744 3,188
Outlays 2,445 8,200 4,100 5,100
End-of-year employment , 50 56 52 52
Program Management and Support
Budget authority. 64.94S 70,156 65,263 67,195
Obligations 66,08.9 71,127 67,5.72 65,385
Outlays 68,200 67,800 69,295 65,150
End-of-year empl oyment 577 541 489 486
Agency and Regional Management ,/ ,/ ,/
Budget authority 55,348fy 58,569r/ 62,083-, 67,538
Obligations 55,05lT/ 58,569r> 62,083e/ 67,538
Outlays 50,14th:/ 54,300r/ 59,300t/ 6.6,000
End-of-year .employment. 1,773- 1..707- 1,822^ 1,795
Energy '
Budget authority 134,000 112,000 100,0.00 96,427
Obligations 88,339 125,000 135,606 8.7,787
Outlays 23,204 113,000 120,000 120,000
End-of-year employment ,,. 40 123 123
Buildings and •Facilities
Budget authority. 1,529 2,100 2,100 2,100
Obligations 341 2,100 2,959 2,186
Outlays.. 3 1,500 612 2,000.
Construeti on Grants
Budget authority.. ,. ... ... .... ...
Contract authority 7,666,230
Obligations 581,037 ... 100,000
Contract authority 3,645,899 5,200,000 4,400,000 6,076,420
Outlays 1,063,417 700,000 580,000 400,000
Contract authority 874,158 1,600,000 1,770,000 3,370,000
Scientific Activities Overseas
Budget authority .................. ... 6,000 4,000 6,000
Obligations ..................... .. . 1,243 6,000 4,198 6,000
Outlays ..... ............... , ...... 3,512 4,000 5,000 5,000
Operations, Research and Facilities
Obligations ........... . ....... .... 6,285 ... 15,446 3,600
Outlays ......................... .. . 28,691 25,000 27,000 16,000
End-of-year employment .......... , . 61 — ... ...
Revolving Fund
Obligations ....................... 403 500 500 500
Outlays ........................... -246 50 -39 , -50
Jrust Funds
Budget authority ____ ... ........... 28 ... 9
Obligations ............ ........... 9 ... 72
Outlays.. .................. ....... 6 -24 90
VI
-------
Transition Quarter
Budget Authority, Contract Authority, Obligations,Outlays
.. By Appropriation
(in thousands of dollars)
Total
Abatement and Control
Budget authority $94,700
Obi igations , 126,229
Out!ays , ,.,..-.. Ill .000
Contract authority — 15,000
Enforcement
Budget authority ......................... . ............... ................. 13,931
Obligations ..... . ................ , ........ , ---- . ............... ... ......... 13,931
Outlays .............................. . . ......... ______ ...................... 15,000
Research -and Development
Budget authority.. ................... ........................................ 42,923
Obligations ......... . ................ . ---- .. ----- .......... » ................. 55,925
Outlays ...... . ................ .................. , ......... ................. 56,000
Energy Research and Development
Budget authority..... .................... ............... .................... 21 ,000
Obligations .................................... . ................... ........ 30,138
Out! ays ., ... ......... . ................. ............. . .......... .-. ............. 24 ,000
Agency and Regional Management
Budget authority ................ ..... ..................... .« . ----- ..... ...... 14,3.62
Obligations ....... ... ............................................ ......... 14,362
Outlays, ----- .......... ....... ............................................... 13,000
Buildings and Facilities
Budget authority.. ..... ______ ........................ , — .................... 500
Obligations [[[ 533
Outl ays ............... . ............................................... ..... 1 ,000
Construction Grants
Obligations .............................. . ............. ........ ...... .....
Contract authority [[[ 1 ,000,000
Outlays. .......... . ...... .... ....................... . ......... ............... 110,000
Contract authority. ...... . ......... , ---- , ................. . ........... .. 490,000
Scientific Activities Overseas
Budget authority ............................................... ..... ...... 670
Obligations ............................................... .......... . ...... 670
Outlays,. ........................... ; ................................. . ...... 1,000
Miscellaneous Accounts
Obligations ............ . .............. . .................. , .............. ,. 2,425
Outl ays ............ .....•- .............. . .......... .................. ......... , 1 ,990
Total, Environmental Protection Agency
Budget authority ..................................... .................... :. 188,586
Obligations ......... ........... .............. , ......... ., ..................... 244,713
.Contract authority ............. . ....................... ,...., ........... 1,000,000
Outl ays ......... ... ........... ---- . ............. , ....................... ... 332,990
Contract authority ................. . ..................... ................ 505,000
NOTE: Includes comparative transfer of $2,061 for Environmental Impact Statement
activities from Agency Regional Management to Abatement and Control.:
Budget authority., ...... ........ . ----- .............. ........................ 2,061
Obi igations ... ---- . .............. . .......................................... 2,061
-------
Liquidation of Contract Authority
(in thousands of dollars^
Trans ft ion
1916 1975 Quarter 1977
Construction Grants. $1,400,000 $5QQ.,0,aO $600,000 $4,100,000
Abatement and Control
(Areawide Waste Treatment
.Management Grants) Z6..0PO 65.,Q.OO 19,000 49,182
Total.. 1,4Z6,000 565JTO 619,DOO 4,149,182
-------
The 1977 Environmental Protection Agency appropriation request, summarized on
the preceding pages, is identical to the President's Budget submission of
January 21, 1976. Subsequent to the transmission of th,e President's Budget, the
Agency has made a number of small 1976 appropriation transfers consistent with the
seven percent transfer authority provided in the 1976 Appropriation Act (Department
of Housing and Urban Development—Independent Agencies Appropriation Act, 1976,
P.L. 94-116, 89 STAT. 590). Some of these changes affect the planned 1977 program.
Consistent with the Appropriations Committees' interest in reviewing a "current"
budget, these reprogramming actions are reflected in the following analyses and
justifications.
Since reprogramming actions occur frequently, other changes may be expected
before congressional action is completed. The President's Budget reflects the
situation at one point in time as a basis for congressional action.
XI
-------
COMPARISON OF 1977 PRESIDENT'S BUDGET AND
, ' CURRENT OPERATING PLAN ADJUSTMENTS
BY APPROPRIATION
(dollars in thousands)
Abatement and Control
Budget authority
End-of-year employment
Enforcement
Budget authority
End-of-year employment
Research and Development
Budget authori ty
End-of-year employment
Energy Research and Development
Budget authority.
End-of-year employment
Agency and Regional Management
Budget authori ty
End-of-year employment
Buildings and Facilities
Budget authori ty
Sc1entif ic Activ i ties Overseas
Budget authority
Reimbursements
End-of-year employment..
Allocation Accounts
End-of-year employment
Total
Budget authori ty
End-of-year employment
1977
Presi dent' s
Budget
$329,544
4,241
56,561
1,595
159,476
1,679
96,973
123
67,538
1,795
2, TOO
6,000
105
12
718,192
9,550
1977
Current
Plan N. B-.
$329,574
4,230
56,551
1,604
159,422
1,678
96,973
123
67,572
1,798
2,100
6,000
105
12
718,192
9,550
Difference
4-3-
a/ AbatementandControl *
A transfer of +1 position and +$30,000 from Enforcement to reflect a transfer
of functions to the Office of Uater Supply pursuant to the closing of the Cincinnati
National Field Investigation Center.
A transfer of -3 positions from the Abatement and Control pesticides registrations
and tolerances program to Enforcement to provide pesticides technical support in
enforcement case reviews.
A transfer of -1 position from program management to Enforcement for the Office
of General Counsel to provide additional legal support for water quality
programs.
A transfer of -8 positions from interdisciplinary to Enforcement to strengthen
air regional enforcement programs.
XII
-------
b/ Enforcement
A transfer of +1 position and +$20,000 from Agency and Regional Management
to the Office of General Counsel pursuant to the decentralization of routine
administrative services.
A transfer of -3 positions to Research and Development to reflect the
transfer of the stationary source enforcement function to the Denver National
Environmental Investigations Center and to the Office of Research and Development.
A transfer of -1 position and -$30,000 to Abatement and Control to reflect
a transfer of functions to the Office of Water Supply pursuant to the closing of
the Cincinnati National Field Investigation Center.
A transfer of +3 positions from the Abatement and Control pesticides
registrations and tolerances program to pesticide enforcement to provide
technical support in enforcement case reviews.
A transfer of +1 position from Abatement and Control to the Office of
General Counsel to provide additional legal support for water quality programs.
A transfer of +8 positions from Abatement and Control to air enforcement
to strengthen regional air enforcement programs.
c/ Research and Development
A transfer of -4 positions and -$54,000 to Agency and Regional Management
to reflect the transfer and consolidation of financial management services from
the Office of Research and Development in Con/all is to the Office of Resources
Management in Las Vegas.
A transfer of +3 positions from Enforcement to reflect the transfer of the
stationary source enforcement function to the Denver National Environmental
Investigations Center and to the Office of Research and Development.
d/ Agency and Regional Management
A transfer of +4 positions and +$54,000 from Research and Development to
reflect the transfer and consolidation of financial management services from the
Office of Research and Development in Corvallis to the Office of Resources
Management in Las Vegas.
A transfer of -1 position and -$20,000 from the Office of the Administrator
to Enforcement for the Office of General Counsel pursuant to the decentralization
of routine administrative services.
N.B. The 1977 "current plan" reflects the impact on 1977 of 1976 reprogramming
actions made subsequent to the presentation of the 1977 President's Budget. These
transfers, which are listed above, were made pursuant to the authority contained in
tne Department of Housing and Urban Development—Independent Agencies Appropriation
Act, 1976 (89 STAT. 590).
XIII
-------
COMPARISON OF 1977 PRESIDENT'S BUDGET AND
CURRENT OPERATING PLAN ADJUSTMENTS
BY MEDIA
(dollars in. thousands)
1977
President's
JBudget
Air
Budget authority.., $142,824
End-of-year employment » 1,763
Mater Quality
Budget authority 178,237
End-of-year employment 3,132
Mater Supply
Budget..authority... 43,754
End-of-year empl oynient 298
Solid Waste
Budget authority 15,737
End-of-year employment........... 183
Pesticides
Budget authority.. , 39,807
End-of-year employment. 952
Radiation
Budget authority 4,901
End-of-year employment 204
Noise
Budget authority 10,285
End-of-year employment 95
Interdisciplinary
Budget authority 36,020
End-of-year employment 350
Toxic Substances
Budget author!ty 7,367
End-of-year employment 52
Program[Management and Suppjort
Budget authority.. 67,195
End-of-year employment 486
Agencyand Regional Management
Budget authority.. 67,53?
End-of'-year employment 1,795
Energy
Budget authority 96,427
End-of-year employemnt 123
Facilities
Budget authority 2,100
Scientific Activities Overseas
Budget authority 6,000
1977
in
Plan
Curr?l
$142,824
T ,770
178,183
3,128
43,78,4
299
15,737
183
39,807
952
4,901
204
10,215
is
36,020
343
7,367
52
67,185
466
67,572
1,798
96,427
123
2,100
6,000
Difference
+7
-54
-4
+30
+1
•?>*>,
-10
+34
+3
XIV
-------
1977 1977
President's Current
Budget Plan N-B. Difference
Reimbursements
End-of-year employment 105 105
Advances and Allocations
End-of-year employment 12 12
Total, Environmental Protection
Agency •
Budget Authority 718,192 718,192
End-of-year employment 9,550 9,550'
N.B. The 1977 "current plan" reflects the impact on 1977 of 1976 reprogramming
actions made subsequent to the presentation of the 1977 President's Budget. These
transfers, which are listed above, were made pursuant to the authority contained in
the Department of Housing and Urban Development—Independent Agencies Appropriation
Act, 1976 (89 STAT. 590).
XV
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Air
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
AIR
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Actual
1975
Abatement and Control:
Appropriation $84,899
Permanent Positions 735
Transition Quarter N/A
Enforcement:
Appropriation 10,870
Permanent Positions 401
Transition Quarter N/A
Research and Development:
Appropriation, 56,452
Permanent Positions 423
Transition Quarter N/A
Total, Air Program:
Appropriation .,.. 152,221
Permanent Positions 1,559
Transition Quarter N/A
Outlays 159,498
Authorization Levels 490,000
* Authorization pending, $225,486.
** Authorization pending.
Budget
Estimate
1976
Current
Estimate
1976
Estimate
1977
(dollars in thousands)
$77,235
773
20,858
12,020
444
3,447
47,974
454
13,120
137,229
1,671
37,425
158,000
$84,715
803
23,258
12,499
462
3,447
48,542
473
13,120
145,756
1,738
39,825
170,452
240,486*
$83,139
815
N/A
13,743
482
N/A
45,342
473
N/A
142,824
1,770
N/A
148,720
219,621
Increase +
Decrease •«•
1977 vs. 1976
-$1,576
+12
N/A
+1,244
+20
N/A
-2,600
N/A
-2,932
+32
N/A
-21,732
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
The Clean Air Act authorizes a national program of air pollution research,
regulation, and enforcement activities. Primary responsibility for the prevention
and control of air pollution rests with State and local governments. The program •
is directed at the Federal level by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
EPA's role is to conduct research and development programs, set national environmental
goals, ensure that adequate standards and regulations are established to meet these
goals, provide assistance to the States, and ensure that the standards and regulations
are effectively enforced.
The environmental goals are quantified in the National Ambient Air Quality
Standards (NAAQS), which set forth the allowable concentration in air of pollutants
which affect human health and public welfare. The health and other effects of
pollutants are delineated in criteria documents which are the basis for the
standards. National Ambient Air Quality Standards have been set for total suspended
particulates, sulfur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, carbon monoxide, photochemical oxidants,
and hydrocarbons. Two types of. standards are set: primary standards to protect human
health and secondary standards to protect the public welfare (prevention of damage to
property, animals, vegetation, crops, visibility, etc.). Controlling emissions to
meet the standards is handled through two major types of activities: (1) States carry
out State implementation plans (SIPs) which control pollution primarily by prescribing
specific emission limitations or control actions for types of polluters, and (2) EPA
controls, by regulation, emissions from new motor vehicles and new industrial sources.
The attainment of the primary air qualify standards has been the primary objective
of the air program under the Glean Air Act. The combined Federal-State-!oca! effort
to control air pollution has achieved a.notable degree of success in reducing air
pollutant emission levels and in improving ambient air quality across the Nation.
The number of air quality control regions (AQCRs) where violations of the standards
are recorded has decreased between 1973 and 1974. In terms of the primary annual
standard, the percentage of AQCRs reporting violations of the total suspended
A-l
-------
particulates primary standard has dropped from 63 percent in 1973 to 55 percent
in 1974. For sulfur dioxide, the comparable figures are 13 percent and six
percent. A similar trend is evident for automotive related pollutants. For
carbon monoxide, the one-hour standard was violated at 20 percent of the reporting ,
AQCRS in 1974, while in 1973, 17 percent reported violations. However, the eight-
hour carbon monoxide standard violations show a decline—from 77 percent in 1973
to 64 percent in 1974. The oxidants standard was violated in 89 percent of the
reporting AQCRs in 1974 and 84 percent in 1973. In assessing attainment progress,
it should be noted that yearly fluctuations in ambient air quality measurements can
be influenced by both meteorological conditions and levels of economic activity as
well as by emission reductions resulting from control programs per se. \ ,
' : ~" Ja
In spite of the progress that has been made, however, there still remain many *•<*
AQCRs where one or more of the primary standards is exceeded; many of these AQCRs
will continue to have ambient air quality levels in excess of the primary standards ,,
in the future. Nonattainment is defined as the primary standard being exceeded at ^ -
one or more monitoring sites in the AQCR. Current projections indicate that 132
AQCRs will not attain the particulate standard by statutory dates. For SOg, 35
AQCRs will not attain the standard. It is further projected that 79 AQCRs will
have ambient air quality levels in excess of the primary standard for oxidants by
the statutory attainment dates (which for this pollutant is generally beyond mid-
1975), 69 AQCRs will exceed the primary standard for carbon monoxide, and 16 AQCRs
will exceed it for nitrogen dioxide.
The program emphasis for 1977 will continue to be on the attainment of the
National Ambient Air Quality Standards. Emphasis will be given to the enforcement
of State implementation plans, concentrating on those regions of high population
density where the air quality exceeds primary health related standards. States
and communities will continue to bear most of the responsibility for enforcing
State implementation plans both for stationary sources, the origin of most of
the controllable particulate matter and sulfur dioxide, and for automotive related
pollutants. State and community efforts to control stationary source pollution
will be abetted by 20 additional positions assigned to EPA regional enforcement
programs in 1977. The control of automotive pollutants will include State and
community implementation of Transportation Control Plans (TCPs) in areas where
the emission reductions achieved as a result of the Federal motor vehicle pollu-
tion control program will not be sufficient to meet the primary standards for
the automotive related pollutants (primarily carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons, and
oxidants). Emphasis will be placed on the implementation of the vehicle inspection
and maintenance provisions of the TCPs and, where necessary, reasonable measures to
reduce vehicle miles traveled.
In many air quality control regions, State implementation plans will not be
adequate to meet primary standards. In 1977, emphasis will be put on revising
SIPs where it has been determined they are clearly inadequate for attainment.
An additional 20 positions have been added to EPAs regional abatement and
control program for this purpose. Revision of State plans will also be necessary
to include the controls required to assure that the standards, once attained, are
not violated in the future.
The maintenance of standards in the long run will also be facilitated by
Federal programs that lead to the minimization of emissions from new- sources,
i.e., new motor vehicle emission standards and standards of performance for new
stationary sources. The Clean Afr Act requires EPA to set national emission
standards for new motor vehicles. The burden for compliance with auto emission
standards is with the manufacturer. EPA assures compliance primarily by certifying
prototype vehicles. EPA also has the responsibility to ensure that in-use vehicles
meet standards through implementation of the recall, warranty, tampering, and !j
import provisions of the Clean Air Act. The emphasis in the New Source Performance (,j,
Standards program for the control of emissions from new stationary sources will be
Shifted from the control of sulfur dioxide and particulate emissions to the control
of pollutants that lead to photochemical" pollutants formation, i.e., on sources of j
nitrogen oxides and hydrocarbons. This action is expected to result in a greater '^
impact on long-term nationwide emissions. ~"
A-2
-------
The nature and magnitude of the problems associated with attainment and maintenance
of the standards varies with the specific pollutant involved. Particulate matter
problems are related in many cases to sources that are not generally controllable by
the application of commonly available particulate emission controls. Examples of such
] sources are "fugitive dust" and "urban partlculate background," which result from
' ; activities such as farming operations, construction, the abrasion of road surfaces,
and atmospheric reactions Involving pollutants emitted as gases. Development of control
strategies for particulates that take into account these problems will require definition
f "! of sources, development of appropriate analytical tools (including, in some cases,
' j measurement technology), and the Identification of control technology. The 1977 program
' "* addresses these problems.
p*i For sulfur dioxide, the national problem 1s generally related to the need to mini-
} ,, mize the impact on energy supplies of the specific control technologies that are to
< *•' be applied for attainment and maintenance of the standard; the attainment of standards
for this pollutant is relatively well in hand although significant problems must be
»'-n resolved with respect to compliance with emissions limitations by power plants.
] Similarly, problems associated with carbon monoxide do not require extensive develop^
« ment work; implementation of reasonable controls, rather than development of controls,
seems to be required. The 1977 program 1s aimed at such implementation.
- , Problems associated with the atmospheric transformation of pollutants are related
^ ,; to our understanding of the formation of photochemical oxidants and other pollutants,
such as nitrogen dioxide, sulfates, and nitrates. Understanding of the atmospheric
transformation and the Impact that resulting pollutants have on public health and
;"? welfare 1s essential 1f adequate control strategies are to be developed. The research
I | program addressing these issues will be continued in 1977. Implementation plans
will be reassessed as to their control requirements in view of improved understanding
of the transport and transformation processes. The definition of the Impacts on
!""% human health of many substances emitted to the atmosphere in small amounts, such as
' many trace metals, also requires attention.
4 } ..'••• . '
In summary, the EPA program is aimed at supporting States and localities in
, - their air pollution control efforts, at providing an adequate level of Federal
activity in those areas for which the Federal Government has the primary responsi-
K billty (e.g., the setting of emissions standards for new sources) or where Federal
activity would result -in a high environmental pay-off (e.g., enforcement actions
„ , against major air pollution sources in cases where States do not have the resources
to take action), and at the development of air pollution control related knowledge
h ; and techniques supportive of the national air pollution control effort (e.g.,
control technology for NOX, health effects of air pollutants).
' ! SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES
I (in thousands
' of dollars)
] 1976 Air Program $145,756
- Abatement and Control -1,576
, The net resource reduction for the air abatement and control
! program includes both increases and decreases for specific programs.
„, I The resource level will decline primarily as a result of a $3.2
million reduction which will eliminate the academic
training programs. Regional resources will Increase by $.4 million
> ' to supplement activities related to State Implementation Program
., j assessment and revision for the attainment and maintenance of
ambient air quality standards. The mobile source program will increase
$1.4 million due to the new obligation authority required for activities
i previously funded from available prior year funds.
1 Enforcement... • +1,244
Resource levels for the air enforcement program will
increase $.6 million to provide additional regional enforcement
capability 1n nonattainment AQCRs and $.6 million for mobile source
enforcement for the implementation of vehicle assembly line testing
and recall programs*
; A-3
-------
Research and Development ............. , .......... ................ * -2,600
Research levels for the air research and development program
will decrease as a result of carrying forward only $1 million of
the nonrecurring 1976 Congressional Increment of $3 million, and
the reprogrammlng of $600 thousand to other priority areas. _
1977 «1r Program. ........................... .......................... 142,824
SUMMARY OF BtlQSET ESTIMATES
1 • Summary of Budget Request
An appropriation of $142,824,200 1s requested for 1977. This request,
by appropriation account, Is as follows:
Abatement and Control ........................... ....... $83,1 39,000
Enforcement. ........................................... 13,743,000
Research and Development .............. ... .. ________ ....... 45,942,200
This represents a decrease of $2,333,100 from the 1976 air program and Includes
the termination of the academic training program (-$3,189,800); annual Izatton
of the October 1975 pay raise (-+334,200); an Increase In the mobile sources
standards and guidelines, mobile source certification and testing, and trends
monitoring and progress assessment subactivities which is primarily attributable to
activities which' have been previously funded from available prior year funds
(+$1,185,400); an Increase in regional air quality strategies implementation related
to the support of 10 additional positions (+$297,000); miscellaneous operating
adjustments (-$01,000); an Increase in stationary source enforcement to provide
additional regional capabilities in nonattainment air quality control regions
(+$557,400); and an increase for mobile source enforcement for the implementation
of vehicle assembly line testing and recall programs (+$514,000). the resource
level for the research and development program will decrease by $2,600,000. In
1976, the Congress added-on $3 million to this program. $1 million |11] remain
in the base to continue, at a reduced level, the program In atmospheric pollutant
carcinogen studies which has been Initiated with a portion of the 1976 add-on.
Also, $600 thousand has been reprograrrened from the Industrial processes program
to support other priority research efforts.
2. dtanges from Original 1976 Budget Estimate
(1n thousands of dollars)
Changes from the budget are as follows:
Original 1976 estimate ........... ...... $137,229
Congressional Increases:
Control Agency grants ................ +3 ,750
Training... ......................... . +800
Research ............................ , +3S000
Operating adjustments. . ........ , ....... +1,113
Miscellaneous Increases and decreases.. -136
Current 1976 estimate.. ____ ............ 145,756
Most of the additional funds currently estimated for A1r Programs were provided
by congressional Increases to the 1976 budget request. The Increase of $3,750,000
for State and local air pollution control agency grants restored this program to
the 1975 appropriated level (however, because pf a deferral of 1975 budget authority
to 1976, this additional amount does produce a net Increase in funds available for
1976 grants). The additional $800,000 for training 1s part of the $2 million
increase appropriated for academic training grants (the remaining $1,200,000 Is
allocated to Water Quality activities). The $3 million provided for research 1s
A-4
-------
directed toward health effects research on emissions from catalyst-equipped vehicles .
and research on pollutant carcinogen relationships. Most of the remaining change
consists of adjustments to actual operating conditions. In the process of applying
the budget to the specific needs of each regional office, laboratory, and headquarters
program office, numerous small changes are frequently required. Since Air programs
are among the Agency's highest priority objectives, operating adjustments are often
necessary which result in an overall increase.
ANALYSIS OF .INCREASES: AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
Prior year obligations.
Current
Estimate Estimate
1976 1977
(dollars 1n thousands)
$152,221 $158,932
Additional cost of air control
agency grant funds brought
forward ,
Congressional add-on for research and
development, air control agency
grants, and training ,
Decrease in amount of carryover
funds estimated to be available.
Decrease in training program...
Miscellaneous increases and decreases..
Total estimated obligations.......
(From new obligation authority).
(From prior year funds)
+3,750
+4,520
-1,559
158,932
(133,816)
(25,116)
-3,750
-1,600
-13,175
-2,000
+675
139,082
(127,141)
(11,941)
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
Increases provided by the Congress account for most changes in obligations in
1976. The total additional budget authority of $7,550,000 in 1976 plus a congressional
increase of $3,750,000 deferred from 1975 are expected to increase obligations by
$8,270,000. This is partially offset by a decrease in the amount of obligations from
prior year funds which were brought forward into 1976.
Although there is no major change in the total program level between 1976 and
1977, obligations will decrease in 1977 because of a reduction in
carryover funds expected to be available in 1977 and the nonrecurrence of 19/b
obligations which resulted from congressional increases. The decrease in the training
programs reflects the termination of academic training in 1977. "Miscellaneous
increases and decreases" consist largely of annual1zation of the October 1975 pay raise,
plus the net change of increases and decreases In mobile source programs, monitoring,
and enforcement. Detailed explanations of these changes are contained in the following
sections.
A-5
-------
AIR
Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1977 1977 vs, 1976
PROGRAM LEVELS
Total Identified point sources
in U.S ,
Identified point sources In
nonattainment AQCRs..'...........
Identified nonpoint Sources in
nonattainment AQCRs..
Number of EPA field surveillance
actions (under SIPs).V.
Number of EPA enforcement actions
(under SIPs).
Number of sources subject to NSPS
Number of States delegated NSPS
enforcement authority.
Number of States delegated
NESHAPS enforcement authority...
Assembly line testing test orders
Certification, Inspection/
Investigation
Fuels inspection
Tampering, Imports, and Recall
Investigations. ,
Number of pollutants covered by
hazardous pollutant standards...
Number of source categories
covered by NSPS , ,
Number of engine families certi-
fied for conformity with
emission standards
Number of emission tests carried
out for motor vehicle certifica-
tion purposes
Number of fuel economy tests
carried out-.,
Number of ambient air quality
monitoring stations reporting
data to EPA for:
Sulfur Dioxide
Participates.
Carbon Monoxide
Oxidants ,
Nitrogen Dioxide.....
Number of stationary sources
included in the emissions data
bank
Number of ambient air quality
values stored in the aerometric
data bank.,
19,360
NA
NA
5,882
593
300
4
4
53
18,955
104
3
13
250
2,111
1,516
2,259
3,792
370
343
1,834
125,000
58 million
19,500
10,035
130,000
4,000
700
1,500
42
34
10
60
25,000
85
4
19
300
2,180
1,810
2,100
3,500
400
350
1 ,900
145,000
73 million
20,000
10,200
130,000
5,200
875
4,000
48
48
20
60
20,000
115
4
25
300
2,890
1,810
2,000
3,000
425
375
2,000
155,000
88 million
+500
+165
• • •
+1 ,200
+175
+2,500
+6
-H4
+10
-5,666
+30
. . .
+6
• * i
+710
....
-100
-500
+25
+25
+100
+10,000
+15 million
A-6
-------
Abatement and
Control
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
AIR
Abatement and Control
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Page
Budget Authority
Air Quality and
Stationary Source
Planning and Standards.. $7,777
Mobile Source Standards
and Guidelines 5,299
State Program Resource
Assistance 54,456
Air Quality Strategies
Implementation 4,797
Mobile Source Certification
and Testing 5,940
Trends Monitoring and
Progress Assessment 6,630
$7,777
5,299
54,456
4,797
in
5,940
6,630
$7,466
2,027
50,265
5,095
6,126 '
6,256
$8,001
3,907
54,731
5,411
6,384
6,281
$8,058
4,320
51 ,554
5,676
6,827
6,704
+JE7
+413
-3,177
+265
+443
+423
A-9
A-13
A-16
A-18
A-21
A-24
Total....... 84,899 77,235 84,715 83,139
.Permanent Positions
Air Quality and
Stationary Source
Planning and Standards..
Mobile Source Standards
and Guidelines.
State Program Resource
Assistance
Air Quality Strategies
Implementation
Mobile Source Certification
and Testing.
Trends Monitoring and
Progress Assessment
-1,576
160
50
33
217
125
150
165
53
33
212
162
148
182
60
15
240
165
141
1.81
60
15
250
158
151
-1
...
+10
-7
+10
A-9
A-13
A-16
A-18
A-21
A-24
Total.
735
773
803
815
+12
The Abatement and Control appropriation encompasses air program activities related
to the development of control strategies, and control programs, and the implementation
of such programs. This objective is accomplished in two basic ways. First, State
and local agencies are encouraged to implement requisite programs by the provision of
assistance in all .areas of technical and policy matters. Second, direct Federal action
is taken in cases of State or local failure to act as required by the Clean Air Act.
Abatement and control activities in the air program are aimed at supporting
the overall air program objectives of attaining and maintaining the National Ambient
Air Quality Standards. Support of State and local programs is the highest priority
objective under abatement and control, followed by the implementation of comple-
mentary Federal controls, i.e., New Source Performance Standards for new stationary
sources of pollution and motor vehicle emission controls. Lower emphasis must be
placed on other important environmental problems, such as the control of pollutants
with localized effects and the control of pollutants with no direct human health impact.
A-7
-------
Supportive of the primary air program objective are activities related to the
assessment of the adequacy of State Implementation Plans (SIPs) for attaining and
maintaining primary NAAQS in view of widespread lack of attainment for participates, s-s
carbon monoxide, and oxidants. The assessment of SIPs in relation to sulfur dioxide
standards is related to the energy impacts of these SIPs rather than attainment »
since attainment is generally well in hand. The maintenance of all standards in
the future (and, in many cases, their eventual attainment) will require long-range -o
planning of controls with an ever increasing level of sophistication. The impacts ~!
of air pollution control requirements on society, economic activity, and energy *'
supplies will be minimized and air pollution control goals will be adequately
considered along with other social goals only if improved planning processes are .•#*
implemented. Program emphasis in 1977 win be on the development of analytical *$
tools, data bases, and State and local planning and control processes that will 5 '
foster implementation of control programs at the State and local level in order to
alleviate the need for Federal intervention. »,
The abatement and control activities are categorized under the following s
subactivities:
Air quality and StationarySource Planning and Standards. This subactivity *'
is related to (1) the development of nationwide control strategies for both
regulated and unregulated pollutants, the assessment and modification of these
strategies, and the translation of decisions on appropriate control requirements
into regulatory actions, and (2) the development of emissions standards for ' <
stationary sources of air pollution, and the requisite supporting analyses and I
technology assessments. Control strategies developed under this subactivity are *'
translated into criteria for State action, e.g., SIPs, or directly into Federal
control requirements, e.g., New Source Performance Standards. s
Mobile Sources Standards and Guidelines. This subactivity involves the setting
of emissions standards for mobile sources (including the associated technical
analyses and technology assessments) and the development of mobile sources technical
procedures and guidelines for the control of emissions from new and in-use vehicles.
Under this subactivity, findings made as to the need for control of mobile source '
emissions under the research and development activities or under the air quality
and stationary source planning and standards subactivity are translated into
practical control programs.
State Programs Resource Assistance. This .subactivity involves the provision
of resources to support State and local governments' activities in implementing
air pollution control programs. The primary responsibility for controlling air
pollution rests on the States and localities. If these governments are to
effectively implement air pollution control programs, thereby eliminating or
reducing the need for direct Federal intervention, supplementation of State and
local resources is required. Resource supplementation complements the activities \
carried out under the other subactivities of the Abatement and Control appropriation.
Air Quality Strategies Implementation. This subactivity is related to the
implementation of regulatory requirements for which the Federal Government has ,
primary responsibility, such as the implementation of air quality standards and >-|
control strategies when States or communities fail to act, the interaction with . J
State and local governments in the implementation of air pollution control activities,
the consultation with, and overview of air pollution control activities carried
out by Federal facilities, and the review of environmental impact statements prepared ^j
by other Federal agencies for air pollution impact. These activities result in the ~,i|
implementation of the general control strategies (developed under the standards
subactivities), through State and local control programs.
"
-------
AIR
Abatement and Control
Air Quality and Stationary Source Planning and Standards
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget
Actual Estimate
1975 1976
Appropriation
Permanent Positions
$7,777
160
Current
Estimate
1976
Estimate
1977
(dollars In thousanHsT
$7,466
165
$8,001
182
$8,058
181
Increase +
Decrease -
.1977 vs. 1976
+$57
-1
Budget Request
An appropriation of $8,057,700 is requested for 1977.
increase of $56,700 over the 1976 appropriation.
Program Descri pti on
This represents an
This subactivity includes the setting of emission standards for stationary
sources and all industry studies, cost studies, and other analyses which support
the standard setting function. Also included is the setting of ambient air
quality standards, the development of control strategies for noncriteria
pollutants, and the translation of all control strategies into regulatory actions,
New Source Performance Standards are set for production processes within
specific designated industries for the control of specific pollutants. An
example is the standard for electric arc furnaces within the ferroalloy industry
to control particulates. They provide the basis for controlling emerging
industries, such as oil shale use and coal gasification , and are a major long-run
tool to prevent significant deterioration and to maintain air quality. The
standards define best available control technology (BACT) for specific
production units of the industries studied.; the technical data used for
determining BACT are documented and made available with the standards. These
data are useful to State agencies who are frequently engaged in dialogues with
industry on the subject of control technology.
The standard setting activity for new stationary sources has been largely
concerned with sources of particulate (TSP) and SOg emissions. A study prepared
in 1075 by the Argonne National Laboratory showed that the standard setting
activity can have a greater impact on long-term nationwide emissions by changing
its emphasis to control of sources of substantial hydrocarbon (HC) and
nitrogen oxides (MOX) emissions. This change in direction is underway; a listing
of sources emitting large amounts of HC and HOX has been prepared. Some sources
in this category are small but very numerous, and therefore the category
contributes a large amount of emissions. Standard setting for these small
sources has been somewhat inhibited by the requirement for compliance testing of
new sources. Since individual compliance testing for many small sources would be
extremely burdensome, a design verification program is planned. In this program
the design of equipment to be used by the small sources will be "verified"
as to its control capability, at the source of its manufacturer, rather than at the
source of its use. This places the responsibility for conforming to standards
on the manufacturers of equipment, rather than on individual operators, who are
less wel 1 -equipped to bear the technical and economic burdens of compliance.
A-9
-------
National Ambient Air Quality Standards have been set for six pollutants;
attainment of the standards is envisioned by the Clean Air Act by 1975-1977.
Although most readily available control methods have been employed nationally,
many regions have not attained standards and most likely will not attain
them in the 1975-1977 time frame. Available air quality data indicate that
16 AQCRs will not attain the standard for N02 79 for oxidants and 69 for
CO; 132 AQCRs have concentrations of TSP exceeding the standard and 35
AQCRs show values exceedinq the standards for 502- In addition, the analyses
required by Section 4 of the Energy Supply and Environmental Coordination Act
(ESECA) have identified many areas with potentially inadequate SIP regulations for
control of TSP and S0?. Presently, there are 15 to 30 areas currently without
specific controls for CO and oxidants which are experiencing levels of these
pollutants higher than the primary standards. These areas may require the
addition 0:f specific controls to their SIPs. Additional plan revisions will be
required for maintenance of standards in many .areas now attaining standards.
This situation requires a reassessment of control strategies.
Methodologies and criteria for control strategy development for large
geographic areas and for specific areas must be developed. In addition, air
.pollution problems related to atmospheric transformations (e.g., nitrogen dioxide
and nitrates formed from nitrogen oxide emissions, photochemical oxidants from
hydrocarbon and nitrogen oxides, and sulfates from sulfur dioxide) are proving
to involve large-scale geographical areas, i.e., multi-States areas, far
exceeding the size of AQCRs. New approaches to air pollution control for areas
of this magnitude are required. In other cases (e.g., sulfur dioxide or carbon
monoxide-related air quality problems), refinements and improvements in well-
understood techniques may be in order for optimization of control requirements.
The current situation with respect to EPA involvement in energy projects such
as the Clean Fuels Policy, the oil-to-coal program and other aspects of ESECA
has made it apparent that the availability of energy and fuels information, in
a readily useable form, is necessary to conduct these activities. The
gathering and interpretation of energy information, and the subsequent analysis
using this information have become significant tasks in themselves which have
been taken on without additional resources.
This subactivity covers the development of control strategies and the
preparation of the analytical tools needed by State and local agencies to plan
for attainment and maintenance of air quality goals. The analytical tools will aid
in the control strategy reassessment and development task; guidelines will be issued
for ordering SIP revisions where needed to attain and maintain standards. EPA
activities supporting States in these tasks are decribed under the air quality
strategies implementation subactivity.
Control strategies for noncriteria pollutants are also required by the Clean
Air Act. The regulatory pathway for controlling these pollutants may be any
of a series of authorities provided by the Clean Air Act, e.g., Section 111 (MSPS)
or Section 112, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP}.
to control a pollutant via Section 112, the Administrator must make a determination
that the pollutant "may cause or contribute to, an increase in mortality or an
increase In serious irreversible, or incapacitating reversible, illness." Thus
far, NESHAP has been applied to mercury, asbestos, and beryllium from specific
sources. During 1976, vinyl chloride was a,dded to the list of hazardous
pollutants controlled under Section 112 and" the standards for asbestos and
mercury will be expanded to include additional sources. Section 111 also allows
the Agency to promulgate standards for control of noncriteria pollutants from not
only new sources, but from existing sources as well. Thus far, sulfuric acid
mist is the only noncriteria pollutant controlled under NSPS. However', during
1976, fluorides from phosphate fertilizer plants and from aluminum reduction
plants will be controlled in this manner. In addition, standards to control
total reduced sulfur (TRS) from Kraft pulp mills will be proposed during 1976.
Now under review to identify specific environmental damages are several multimedia
pollutants such as lead, chromium, arsenic, and mercury. The health effects and
environmental damage of approximately 20 high volume industrial organic
substances, presumed to be prevalent in the environment, are being assessed. The
need for action, if any, will be determined and the regulatory pathway will be
recommended at the conclusion of each assessment. In addition, control strategies
for sulfates, nitrates and other acid aerosols must be developed and regulatory
pathways determined.
A-10
-------
Activities which support the development of these standards include
comprehensive industry studies, emissions testing, economic studies of specific
industries, analyses of source-receptor relationships, and analyses of national
regulatory strategies. This work is documented in guidance for use by State and
local control agencies.
1975 Accomplishments
New Source Performance Standards were proposed for phosphate fertilizer plants
(five separate processes), electric arc furnaces in the iron and steel industry,
electric arc furnaces in the ferroalloy industry, primary aluminum plants, and
coal preparation plants. These standards are to be promulgated in 1976.
Most actions required by the Energy Supply and Environmental Coordination
Act were completed. In addition to reports to Congress, Section 4 required the
Agency to review every SIP to determine whether any regulations which limit
emissions from fuel burning sources could be revised without jeopardizing
attainment and maintenance of NAAQS. The findings resulting from each individual
review were reported to each State and territory, as required by the Law. Other
ESECA-mandated activities included the preparation of guidance regarding
application of environmental limitations to sources receiving conversion orders.
To ensure the accuracy of the oxidant control strategy, the Agency has
conducted a continuing program of research studies and data collection and
analysis. An assessment of the findings to date from these studies was made
during 1975; the findings supported present control measures but indicated that
additional control may be needed in both urban and nonurban areas to attain
the standards.
1976 Program
NSPS for phosphate fertilizer plants, electric arc furnaces in the iron and
steel industry, electric arc furnaces in the ferroalloy industry, primary
aluminum plants, and coal preparation plants will be promulgated. Additional
standards will be proposed for Kraft pulp mills, petroleum refineries, by-product
coke ovens, refuse-fired steam generators, lignite-fired steam generators, and
grain terminals.
National emission standards for hazardous pollutants were proposed and will
be promulgated for vinyl chloride, and the coverage will be expanded by the
addition of two manufacturing processes for asbestos, and by including sewage
sludge incinerators for mercury.
Regulations defining requirements for source modification and for
continuous emission monitors will be promulgated. State guidelines for
standards of performance under Section l'll(d) for existing primary aluminum
plants (fluoride), and sulfuric acid plants (sulfuric acid mist) will be issued
in 1976.
Additional regulations which will be promulgated in 1976 include criteria
for SIP revisions for air quality maintenance. Several guidelines will also
be issued: the use of models in control strategy demonstrations, criteria for
ordering revisions to approved SIPs, the approval procedure for SIP revisions,
and policy with respect to "tall stacks": A policy document for application:
of the nonregulated pollutant (significant risk) provision of ESECA will be
issued.
A review of scientific knowledge of health effects, atmospheric chemistry
and transpor1«$>and control technology for sulfates will be completed in 1976.
Preliminary fiMYngs indicate that some forms of sulfates are more toxic than SOg.
that environmental detmaae probably occurs through acid rain, that higher levels
of sulfates occur in a SCtState area of the eastern U.S. than in any other ar.ea,
and that reductions in S02 emissions will reduce sulfates, although at a ratio of
less than one to one. The implication for control is to minimize the increase in
S0? emissions in the 24-State area until sulfate-specific control strategies can
be developed.
A-ll
-------
1977 Plan
In 1977, NSPS will be promulgated for: Kraft pulp mills, petroleum
refineries, by-product coke ovens, refuse-fired steam generators, lignite-fired
steam generators, and grain terminals. Additional standards are being considered
for gas turbines, chloralkali plants, crushed stone plants, degreasing operations,
phosphate rock preparation, carbon black plants, sintering plants, gasification
of fossil fuels, stationary internal combustion engines, lime plants, melting
of printing type, electric arc furnaces in gray iron foundries, and asphalt
roofing plants.
The regulatory pathway for five of the 20 high volume industrial organic
substances now undergoing review will be determined. An industrial design
verification program should be ready for implementation by the end of 1977,
to replace individual compliance testing for small sources that may be subject
to NSPS.
A reference method and equivalent methods for N0£ are expected to be designated,
and recommendation on the need for a short-term ambient air quality standard for
N02 is to be made.
A-12
-------
AIR
Abatement and Control
Mobile Source Standards and Guidelines
PROGRAMHIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1971.,, 1977 ys> 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation $5,299 $2,027 $3,907 $4,320 +$413
Permanent Positions 50 53 60 60
Budget Request
An appropriation of $4,320,600 is requested for 1977. This represents an increase
of $413,800 over the 1976 appropriation.
Program Description
This subactivity includes the development of emission standards for mobile so.urces
of air pollution (i.e., passenger motor vehicles, heavy-duty and light-duty trucks,
motorcycles, and aircraft) and associated technical activities. Work related to any
specific category of mobile sources and pov/er source combination involves a character-
ization and analysis process. First, air pollutant emissions from representative
individual vehicles are characterized. Follow-up work involves the characterization of
the use of these vehicles and the characterization of emissions on the basis of vehicle
samples representative of actual in-use vehicle populations. At this stage, the
development of appropriate emissions sampling and testing procedures may have to be
carried out. The development of appropriate recommendations for control actions follows
the acquisition of an appropriate data base. After the initiation of a regulatory
action, further definition of issues raised during the regulatory process may be
required. After a regulatory action has been completed, the reassessment of control
requirements or procedures may be indicated; such reassessments may involve a process
similar to that of new regulatory actions. An essential part of the reassessment
process is the continous assessment of new or improved technologies for potential
changes in the nature and magnitude of air pollutant emissions and other related
factors, e.g., fuel economy.
The emphasis for 1977 will stress two general areas, (1) characterization of
unregulated pollutants, and (2) the control of other than light-duty vehicles.
Characterization of unregulated pollutants for current and, more importantly, future
control technologies must be implemented if we are to be aware of the types and
quantities of pollutants which can be expected to result from the introduction of new
technologies. A strong characterization program will help avoid the kinds of problems
that have arisen in the case of light-duty vehicle sulfate emissions. In the vehicle
control area final emission standards will be proposed for heavy-duty trucks as well
as revised evaporative emissions from light-duty motor vehicles.
This subactivity covers the analytical and contractual testing aspects of this
work, while the in-house testing carried out for these purposes is covered by the
mobile source certification and testing subactivity
1975 Accomplishments
The most significant element of work during 1975 was the analysis and testing
performed in support of the hearings (and the subsequent decision by the Administrator)
on the application for suspension of the light-duty motor vehicle exhaust emission
standards applicable to the 1977 model year. The requested suspension was granted,
based on the need to prevent an increase in sulfuric acid emissions from catalyst-
equipped vehicles. Continuing sulfates-related work represented a significant effort
during 1975 as did the technology assessment prior to and pursuant to the hearings.
A-13
-------
The report "Potential for Motor Vehicle Fuel Economy Improvements",.prepared
pursuant to Section 10 of ESECA, was submitted to the Congress.
J,
Regulations requiring that light duty vehicles sold at high altitudes "j
(i.e., more than 4,000 feet) meet emission standards at those altitudes were
promulgated. Manufacturers are required to prove (for vehicles to be sold at
high altitudes) that their vehicle designs are capable of meeting emission i
standards when operated at high altitudes. "^
X
Emission standards applicable to SST aircraft were proposed early in the fiscal
year; work in support of these standards (as well as in support of standards for s
other types of aircraft) was carried out during the year. EPA is required to ,"i
continually assess the progress of technology being developed to meet the standards -*)
applicable to aircraft in 1979 and 1981.
Pursuant to an advanced notice of proposed rulemaking published January 17, 1974, !',
technical work on setting emissions standards for motorcycles was carried out'through fcs;
the year. Similarly, extensive work leading to the development of more stringent
emission standards (based on new data on operational and use characteristics) for
heavy-duty trucks was carried out. During 1975, studies and analyses that will ^
provide the basis for implementing the provisions of Section 207(b) of the Clean '
Air Act (warranties for in-use vehicles that fail a State emissions test) were
carried out. Additionally, work to facilitate State adoption of in-use vehicle
emissions inspection and maintenance programs was carried out. " j
Responses to an advanced notice of proposed rulemaking for a nonmethane
hydrocarbon emission standard were analyzed. This action has been taken pursuant
to a Ford Motor Company petition requesting such a standard. ^
1976 Program
The program of motor vehicle emissions control technology assessments will
continue to be carried out. The definition of sulfate/sulfuric acid emissions
from catalyst-equipped vehicles (on the basis of tests of in-use vehicles) and
the development of an appropriate control strategy for these emissions is the
highest priority objective of these activities for 1976. Sulfate/sulfuric acid
assessments utilize the full range of expertise available to the Agency, with
significant resources dedicated to this work under the Research and Development
appropriation; the results of work carried out by manufacturers are also
available to EPA. Under this subactivity, the following sulfates-related work
will be carried out: characterization of sulfate emissions from (1) a representative
in-use vehicle population, and (2) heavy and light-duty diesel engines; assessment
of the impact on sulfate emissions of catalyst modifications and control of
oxygen in the catalyst; and assessments of catalysts with low sulfates emission
characteristics.
Other planned standard setting activity includes the promulgation of SST
aircraft emission standards, the promulgation of exhaust emissions standards for
motorcycles, light-duty trucks, and heavy-duty trucks, and the proposal of revised
evaporative emission standards for light-duty motor vehicles.. Work on i
development of an emission test for Section 207(b) implementation will have reached
a stage such that the development of regulations establishing a short test will
have been initiated.
It is also planned that laboratory certification procedures will be established :j
by the end of the fiscal year. Work will continue on the development of long-term
(as opposed to interim) emission standards, for motorcycles and light-duty and
heavy-duty trucks. Work on characterization of emissions from diesel engines, fj
turbine aircraft, two-stroke cycle engines, emissions from catalyst other than ^
sulfuric acid/sulfates, and the effects of ambient temperatures on emissions will
also be carried out.
1977 Plan
Characterization of the impact of changing technologies and manufacturer efforts
towards meeting statutory standards will have to be continuously assessed'during 1977
as a continuation of the 1975 and 1976 work. Special attention will be placed on the
impact that evolving technologies will have on the emissions of uncontrolled
substances and on the fuel economy of motor vehicles. It is expected that by 1977
A-14
-------
revised standards will be set for evaporative emissions from light-duty motor vehicles,
and that final emissions standards for heavy-duty trucks will be proposed. In
addition, the results of characterization work carried out during 1976 may indicate
the need for setting emissions standards for pollutants not currently controlled, such
as sulfates/sulfuric acid from diesel powered vehicles, or particulates.
Some changes in test procedures will likely be implemented. Changes may include
those resulting from studies on the operational characteristics of motor vehicles
(leading to changes in the driving cycles used to characterize typical vehicle use
patterns), those resulting from studies on the effects of different types of tires on
dynamometer performance (which may affect fuel economy test results as well as
emissions test results) and those resulting from studies on variations that may be
possible in emissions testing without affecting test validity by improving testing
efficiency, e.g., reducing "soak" periods between the various phases of the Federal
Test Procedure.
Although there is an increase of $413,800 reflected in 1977, there are no
additional or new program activities attributable to this increase. This merely
reflects the additional new obligational authority required in 1977 to provide for
activities previously funded from prior year funds available to the Agency.
A-15
-------
AIR
Abatement and Control
State Program Resource Assistance
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation. $54,456 $50,265 $54,731 $51,554 -$3,177
Permanent Positions 33 33 15 15
Budget Request
An appropriation of $51,553,900 is requested for 1977, This represents a
decrease of $3,176,600 from the 1976 level.
Program Description
This subactivity includes the resources and assistance provided to support State
and local governments' activities in implementing air pollution control programs.
Support is provided as grants to control agencies, grants for demonstrating improve-
ments in agency operations, services of contractors, assignment of personnel to State
agencies, and training provided to personnel of State/local control agencies.
Control Agency Resource Supplementation
Grants to State and local control agencies, which have a major role in carrying
out State implementation plans (SIPs), constitute the major form of EPA assistance.
These funds support the full range of activities required of a control agency including
ambient air quality monitoring, plan development (including control regulations),
source surveillance, enforcement actions against violators, and support functions.
For cases in which States require special assistance for the performance of
specialized tasks, such as the development of emission inventories, revisions
related to attainment and maintenance of standards, and plans to prevent significant
deterioration, the services of EPA contractors are available. EPA enters into
contracts with a series of firms for services to be provided upon call. This
arrangement greatly speeds up the availability of contractors' services to States
and permits States to comply with the short deadlines imposed by the Clean Air Act
and related court orders.
Training
The training program complements other support to control agencies. Without
skilled personnel, these agencies cannot be, expected to execute appropriate air
pollution control actions. All control agencies have indicated a continued need
for the training provided by EPA. In 1976, direct training is being provided by
EPA primarily for State and local control agency personnel. These short courses
are developed to provide state-of-the-art information and specialized hands-on
laboratory and instrument training for the purpose of improving the skills of both
entry level and advanced personnel of pollution control agencies. No academic
training program is intended during 1977.
1975 Accomplishments
Funds appropriated for control agency grants totalled $56.5 million in 1975.
However, the $3.75 million added on by the Congress was deferred to 1976. Grants
were apportioned to 54 State and 150 local agencies which had a major role in
either planning revisions to the SIP, such as maintenance plans, transportation
control plans, or significant deterioration plans, or in implementing the SIP
A-16
-------
regulations. In return for grant dollars, regional offices received State and local
commitments to specific outputs considered desirable by EPA, Approximately 44 EPA
employees were assigned to State programs in 1975, and contractual assistance was
provided, much of it to aid States and local agencies to gather data needed for
preparation of air quality maintenance plans.
The training program developed and delivered 77 short courses to more than 2,000
students; it also developed eight packaged self-instructional courses on specific
subprofessiona] topics, such as the basics of automotive inspection, environmental
statistics, what to look for when observing stack tests, special topics in air
pollution, air pollution effects on vegetation, auto mechanics' training, and legal
aspects of air pollution for agency decision makers. A part of a former course
dealing with odors was also developed into a short self-instructional package. All
of these packages were distributed to regions for their use. Through fellowships,
70 State and local professional employees were trained at the university graduate
level. This was made possible by the curriculum development supported at 12
universities through academic grants.
1976 Program
Funds appropriated for control agency grants totalled $51.5 million in 1976- An
additional $3.75 million was available from funds deferred from 1975. Although the
1975 deferral resulted in an increase in funds available for control agency grants,
requirements for additional control strategies for purposes of attainment and mainte-
nance of standards will necessitate a conscious choice of activities agencies will
agree to perform. The Agency expects again to make contract support available for
necessary projects which States otherwise could not do.
In 1976, the training program is in a transition period between in-house
training, and training performed by contractors. As a result, no new courses will
be developed, but at least five manuals will be updated for use by contractors for
delivery of courses. Approximately 60 courses previously developed will be delivered
by contractors in 1976. Graduate training will continue to be supported at a
lower level.
1977 Plan
Although there is no change in the appropriated level of funds for control
agency grants, the total amount of funds available will be reduced by $3.75 million
from the 1976 level because deferred funds which were available in 1976 will not be
carried forward to 1977. State and local agencies will be encouraged to accept
additional responsibilities related to a large number of SIP revisions required in
nonattaintnent areas, coupled with maintenance plans in many areas. Increased
activity for new source reviews and enforcement of NSPS and NESHAPS will be required,
since by 1977 additional sources will be subject to these standards. In addition,
States will have to begin making plans to control the noncriteria pollutants for which
EPA will be issuing standards under Section lll(d) of the Clean Air Act.
Academic training will be eliminated in 1977.
A-17
-------
AIR
«, -
Abatement and Control ,S
A1r Quality Strategies Implementation
."^
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS i!\
L" • "" Budget Current Increase + »l
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976 , ,,
(dollars in thousands) ' f\
* V
Appropriation $4,797 $5,095 $5,411 $5,676 +$265
Permanent Positions 217 212 240 250 +10 ,;
Budget Request
An appropriation of $5,676,000 1s requested for 1977. This represents an J
Increase of $264,700 over 1976. J
Program Oescr1ptlon
This subactlvlty Involves activities related to the development of control
strategies for areas of the country where States do not carry out their responsi- >*
b1lit1es under the Clean A1r Act, the Incorporation of these control strategies
Into appropriate regulatory actions, the Interaction with State and local •*
governments 1n implementing air pollution control programs, evaluation of State I
and local control agencies, consultation with State and local control agencies *
on specific air pollution control problems, and management of the State and local
support resources and their allocation. It also involves EPA responsibilities in
monitoring'Federal facilities' air pollution control activities, in providing •'
advice to other Federal agencies 1n their air pollution control activities, and ,
reviewing the Environmental Impact Statements (EIS's) prepared by other Federal
agencies Insofar as air pollution impacts are concerned. %
.?
A1r Quality Management Implementation I
High levels of activity are foreseen in the area of State Implementation
plans reassessment, development, and execution. Many of these plans will prove *
to be inadequate for the attainment of the standards, requiring redevelopment. f
During 1977, it 1s expected that a substantial number of plan revisions will '
be asked of States; EPA personnel will have to participate in such planning
and, in some cases, do the planning required. Likewise, plans for the maintenance j
of standards will have to be developed. Implementation of additional SIP related [
controls, e.g., the new hazardous air pollutant standards, will require increased '
EPA activity.
All of these activities require the application of more sophisticated )
analytical techniques than has been the case to date. Increased awareness of /I
the Impacts that air pollution controls have on other economic and social
factors, such as energy supplies, mandates exhaustive analyses (based on well-
developed and understood data bases) of the Implications of control actions. *
Planning of controls will have to be approached with an area-specific
orientation not heretofore required. "Example region" and "rollback" approaches
to control strategy development are no longer acceptable; control requirements |
so developed are too broad and, although they can lead to standard attainment \
and maintenance at little expense in terms of control agency planning expendi-
tures, they may lead to many unforeseen and unexpected adverse Impacts such as
exhaustion of available clean fuels supplies. More detailed assessment for
each geographic area that is relevant from an air pollution control perspective ,;
will result in optimum control strategies. . •
A-18
-------
Area-specific and diffusion model-based planning will be required for pollutants
that have generally localized sources or impacts. Carbon monoxide and sulfur dioxide
control strategies would fall under this category. Very complex control strategies
will have to be developed for the control of particulates and those pollutants that
are produced in atmospheric reactions, such as s.ulfates, photochemical oxidants, and
nitrogen dioxide. These pollutants are characterized by originating from many sources
spread over wide geographical areas and by the transport, over large .distances, of their
precursors, e.g., HC and NOx- The improvement of analytical tools related to these
activities is covered by the air quality and stationary source planning and standards
activity; the activities required to use those tools for the development of appropriate
control strategies and to encourage State and local activity in such planning are
covered by this activity.
The EPA role in implementation of the Energy Supply and Environmental Coordination
Act when specific prohibition orders are issued by FEA is also covered in this
activity. The issuance of a prohibition order by FEA requires EPA to make individual
determinations as to compliance date extensions and the amount of pollution control
required of power plants subject to the prohibition order.
Federal Activities/EIS Review
This activity includes EPA activities in connection with the process of assuring
Federal agency compliance with pollution control requirements and the review of
Environmental Impact Statements (EIS's). All Federal agencies are, under Executive
Order 11752, to ensure that their facilities comply with Federal, State, interstate,
and local substantive standards and limitations for the prevention and control of
environmental pollution, EPA activities in relation to other Federal agencies
include providing technical advice and assistance in air pollution control, monitoring
their programs for achieving air quality standards, and reviewing compliance strategies.
Activities also include the review, for air quality impact, of EIS's prepared by other
Federal agencies pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). Equivalent
reviews are carried out pursuant to Section 309 of the Clean Air Act.
1975 Accomplishments
Assessments of the attainment status of AQCRs were completed. Such assessments are
a continuing activity, involving the assessment of the specific SIP's control
strategy (e.g., emission control regulations), status of source compliance, and
projected control agency activity. Reports required by Section 4 of ESECA,
assessing the potential for SIP changes that would reduce demands for clean fuels
or otherwise minimize the energy impacts of air pollution controls related to
sulfur oxides and particulates, were transmitted to the States. The identification
of air quality maintenance areas was completed.
Air pollution control agencies receiving grants assistance were evaluated as
to their ability to carry out air pollution control tasks, in areas such as
monitoring, laboratory and engineering services, and enforcement. Commitments for
the performance of high-priority program outputs were obtained from these agencies.
Approximately 1,100 environmental impact statements were reviewed for air
pollution impact. Assistance was provided to Federal facilities for ass-ring
their compliance with air pollution control requirements.
1976Program
Designation of approximately 170 air quality maintenance areas (used as the
basis for SIP air quality maintenance planning) will have been completed. By the
end of 1976, the need for specific SIP revisions for assuring that ambient air
quality standards are maintained will be determined. As part of this process, it
is expected that attainment dates for the standards will be reassessed in view of
the control measures necessary for attainment under current statutory deadlines
and extensions in such dates to be made possible by prospective amendments of the
Clean Air Act. The attainment status of AQCRs will continue to-be assessed and
recommendations for corrective action will be made.
A-19
-------
The SIP emission limitations for primary nonferrous smelters will be approved
or promulgated. Regulations for these sources involve complex issues of control
technology availability, costs of control, and the use of supplementary control
systems. The impact that FEA-issued conversion orders (issued under the provisions
of ESECA) will have on air quality will be assessed. Recommendations related to
regional limitations, primary standard conditions, and significant risk constraints
of ESECA will be made. SIP revisions implementing recommendations made in reports
prepared pursuant to Section 4 of ESECA will be reviewed. States will be provided
guidance on the development of such revisions.
Air pollution control agencies will be evaluated and output commitments will
be obtained. EI-S reviews, assistance to Federal facilities for air pollution
control, and assessment of Federal progress towards complying with Clean Air Act
mandates will be carried out.
1977 Plan
SIP revisions for the attainment and maintenance of air quality standards
will have been initiated. Such revisions are envisioned for areas where the
current SIP is clearly deficient in providing for the attainment and maintenance
of the standards. The attainment status of all AQCRs will continue to be assessed
and recommendations for corrective action will be made. All of the 10 additional
positions in 1977 will be allocated to the Regional offices to conduct these high
priority activities. This action will improve EPA's ability to provide assistance
to the State and local agencies and to take action where these agencies fail to
fulfill their obligations under the Clean Air Act. Air pollution control agencies
will be evaluated and output commitments will be obtained. EIS reviews and
activities related to Federal agencies' air pollution control efforts will continue
to be carried out.
M
\i
A-20
-------
AIR
Abatement and Control
Mobile Source Certification and Testing
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget
Actual Estimate
1975 1976
Appropriation........
Permanent Positions.
55,940
125
Current Increase +
Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1277 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands
56,126
162
56,334
165
56,827
158
+5443
-7
An appropriation of $6,827,100 is requested for 1977,
increase of $442,900 over 1976.
Program Oescription_
This represents an
This subactivity includes the certification of prototype motor vehicles and
engines for conformity with applicable emission standards, the operation of a
voluntary program by which manufacturers label new automobiles with fuel economy
data, and the operation of EPA's motor vehicle emissions laboratory at Ann Arbor,
Michigan. Two distinct areas of activity are covered by this subactivity: (1)
activities related to engineering review of the data used to certify motor vehicles
for compliance with emission standards and associated technical support, and (2)
the operation of the Ann Arbor moLor vehicle emissions testing laboratory, including
data processing and analysis support, for both certification of motor vehicles and
engines and the development of standards and guidelines. The certification process
for light-duty vehicles and heavy-duty engines involves the submission to EPA of
applications for certification, the development of emissions performance information
by manufacturers and EPA on the basis of prototype vehicle testing, and the review
of these data by EPA for the purpose of determining compliance with standards and
approval or disapproval of a certificate of conformity.
Automobile manufacturers apply for certification by submitting an application
for certification to EPA (Part I application) which describes the vehicles and
engines the manufacturer plans to offer for sale. EPA reviews the manufacturer's
application and determines what actions the manufacturer is to take to demonstrate
compliance with emission standards. EPA reviews the application for acceptability
of proposed procedures for mileage accumulation and emission testing, and the
proposed maintenance procedures for the vehicles and engines.
EPA selects durability vehicles and engines (i.e., those tested to determine
emission control system durability to 50,000 miles for purposes of deriving
deterioration factors) and emission data vehicles and engines (i.e., those tested
to determine typical engine class emissions) based on information supplied in the
application for certification. During the testing of vehicles, EPA oersonnel
carry out surveillance of manufacturers' testing. During visits to manufacturers'
facilities, EPA personnel also inspect the procedures and controls used by the
manufacturers in their own test facilities to insure that these facilities and
certification procedures comply with Federal requirements and that data submitted
to EPA 1s obtained using valid procedures..
After completion of the testing program (including confirmatory testing at
the EPA laboratory), manufacturers submit a Part I.I application, which summarizes
the certification test results. Review of this application involves the final
review of test data, the review of manufacturers' engineering reports, the
calculation of the deterioration factors to ensure that emission levels do not
exceed the applicable standards, and the final decision to certify an engine
family. Certification review also involves the review of manufacturers' mainte-
nance instructions to the ultimate purchaser, manufacturers' warranties, and
manufacturers' service and technical bulletins.
A-21
-------
After the issuance of the certificate of conformity, manufacturers are allowed
to submit requests for "running changes" to their certified products to reflect
technological changes in product lines. Review of "running changes" may involve,
at EPA's discretion, additional testing at the manufacturer's facility or at thp
EPA facility. Since "running:..changes" are approved after the certificate of conformity
has been issued and vehicles may be in production, their impact on changing emissions
is monitored closely by EPA.
Additional activity is required in the constant revaluation of certification
procedures. The automotive industry is characterized by constant engineering changes
resulting from technological changes or the constraints imposed by the marketplace.
All changes in vehicle and engine configurations which may affect emissions are
reviewed and analyzed by EPA. Manufacturers, in order ,to evaluate the impact on
emissions of proposed changes they wish to make, request interpretation from EPA of
the Federal regulations, advisory circulars (used to document EPA-approved procedures
and policy that do not require regulatory action) and general policy. These activities
are expected to increase in the future.
The changing nature of the emissions standards for light-duty motor vehicles
(with congressional action expected to provide a phased scheduling of standards to
the statutory levels for a manufacturer's full vehicle line by model year 1982),
coupled with industry's certain attempts to meet the standards with a changing
technology aimed at lowering costs and improving fuel economy, necessitate the
continuation of the design verification (by actual emissions testing) function
represented by the certification program. For 1977, workloads associated with
the certification program are expected to increase due to the need to certify
additional classes of motor vehicles that will be covered by emissions standards,
such as motorcycles, and expanded class of light-duty trucks, and a revised heavy-
duty engine standard.
'
It should be noted that motor vehicle manufacturers' full line of vehicles
and engines undergoes the certification process each fiscal year. In general, each
fiscal year covers the premanufacture certification of each model year, e.g., fiscal
year 1977 covers the certification of 1978 model year, with production changes, i.e.,
"running changes", processed in the following year, e.g., fiscal year 1978. An
additional factor impacting on the certification and testing process is the availability
of a real-time computer system to.handle much of the data collection and processing
function in the testing laboratory. It is expected that the. computer system will be
fully operational during 1977, permitting emissions testing to be carried out with
increased accuracy, reliability, and speed.
The 1975 accomplishments, 1976 program and 1977 plan related to these activities
are summarized in the Tables of this section. The reduction of seven positions in 1977
is part of the Agency effort to reprogram additional resources to the regions. It
is expected that the operation of the real-time computer system will minimize the
program impact of this action. Although there is an increase of $442,900 reflected
in 1977, there are no additional or new program activities attributable to this
increase. This merely reflects the additional new obligational authority required
in-1 1977 to provide for activities previously funded from prior year funds available
to the Agency.
Table 1 - Summary of Certification
Tests Carried Out at EPA by Model .
Years and Fiscal Years— Light-Duty Vehicles
Model Total Number of Testsby Fiscal Year
Year Emission Tests 1JT75 1976 1977
1975 2,773 1,589
1976 1,989 522 1,465
1977 1,575 715 860
1978 2,752 2,030
Total 2,111 2,180 2,890
A-22
-------
Table 2 - Summary of Certification Tests
Carriedout by EPA - Heavy-Duty Engines
' .1975
4
Fiscal Years
1976
0
1977
30
Number of tests
Table 3 - Summary Of Number of Engine
Families Certified and Number of
Certificates of Conformity Issued
Number of Engine Families and
Certificates of Conformity (in
Type of Vehicle parentheses) by Fiscal Year
1975 1976 1977
Light-duty vehicles 312 405 405
(250) (300) (300)
Running changes and up-
dating of applications. 300 320 324
Heavy-duty engines 107 107 107
(107) (107) (107)
Running changes and up-
dating of applications. 107 107 107
Motorcycles ... ... 59
Light-duty trucks 40 53 64
(27) (40) (51)
A-23
-------
AIR
Abatement and Control
Trends Monitoring and Progress Assessment
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation $6,630 $6,256 $6,281 $6,704 +$423
Permanent Positions... 150 148 141 151 +10
Budget Request
An appropriation of $6,703,700 is requested for 1977. This represents an increase
of $422,300 over 1976.
Program Descri ption
This subactivity covers the work related to determining ambient air quality
levels and air pollution source emission levels, determining and analyzing their
relationships, and assessing the progress made toward the attainment of environmental
goals. )
/
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring andEmissions and Monitoring Data Analysis
This element includes the operation of EPA's ambient monitoring network (the
National Air Surveillance Network, or NASN) by regional offices, associated laboratory
support, special field monitoring studies, and the interaction with State and local
agencies concerning the operation of the SIP monitoring networks. Most ambient air
quality and source monitoring is carried out by State and local agencies who provide
these data to EPA. The EPA regional offices oversee State monitoring efforts, assure
that data quality is consistent, and process data submitted to EPA by the States.
Determinations of attainment or nonattainment of ambient air quality data are made
on the basis of these data. It is expected that monitoring activities and data
analyses will increase due to the need for reassessing the SIPs in nonattainment
areas as to their adequacy for attaining standards, the need to assess all SIPs as
to adequacy for maintaining standards, and the likely need to develop revised control
plans. In addition to SIPs, (i.e., criteria pollutants and related monitoring),
acquisition of available State data on nonregulated pollutants is in process. These
data will aid in understanding relationships between sources and receptors of
currently unregulated pollutants, and they will be used for making long- and short-
term trends analyses supportive of decisions on the need for control. Also included
are the development, updating, and maintenance of systems for storage and retrieval
of air quality and emissions data gathered by monitoring activities. The data
systems are composed mainly of an inventory of point sources and their emissions*
and a storage file forjambient air quality data.
Mobile Source Monitoring
This element includes activities aimed at determining mobile sources'-emissions
performance. These data are used to assess the effectiveness of control programs,
to assess the need for additional or new controls, and to develop the basis for
regulatory actions. In this program, vehicles in consumer use are tested in the
condition in which they are received (i.e., without any consideration as to state
of maintenance), in order to determine their emissions. The data are used to
determine the average emissions that are to be expected from average in-use
vehicle populations. Samples tested are generally defined by model year and are
representative of diverse geographical areas. The data so obtained are used to
calculate emission reductions to be required by control strategies developed for
attainment and maintenance of air quality standards. The model year and type of
vehicles to be tested each year varies. In general, a sample of 180 vehicles,
selected to be representative of the in-use vehicle population mix, are tested in
six locations 1n the country. The areas covered to date have been Denver, Detroit,
Houston, Los Angeles, Newark, St. Louis, and Washington. Results are available
A-24
-------
from programs initiated in fiscal years 1971, 1972, and 1973. Approximately 900
vehicles were tested by the 1971 and 1972 programs, covering 1957 through 1972
model year vehicles. The 1973 testing program covered 1,080 vehicles from 1967
through 1974 model year. Coverage has been extended to 1975 model year vehicles,
(i.e., those equipped with catalysts) under later testing programs.
The In-Use Compliance Testing Program (IUCP) has been discontinued. Under
IUCP, approximately 3,000 vehicles for 1972 model year and 3,000 vehicles covering
1972, 1973, and 1974 model years were tested by programs initiated in fiscal years
1972 and 1973. This testing was carried out on properly used and maintained
vehicles. Prior to testing, vehicles were tuned to manufacturers" specifications.
The data so gathered can be used to determine the differences in emission between
those vehicles that are properly used and maintained and those that are more repi*esen-
tative of an average in-use vehicle population, i.e., it permits a determination to be
made as to the potential improvements in vehicle emissions performance that may be
gained by inspection and/or maintenance of vehicles. The data also permits determina-
tions to be made as to the manufacturers' ability to produce vehicles that will
continue to meet emissions standards when in actual use.
1975 Accompli shmen ts
The status of attainment of air quality standards by air quality control regions
was determined. These assessments indicated-that, as of the end of the fiscal year,
the national status of attainment of the primary standards was not as advanced as
would be desirable or as is envisioned in the legislation. For total suspended
particulates, 132 air quality control regions were classified as nonattainment
(33 of these are so classified due to fugitive dust problems); for sulfur dioxide,
35 AQCRs were classified as nonattainment areas. It is expected that standards
for Oxidants, carbon monoxide, and nitrogen dioxide will be violated (by the
statutory attainment dates) in 79, 69, and 16 AQCRs, respectively.
A study of oxidant levels in rural areas indicated that photochemical oxidants
continued to be formed in rural areas, removed from large population centers, from
the hydrocarbons transported from population centers.
Analyses of the data obtained from the 1972 and 1973 IUCP were completed. These
data identified classes of light-duty motor vehicles which had emission levels in
excess of the applicable standards. Due to technical documentation problems, the
Agency has not found it possible to use these data to support a recall of high-
emitting vehicle classes.
The motor vehicle emissions data analysis led to the issuance of Supplement
No. 5 to publication AP-42, the compilation used for estimating current and
projected air pollutant emissions as part of air pollution control strategies
development.
Technical guidance and direction was provided to State and local agencies to
ensure that State monitoring sites are operating and generating valid data. Assistance
to States in data processing systems improvements was also provided; the installation
of the Comprehensive Data Handling System (CDHS) at States will improve and stream-
line the processing of data (which, in many cases, was based on manual systems) and
its submission to EPA for national trends assessments.
1976 Program
A Federal-State program for collection and analysis of ambient data for non-
regulated pollutants will be inititated. Nationally, much of these data are
collected by State and local agencies, but at this time these data are not available
for national assessments of the need for control action and to determine trends
for these pollutants. Related to these types of assessments, the development of a
rapid response capability for obtaining air quality information for special studies
is planned. During the year, the need for assessing the impacts of unregulated
substances (past examples are lead, sulfates, vinyl chloride, hexachlorobenzene)
can be expected to arise.
The motor vehicle emission surveillance program data will be used for updating
AP-42, for the first time including data on emissions from in-use production
vehicles that were equipped with catalysts. These data will permit an assessment
to be made of in-use catalyst deterioration and the impact that such deterioration
A-25
-------
may have on new and in-use vehicle control strategies as well as stationary sources
control. This program will also provide improved data on heavy-duty vehicle
emissions on the basis of actual measurements over a road route.
The installation of automated air quality data handling systems (CDHS) in an
additional 12 to 15 States and local control agencies will have been completed.
1977 Plan
Activities of the same nature as those described for 1975 and 1976 will be
carried out. Motor vehicle surveillance data will provide additional data on in-use
catalyst-equipped vehicles with more mileage than those covered by the 1976 revisions
to AP-42. Additional data on emissions for heavy-duty and light-duty trucks,
motorcycles, and less common mobile sources (e.g., diesel engines) will be available.
An improvement in the overall emissions data base for N02, NOX, and SOx Is also
contemplated in support of the need to reassess control strategies for these
pollutants. Similarly, expanded availability of air quality data will permit
more precise assessments of control strategy potentials for attaining standards
and will provide guidance to control strategy reassessment activities.
All of the 10 additional positions in 1977 will be allocated to the regions
to increase the quality and level of monitoring support necessary for the accurate
assessment of control strategies, for the determination of attainment status, and
the development of high priority SIP revisions. Although there is an increase of
$422,300 reflected in 1977, there are no additional or new program activities
attributable to this increase. This merely reflects the additional new obligational
authority required in 1977 to provide for activities previously funded from prior
year funds available to the Agency.
A-26
-------
Enforcement
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
AIR
Enforcement
Budget Current Increase +
Actual 'Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands]"~
Budget Authority
Stationary Source
Enforcement : $8,800
Mobile Source
Enforcement
Total
Permanent Positions
Stationary Source
Enforcement
Mobile Source
Enforcement.
Total.
$8,800
2,070
$8,892
3,128
$9,196
3,303
$9,841
3,902
+$645
+599
10,870 12,020 12,499 13,743
401
444
462
482
Page
A-29
A-32
+1,244
321
80
333
111
342
120
362
120
+20
A-29
A-32
+20
The air enforcement program is directed toward achieving compliance with the
standards and regulations established for stationary and mobile sources of air
pollution under the provisions of the Clean Air Act. The stationary source
enforcement program is undertaken to bolster and stimulate State enforcement of
State Implementation Plans, New Source Performance Standards (NSPS), and National
Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPS). The mobile source
enforcement program is primarily a Federal effort directed toward achieving
compliance with fuel and motor vehicle emission standards and regulations.
The Clean Air Act places the primary responsibility for development and
enforcement of regulations limiting emission of air pollutants upon the States.
EPA's primary objective regarding the stationary source enforcement program is to
assist and stimulate State enforcement programs. Activities under State Implementation
Plans (SIPs) thus far have focused on identifying major existing sources of pollution,
ascertaining compliance status, developing enforceable compliance schedules for sources
not in final compliance, and assuring compliance with final emission limitations or
increments of progress contained in compliance schedules. In 1976, attention is also
being placed on determining which smaller sources of pollution are haying an impact on
nonattainment of primary health-related standards.
In 1977, more resources will be placed into stationary source enforcement against
the remaining major violators and the many smaller violators havinq a direct impact on
attainment of the ambient standards. In addition, more effort will be channeled into
maintaining compliance by those sources now on schedules or complying with the final
emission limits in order to ensure that advances made toward clean air goals are not
lost. The promulgation of additional new source performance standards and NESHAPS
regulations, plus a substantial increase in sources subject to NSPS and NESHAPS, will
call for greater effort in the enforcement of these standards.
Efforts in the mobile source enforcement program support the prototype
certification program funded under the Abatement and Control appropriation by ensuring
that production vehicles and vehicles in-use meet the standards-for which the model
prototypes have been certified.
A-27
-------
The Clean Air Act provides a variety of enforcement tools to achieve the
reductions in pollutants associated with the statutory emission standards applicable
to cars and trucks. Since the ambient air quality benefits expected from the Federal
motor vehicles control program will not be realized unless the Agency assures
compliance of vehicles with the standards, it is essential that tfiese tools be
utilized. Full implementation of the enforcement measures provided in the Act,
including assembly line testing, in-use warranty testing and recall, will be accom-
plished during 1977. The established level of compliance monitoring associated with
certification, vehicle production, imports, and fuels will be maintained.
A-28
-------
AIR
Enforcement
Stationary Source Enforcement
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975.' 1976 1979 1977 1977 VS.J976
(dollars in thousands)"
Appropriation $8,800 $8,8.92 $9,196 $9.,841 +$645
Permanent Positions .. 321 333 342 362 +20
Budget Request
An appropriation of $9,840,-800 is requested for 1977. This represents an
increase of $644,800 over 1976.
Program Description
The stationary source air enforcement program is designed to effectively utilize
the enforcement authorities provided by the Clean Air Act to ensure nationwide
compliance with State Implementation Plans (SIPs), New Source Performance Standards
(NSPS), and National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPS).
EPA's stationary source enforcement .program consists of monitoring major sources,
encouraging States to request enforcement authority for NSPS and NESHAPS, and
enforcing SIP, NSPS and NESHAP requirements to support and stimulate State efforts.
The responsibility for enforcing State-developed, E.PA-approved emission
limitations is shared by EPA and the States. The Clean Air Act recognizes that
States have primary responsibility for achieving cTean air within their jurisdiction.
When States do not enforce air pollution standards, however, the Act requires EPA
to take action. In accordance with the intent of the Act, the EPA air enforcement
program is designed to ensure that all sources achieve compliance with applicable
standards. EPA bolsters State air enforcement efforts by supporting State control
agencies through control agency grants, providing specialized skill and expertise
or. special .contractual efforts, and by taking enforcement actions against selected
sources when the States cannot or will not enforce.
EPA has primary responsibility .for the enforcement of the Federal emission
standards it promulgates. However, both Section 11] (New Source Performance) and
Section 112 (National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants) provide for
State enforcement of all or a portion of these standards. In accordance with the
intent of Congress, EPA is placing a high- priority on delegating enforcement
authority for NSPS and NESHAPS to the States. After delegation, EPA will actively
monitor the enforcement of these standards.
1975 Accomplishments
- Achieved compliance with standards or compliance schedules by 84 percent of
the point sources subject to SIPs-~up from 59 percent at the end of 1974;
* Increased the number of enforcement actions taken (593 actions in 1975) by
more than 50 percent over the 1974 level, making possible the large increase
in point source compliance;
<- Reduced the percentage of point sources of unknown compliance status from
31 percent to 5 percent. This accomplishment is substantial considering
that about 3.000 additional .point sources were identified during the year.,
This large improvement is a direct result of nearly 6,000 field investigations
undertaken by EPA in 1975;
- Achieved 90 percent compliance of new sources subject-to NSPS, a significant
increase over the 66 percent compliance at the beginning of 1975;
A-29
-------
Increased the usability of the compliance tracking system through a major
effort to establish a data base for the compliance data system (CDS);
Achieved nearly 90 percent compliance of NESHAPS sources (excluding spraying
and demolition operations); and
Delegated enforcement authority for NSPS and NESHAPS to four States and
six local agencies, and received formal requests from eight additional
States.
1976 Program .
- Increase compliance levels for point sources to achieve 97 percent compliance
in nonattainment AQCRs and reach 97 percent compliance in all AQCRs, EPA
enforcement actions will be maintained at 600, about 570 of which will be
initiated in problem areas. An estimated 3,500 field surveillance actions
will be undertaken to ascertain .and verify compliance status of major
emitters;
- Focus on nonpoint sources in problem areas to achieve 98 percent compliance
among 3,000 already identified problem sources. About 500 surveillance
actions will be conducted and about 100 Federal enforcement actions will be
initiated;
- Delegate NSPS to 42 States and achieve 94 percent compliance with NSPS;
- Delegate NESHAPS to 34 States; and
- Use CDS as a management tool to track compliance and to further enforcement
coordination with State agencies.
1977 Plan
Stationary source enforcement efforts during 1977 will remain focused on the
Agency's foremost goal: attainment of the primary NAAQS for particulates and sulfur
dioxide. Although considerable progress has been made in reducing pollutant levels,
preliminary estimates show that more than half of the air quality control regions
(AQCRs) in the country are now failing to meet either the primary particulate
standard or the primary sulfur dioxide standard. In working toward attainment, past
efforts have concentrated on compliance by an estimated 20,000 point sources, which
contribute about 85 percent of air pollutants from stationary sources. By the
beginning of 1977, nearly all of these point sources will either be in final
compliance or on schedules, leading to compliance in the very near future. The
next task facing enforcement in assuring attainment of the primary standards is
achieving compliance with emission limitations by .a substantial number of minor
emitters contributing to nonattainment problems. .Enforcement attention will
therefore be centered on two groups of sources duning 1977: the remaining hard
core of major violator ; and the numerous minor sources that are judged by State
and local agencies to be causing nonattainment in ^heir jurisdictions. The
increased resources for 1977 will be utilized by the regions to increase their
enforcement capabilities for these high priority activities.
Attainment: Major Sources \
Although most of the major emitters will be complying with final emission
limitations or on compliance schedules by 1977, the last group of major polluters
will probably be the primary cause of nonattainment in about one-half of those
areas where standards will not be achieved, and EPA expects to have particular
difficulty with this group of sources. In obtaining compliance, much effort will
go into negotiating consent agreements in attempts to avoid lengthy litigation,
into monitoring and enforcing increments of progress contained in compliance
schedules, and into preparing actions and cases against the most recalcitrant
of these sources.
Attainment: Minor Sources
It is estimated that minor sources now total about 200,000. Although neither
local, State, nor Federal inventories of such sources are complete enough to precisely
A-30
-------
^ determine the number or types of these sources that are contributing to nonattainment
problems in each AQCR, it is estimated that more than half of these sources present
important attainment problems. During 1976, EPA in conjunction with State and local
control agencies, will assess the specific problems posed by minor emitters and will
T ^, formulate local strategies to abate emissions from those smaller sources in nonattainment
^< areas.
Maintenance
»"*
t -ij Enforcement efforts will also be channeled into maintaining primary standards.
?» $ This includes establishing and operating an expanded inspection and monitoring
program to ensure that sources in final compliance in both attainment and non-
f -1 attainment AQCRs remain in compliance, and that those on schedules meet their
, ,.>; increments of progress. For example, all point sources in finaT7 compliance will
^ Tj have to be checked frequently (at a minimum once a year), and all complying nonpoint
sources more or less frequently, depending on type and location of ythe sources in
order to ensure standards maintenance. This objective also requires more emphasis
than in previous years for enforcing new source performance standards to assure that
J new sources comply with applicable standards. EPA will .also be assisting States in
implementing a comprehensive program for .new source review', an important element in
maintaining ambient standards that still needs much work. >
a
i Hazardous Pollutants
Enforcement of NESHAPS and delegation to States of the authority to enforce
'" > NESHAPS will continue to receive priority enforcement attention.
I i
Existing NESHAPS will be amended to cover more processes and operations that
generate hazardous emissions of either beryllium, asbestos, or mercury—increasing
the number of sources requiring enforcement attention. There are now approximately
700 fixed sources of hazardous pollutants in the country; in addition, an estimated
30,000 transitory asbestos spraying and demolition operations occur each year.
State :and local agencies will be especially encouraged to mount a comprehensive
program to regulate these transitory spraying and demolition operations.
A-31
-------
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
AIR
Enforcement
Mobile Source Enforcement
Appropriation..
Permanent Positions.,,
Budget
Actual Estimate
JL975 ...1976
$2,070
80
Current
Estimate
1976
Estimate
1977
(dollars in thousands.
$3,128
111
$3,303
120
$3,902
120
Increase +
Decrease •>
1977 vs. 1976
+$599
BudgetRequest
.An appropriation of $3,902,200 is requested in 1977,
increase of $598,900 over 1976.
Program Description
This represents an
The mobile source enforcement program is directed primarily toward achieving
compliance with vehicle emission standards and fuel regulations promulgated by EPA
under provisions of the Clean Air Act. The activities of the program include pre-^-
venting introduction of uncertified new domestic and imported vehicles into commerce;
auditing certification procedures of domestic and foreign automobile manufacturers;
enforcing vehicle assembly line emission test activity and the recall, warranty and
tampering provisions of the Act; developing and enforcing Federal regulations on
the availability of regulated fuels; and ensuring compliance with mobile source
aspects of State implementation plans.
In the past years, EPA has relied primarily on the certification of prototype
vehicles to assure that new vehicles meet emission standards. Although there have
been reductions in vehicle emissions since the start of the certification program,
data available to the Agency suggests that certification alone does not assure that
production vehicles will meet standards. Mass production techniques may result in
vehicles having different emission characteristics than prototypes even though
designs are identical.
The activities of the nobile source enforcement program complement the Agency's
certification program for prototype new motor vehicles by assuring that manufacturers
follow acceptable certification practices; that assembly line vehicles also meet
emission limitations; that imported vehicles meet the same standards as domestically
producted automobiles; and that the in-use regulatory provisions on recall, warranty,
and tampering are applied to ensure that vehicles continue to meet standards throughou
their useful life.
Enforcement of the transportation control plans is included as part of the
mobile source enforcement program since these plans basically require, regulation of
automobile emissions and usage in order to achieve the national ambient air quality
standards. Enforcement efforts include monitoring State and local implementation of
control strategies which include motor vehicle inspection and maintenance programs,
vapor recovery control systems, and measures to reduce vehicle miles traveled. In
addition, the mobile source enforcement staff will be involved in the implementation
of air quality maintenance plans in those areas with automotive related pollution
problems. However, in 1977, the mobile source air enforcement program will place
primary emphasis on programs to reduce the failure of vehicles to meet emission
standards. The States will be relied upon to implement transportation control plans
with limited EPA enforcement assistance and guidance, primarily in the certification
of vapor recovery control systems and preparation of air quality maintenance plans.
A-32
-------
Assembly line testing will be increased to the level of full implementation to
assure compliance with emission standards before vehicles are introduced into commerce.
This activity will serve as an incentive for manufacturers to improve quality control
and manufacturing processes which will result in improved emission performance for
production vehicles. Data from the California assembly line test indicate that some
classes of production vehicles, although built like the certified prototype vehicle,
do not meet the emission standards. This data indicates that the establishment of a
i I quality standard as contemplated by the Selective Enforcement Auditing (SEA) program
is necessary if the emission performance of production vehicles is to be controlled.
^ r4
¥ \| During 1977, the implementation of vehicle inspection and maintenance programs
4^| by the States will be encouraged so that the emissions of noncomplying vehicles in
use can be reduced. The data from this program will be fed into the recall program
so that classes of noncomplying vehicles which have been properly maintained can be
*°'| recalled and remedied by the manufacturers. Emphasis will be placed on the warranty
, I and aftermarket parts program so that defective vehicles which fail to meet the
: ' emission standards can be remedied at the manufacturer's expense without having
anticompetitive effects on the aftermarket parts industry.
*™'»
'i 1975 Accomplishments
- Conducted A3 inspections of major domestic and foreign vehicle
*••-» manufacturers' certification and production compliance programs
and conducted 10 investigations of possible violations. Referred
^ one violation to the Department of Justice for prosecution;
r . - Initiated procurement of the mobile enforcement test facility;
; - Promulgated exemption and exclusion regulations defining which
i vehicles are subject to Clean Air Act requirements;
i
I ' - Promulgated regulations for catalyst replacement of imported
vehicles which have been operated overseas where unleaded
I fuel is not available;
\
< - Initiated 15 investigations of potential tampering violations
^ ' and referred cases requiring enforcement action to the
*< Department of Justice for prosecution;
'• f - Updated the Inspector's Guidebook on tampering;
j? 1
] ^ - Initiated 17 investigations for potential recall orders, and
i monitored three self-initiated recalls by manufacturers;
«
5 - Promulgated recall regulations establishing procedures for
\ • implementing recall provisions for the Clean Air Act;
j
) 5 - Proposed defect reporting regulations for use in enforcing
\ recall and warranty provisions of the Clean Air Act;
1 i
I - Initiated development of a Section 207(a) warranty defects
, list defining area of coverage by manufacturer vehicle emission
( I warranty;
I ' - Monitored the importation of over three million vehicles and
I ' engines for compliance with emission control regulations,
i f initiated investigations of illegal importation, issued 360
I I orders that nonconforming vehicles be modified, exported, or
I bonds thereon forfeited;
i - Initiated a national fuels enforcement program and conducted
i 18,955 fuel inspections of gasoline retail outlets; and
f - Promulgated lead-free fuel regulations for issuance of stop
• - sale notices of contamination at retail gasoline outlets,
established hearing procedures for penalty assessment for
violators of gasoline regulations, and developed reporting
requirements for suppliers and retailers of lead-free gasoline.
A-33
-------
1976 Program
New Sources:
The Clean Air Act provides EPA with the authority and responsibility to
test production line vehicles. In 1976, EPA is developing selective enforcement
auditing (SEA) regulations for assembly line testing and planning to implement a
pilot SEA program. The pilot SEA program will issue in 1976 an estimated 10 test
orders to manufacturers to inspect a portion of the 68 domestic and foreign
assembly plants.
As part of the SEA program, an EPA mobile enforcement test facility (METFac)
is being developed to be used where additional testing capability is required to
enable the manufacturer to respond to an SEA test order. The METFac will also
be used to perform other enforcement related emission testing in connection with
the tampering, warranty, and import programs.
Fuels:
In 1976, plans call for 25,000 fuel inspections of gasoline retail outlets
nationwide. EPA will also seek greater assistance from the States to enable a
greater volume of retail service station inspections in those regions of the
country having relatively larger number of service stations. This will assure
that each service station would have the same probability of being inspected
each year.
In-Use:
An increase in activity in the recall program is planned for 1976. Regulations
are being developed which will require manufacturers to report defects in emission
control components, will formalize fleet and State contacts to obtain defects data,
and will computerize a defect reporting system to handle the volume of data antic-
ipated. It is estimated that 20 recall investigations will be conducted in 1976.
The two warranty provisions of the Clean Air Act are intended to help assure
that manufacturers develop and produce vehicles which meet emission standards
throughout their defined useful life of 50,000 miles or five years. Under Section
207(a) of the Act, EPA is developing regulations to implement the defects li^t,
which is intended to be largely self-enforcing through consumer claims for service
under warranty.
In 1976, performance warranty regulations will be developed under Section 207(b)
of the Act. These regulations will be promulgated when a short test correctable to
the Federal test procedure has been developed.
EPA will also develop in 1976 aftermarket parts guidelines in order to alleviate
the potentially anticompetitive impact of the recall and warranty provisions on the
aftermarket parts industry.
EPA will continue in 1976 to investigate potential tampering violations, monitor
the importation of vehicles and engines for compliance with emission control regula-
tions, investigate illegal importations, and issue orders requiring nonconforming
vehicles to be modified or exported.1
Transportation Control Plans:
EPA enforcement personnel will assure enforcement of TCPs in effect and assist
in TCP revisions. In 1976, enforcement effort will be used to certify Stage I
vapor recovery systems in TCPs.i '
A-34 /
-------
1977 Plan
New Source:
In 1977, EPA plans full implementation of the selective enforcement
auditing program for assembly line testing of new motor vehicles. The issuance
of 20 test orders is anticipated. The increase in resources for mobile source
enforcement will be partially allocated to this activity.
EPA will perform approximately 60 inspections of major domestic and foreign
manufacturers' certification and production compliance programs in direct support
of the EPA certification program, and will conduct investigations of possible
violations.
Fuels:
The number of inspections of gasoline retail outlets conducted under the
fuels enforcement program in 1977 will be reduced from about 25,000 in 1976 to
about 20,000. States will be encouraged to assist in the inspection program.
In-Use:
In 1977, EPA will enforce the defect reporting regulations and conduct an
estimated 20 recall investigations. The Agency will also establish a recall
enforcement surveillance program. Data from inspection and maintenance programs
will be used to recall classes of noncomplying vehicles. A portion of the 1977
resource increase will be devoted to these recall activities,
Development will continue on the Section 207(a) defect warranty regulations,
the Section 2Q7(b) performance warranty regulations, and the aftermarket parts
guidelines for self-certification.
EPA will continue to monitor the importation of vehicles and engines for
compliance with emission control regulations and begin enforcement of regulations
governing the importation of catalyst equipped vehicles.
Transportation Control Plans:
In 1977, EPA will continue to assist States in the implementation of TCPs
for metropolitan areas. EPA will also oversee Stage II certification for vapor
recovery systems in TCPs.
A-35
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
.*
tafe'S
-------
Research and
Development
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
AIR
Research,and Development
BudgetAuthority
Health and Ecological
Effects '
Industrial Processes
Monitoring and Technical
Support —
Advanced Automotive
Propulsion Systems
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976 Page,
(dollars in thousands!
$33,648 $33,490 $32,705 $30,705 -$2,000
15,777 7,372 5,665 5,065 -600
4,958
2,069
4,947
2,165
10,172
10,172
Total 56,452 47,974 48,542 45,942
Permanent Positions
Health and Ecological
Effects
Industrial Processes
Monitoring and Technical
Support
Advanced Automotive
Propulsion Systems
258
101
282
101
303
49
303
49
Total
423
454
473
473
A-37
A-42
A-44
A-46
-2,600
A-37
A-42
64
64
7
121
121
A-44
A-46
The Clean Air Act, as amended, directs EPA to conduct research on the causes,
effects, extent, and methods of controlling air pollution. The air research and
development program is designed to furnish EPA with the knowledge to establish
prudent environmental controls based upon known or potentially adverse health and
ecological effects; to Jefine, develop, and demonstrate systems for controlling
stationary sources; and to evolve strategies for minimizing the emission of
pollutants.
To achieve these ends, the program is structured to quantify the effects of air
pollutants on man, animals, plants, and the general environment; develop predictive
models for pollutant emission, transport, transformation, and removal, and verify
these models by actual measurements; develop and standardize techniques for the
monitoring of pollutants; and develop :new and improved technology for preventing and
controlling air pollution and demonstrate the cost effectiveness of such technologies.
A-36
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
AIR
Research and Development
Health and Ecological Effects
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation $33,648 $33,490 $32,705 $30,705 -$2,000
Permanent Positions.. 258 282 303 303
Budget Request
An appropriation of $30,705,300 is requested for 1977. This represents a decrease of
$2 million from the 1976 level.
Programi Description
Research on air health and ecological effects, coordinated with research in other
media, is conducted to provide a sound scientific basis upon which to establish and
continually evaluate ;both primary and secondary air quality standards and air pollution
control strategies. Research is accomplished in three subprogram areas of this
activity: health effects; ecological processes and effects; and transport and fate of
pollutants.
Health effects research is comprised of epidemiological, clinical, and
toxicological studies of the impact of air pollutants upon man's health. Studies
are continued on pollutants with established ambient air quality standards as part
of a continuing reevaluation of such standards and increased emphasis is being
given to selected noncriteria air pollutants. A research program on environmentally-
induced carcinogenesis has just begun in 1976.
Air ecological processes and effects research focuses upon the effects of
air pollutants on the structure and functions of ecosystems and their components.
Projects involving laboratory and/or field studies, and mathematical and/or
theoretical simulations are conducted to support the establishment and continuing
evaluation of air pollutant criteria as well as to provide policy makers with
guidelines to assess the environmental impact of municipal, industrial, agricultural,
and energy resource development.
Development of effective pollution control strategies requires the ability to
link the impact of pollutants to their sources. Therefore, research is also
.conducted in the transport and fate program to determine, characterize, and measure
the transport and transformation of pollutants in the atmosphere. Air transport and
fate research encompasses three major, categories:
(1 )meteorologica1 research to determine air pollutant transport mechanisms;
(2) investigations of chemical and physical plant processes; and
(3) determination of the environmental impact of and catalytic reactor
emission-control devices.
A-37
-------
1975 _Accomp11 shments
The air health and ecological effects program research accomplishments in 1975
included:
- Publication of the first annual research report on pollutants from vehicles
equipped with oxidation catalysts. Results were compiled on all catalyst
related studies in the Office of Research and Development and the Office of
Air and Waste Management, including all current results from studies of
roadside sulfate levels and noble metal attrition products. Results are
expected to contribute to EPA's assessment of mobile emission standards for
regulated and non-regulated pollutants;
- Completion of preliminary assessments on potential effects of exposure to
compounds of manganese and cerium, which may be associated with mobile
source emissions—this information will be used to evaluate the health impact
of fuel additives which may be substituted for lead;
- Publication of a monograph on the health effects of exposure to
sulfur-oxides—results compiled were obtained from the human epidemiology
studies or Community Health Environmental Surveillance Study (CHESS)
program and indicate that adverse health effects may be more closely
associated with exposure to sulfate compounds than to sulfur dioxide;
- Completion of developmental phases of design and hardware for a system
for intensive environmental and human health characterization-this system
includes the Community Health Air Monitoring Program (CHAMP), the Clinical
Laboratory Evaluation and Assessment of Noxious Substances (CLEANS), and
the Clinical Laboratory Evaluation and Verification of Epidemiologies!
Results (CLEVER);
- Expansion of ongoing research on air pollutants for which primary ambient
air quality standards have been promulgated and on certain pollutants, such
as sulfate compounds, which are currently unregulated. Such studies are
aimed at improving information on these pollutants to allow the refinement of
the standards themselves and to provide scientific health bases for
promulgation of new standards should this become necessary;
- Completion of an 18 city survey of carboxyhemoglobin levels in humans as
part of a continuing evaluation of the primary ambient air quality
standard for carbon monoxide. It indicated that carboxyhemoglobin may be an
indicator of ambient CO levels, but that it is also a function of smoking habits;
- Completion of annual reviews of available research results on nitrogen oxides
and particulates as part of a continuting evaluation of the primary
ambient air quality standards for nitrogen dioxide and total suspended
particulates. The data suggest that short-term peak exposures to nitrogen
oxide may be important in health considerations for this class of compounds
and that health information is needed on effects of particulate size distri-
bution and cKenrical/phystcaT characteristics;
- Initiation of a survey of existing repositories of tissue samples with a view
toward the establishment of a coordinated, nationwide tissue sample banking
system—information obtained through tissue analysis would include data on
exposure trends in the population with respect to trace metals, for
example;
- Compilation of a series of animal studies on nitrogen oxides and ozone which
showed exposure to be associated with lowered resistance to infection;
- A preliminary determination on the urban, regional, and multiregional
distribution of atmospheric sulfate levels in the United States. Results
suggest widespread distribution of sulfate at levels which may be near
expected thresholds for health effects;
A-38
-------
- A preliminary field investigation on the extent of long-range transport
of oxiclant and its precursors from urban to rural locations. Results suggest
that oxidants from one urban area may achieve significant levels in regions
100 Km distant;
- Preliminary findings of field studies conducted in the St. Louis area
indicate that (a) the conversion rates of sulfur dioxide to sulfate in
coal-fired power plant plumes are usually low, with values typically on the
;'- -' order of one to two percent per hour, while oil-fired plants exhibit much
£ ;] higher conversion rates; and (b) vegetative uptake constitutes one of the
major removal mechanisms of sulfur dioxide emitted from low-level sources
(e.g., urban plumes).
I: 1
j- i 1976 Program
The objectives for air health and ecological effects research in 1976 include:
- Focusing studies toward selected population subgroups to describe health
effects of short and long-term exposure to sulfur oxides, respirable
particulates, nitrogen oxides, carbon monoxide, and photochemical oxidants;
- Refining the data on acid sulfate aerosol health impact and impact of
trace metals in primary smelter communities;
. - - Strengthening support for secondary air quality standards by completing
research on bioenvironmental effects of hydrocarbons and photochemical
oxidants on plants and animals;
- Continued development of empirical and anlytical techniques to relate air
pollution source emissions to ambient exposures;
- Continued determination of the effects of air pollutants on visibility,
rainfall, and climate;
- Expanding research on the health effects of emissions from catalytic
converter equipped vehicles by quantifying the health effects of exposure
to mobile source pollutants, particularly sulfuric acid; conducting studies
to more accurately determine pollutant concentrations at which adverse
health effects can be expected to occur; and including studies on complex
sinks such as parking garages and shopping centers; and
- Initiation of a cohesive research program to study environmentally induced
carcinogenesis, which will include not only the quantitative assessment
(carcinogenic vs. noncarcinogenic) of atmospheric pollutants, but also,
their quantitative effects (i.e., dose-response relationships) in order to
determine estimates of risk to human populations.
; 1977 Plan
Health and ecological effects research in 1977 is basically similar to that
for 1976 and can be divided into four areas: (1) studies of criteria pollutants,
(2) studies of noncriteria pollutants, (3) studies of non-pesticide organic and
inorganic substances, and (4) studies of pollutants particularly associated with
transportation (i.e. emissions from vehicles equipped with catalytic converters).
: ; Health effects information and the data on ambient air quality criteria pollutants
; will continue to be refined, with a view toward assessing exposure averaging times,
the adequacy of existing safety margins, the health benefits of meeting the standards
and the health risks of exceeding the standards. Studies will also be conducted to
• \ identify populations most at risk, to refine exposure effects data for such
populations and to assess the effects of exposure to pollutants in combinations.
A-39
-------
Health effects research will also continue on noncriteria pollutants with
emphasis on sulfate, nitrates and respirable participates. Questions which will
continue to be addressed include determinations of exposure-response relationships
for these pollutants, and their effects when present in air in combination with other
pollutants..
In the third area, the program will continue to address similar questions about
the health effects of such inorganic substances as trace metals—lead, zinc, cadmium,
and arsenic. One important research area in the case of the ubiquitous trace metals
to be addressed concerns the relative contributions of the various possible routes
of exposure to observed health effects.
The relatively modest effort i.n environmental carcinogens initiated in 1976 will
be continued. This effort is unique in that it will seek a quantitative evaluation
of environmental levels and sink factors associated with carcinogens. Among the
primary objectives of the planned effort are the identification of carcinogens
present in the environment, characterization of human exposure to them and deter-
mination of possible dose-response relationships.
The fourth area is specially concerned with the health Implications of
automotive emissions—essentially those from catalyst-equipped vehicles. Efforts
will be continued to determine exposure to pollutants emitted in terms of both
current and predicted future levels, as well as to determine the health response to
exposure.
Like the health program, the ecological effects portion .of the program addresses
both the criteria and noncriteria air pollutants and trace metals. This effort will
continue in 1977 to research and describe the effects of air pollutants on disrupted
and/or natural terrestrial ecosystems or their components, particularly those of
economic value. Effects will be researched with regard to pollutants occurring both
singly and in combination, at varying concentrations and for varying periods of
exposure. The resulting data will be useful for assessing current and predicting
future ecological impacts of airborne pollutants.
Included in the program will be studies to characterize particular terrestrial
ecosystems (i.e., identify their components and discern the dynamic interrelation-
ships between them). Among the studies will be those on grass lands, deciduous and
.mixed forests, soil microbiotic communities and soil microorganisms. Both field and
laboratory studies will be conducted on the effects of pollutants on single animal
and plant species, including effluents on growth and reproduction.
In the area of transport and fate of air pollutants, specific planned
.accomplishments include:
- Evaluation of urban sulfate model based on RAPS data base;
- Report on climate of air quality trends;
- Report on IR analysis for tropospheric halogenated compounds; chemistry of
degradation;
- Report of long-range transport of ozone/precursors;
Evaluation of highway model based on Long Island Expressway field study;
- Development and application of measurement methodology to study emissions of
unregulated pollutants'such as HCN, HC1, HBr, and H2S from current and
'future light-duty vehicles;
- Development of emission measurement instrumentation, for proposed stationary
source regulation such as monitoring systems for specific halocarbons and
mass concentration particulate emissions;
A-40
-------
Development and application of techniques and instrumentation to measure
carcinogenic air pollutants in the air and in the vicinity of sources;
Development of techniques and instrumentation to measure specific toxic
organic chemicals in the air; and
Development of techniques to measure specific sulfate species in the air
and in source emissions.
A-41
-------
AIR
Research and Development
Industrial Processes
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977, 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thoUsan^s)
Appropriation $15,777 $7,372 $5,665 $5,065 -$600
Permanent Positions 101 101 49 / 49
Budget Request
An appropriation of $5,065,000 is requested for 1977. There represents a decrease
of $600,000 from the 1976 level.
Program Des cription
The industrial processes program concentrates' on point sources of air pollution
arising from the industrial sector of the economy and is focused on those mining,
manufacturing, service, and trade industries which are involved in the extraction,
production and processing of materials into consumer products. This research'
activity supports the technology requirements of the Clean Air Act through the
development and demonstration of new or improved cost-effective technology having
industry-wide applicability, short-term achievability and long-term viability.
Since a significant amount of air pollution comes from energy -production and
consuming processes, there is considerable overlap in the problems addressed by the
industrial processes program and the energy related research program. These programs
have therefore been carefully structured to complement each other.
1975 AccompJ.1 shrnents
In 1975, the air industrial processes program:
- Initiated a hazardous materials source assessment program in order to provide
information for developing future standards and hazardous pollution controls;
- Demonstrated HOX control using molecular sieve sorption systems;
- Achieved substantial progress in developing low emission burners and providing
understanding of NO formation in flames;
- Assessed mobile source pollution control technology for application to
stationary internal combustion engines and gas turbines;
- Completed a demonstration test program on a high efficiency (99.6 percent)
electrostatic precipitator, establishing the capability of this device as a
total (including fine) particulate dust collector; and
- Constructed and placed in operation a mobile particulate test unit. This
unit will provide data for setting and enforcing particulate standards.
1976 Program
The 1976 program focuses on assessing the magnitude of the problem and the
state-of-the-art for control of noncriteria and hazardous pollutants, while finishing
several development and demonstration projects on criteria pollutant control systems.
In addition, work has begun on transferring technology for particulate control to the
industrial sector. The results of the assessment studies will provide identification,
characterization, and prioritization of industrial sources of hazardous pollutants.
The information will enable development of national strategies for control of
industrial air pollution.
A-42
-------
Major outputs to be achieved in 1976 include:
- Completion of a system for controlling both air and water discharge from
pushing and quenching operations in the iron and steel industry; and
- Initiation of two demonstrations of technology for control of fine
particulates in steel making processes and in the production of
ferroalloys.
1977 Plan
~
In 1977, activities will continue to characterize and assess the air
pollution problems associated with industrial sources and to identify the
available technology for pollution control (as well as the economic implications
of such controls). This information will continue to be used in formulating
specific technology requirements and strategies for control of air pollution
from these sources. Accomplishments will include:
- Completion of a preliminary design for an air pollution abatement
system for copper and lead smalters; and
- Completion of a study on feasibility of using a solventless sheet
.metal coating process.
A-43
-------
AIR
Research and Development
Monitoring and Technical Support
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 _J977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands]
Appropriation ,. $4,958 $4,947 $10,172 $10,172
Permanent Positions 64 64 121 121
Budget Request
An appropriation of $10,171,900 is requested for 1977. There is no change
from the 1976 level.
Program Description
The air monitoring and technical support program has two program activities:
(1) research, development, and standardization of methods, equipment, and techniques
to quantify and characterize air pollutants in ambient air and emissions from mobile
and stationary sources, and (2) the provision of technical support through which
the results of the research and development programs, and the expertise of researchers
throughout the research and development organization, are made available to other
parts of the Agency. This technical support activity provides resources to respond
to both continuing requests for assistance as well as immediate-response requests on
any given technical subject.
1975 Accomplishments
1975 accomplishments in the methods, equipment, and techniques research and
development program included:
-Development of improved measurement methods for particulate organic matter;
-Validation of improved mobile source pollution control methods;
-Improvement of particulate mass and size determination methods;
-Development of odor measurement methods;
-Field test of open path spectral monitors;
-Research, development and evaluation of multipollutant analyzers; and
-Research, developments and evaluation of a prototype x-ray fluorescense
analyzer.
i
In the air technical support.area, major accomplishments inlcuded conducting
a program to monitor burning of tpxic industrial wastes in the Gulf of Mexico by
a shipboard incinerator, provision of the airborne sampling capability for the
Regional Air Pollution Study, and assisting.several regions by conducting airborne
compliance monitoring.
1976 Program
The 1976 objectiyas—o£-t*ne""me'€h~ods', equipment, and techniques program include:
(1) sajpli^v-awff'anaTytical techniques for identification and measurement of pollutants
fronTvarious sources; (2) characterization of the gaseous and aerosol components of
air pollution; (3) characterization of mobile source and stationary source emissions;
(4) developing*sampling, and analytical techniques for characterization of ambient air;
and (5) establishing criteria for "equivalent" measurement and monitoring systems.
A-44
-------
During 1976, research and development technical support has been identified
separately as a program activity in order to improve the responsiveness of the
research and development program to the scientific and technical needs of the Agency.
During 1976, a resource data base will be developed and a unified planning and
management system will be implemented for technical support. The exact nature of
this technical support can only partly be documented because requirements cannot
be completely predicted. However, the type of support to be provided includes
conducting routine chemical analysis of samples from operational air pollution
monitoring networks, and chemical analysis support of registration of fuel and
fuel additives.
1977 Plan
The 1977 measurement techniques and equipment program will continue
development and assessment of air pollutant monitoring and measurement methodologies,
techniques, and instrumentation. It will concentrate on considerable emissions
from mobile sources, nonregulated pollutant characterization in urban-rural areas,
characterization of toxic trace metals and organic emissions from stationary sources,
and methods for identification of carcinogens and mutagens, The 1977 air technical
support program will continue and enhance the support given by ORD to other Agency
programs. •
A-45
-------
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Appropriation
Permanent Positions.
AIR
Research and Development
Advanced Automotive Propulsion Systems
Budget
Actual Estimate
1975 1976
$2,069
$2,165
7
Current
Estimate
1976
Estimate
1977
(dollars in thousands)
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
Explanation of'Change in Program
With the creation of the Energy Research and Development Administration during
1975, the majority of the resources allocated to the Advanced Automotive Propulsion
Systems research activity was transferred to that agency. Residual resources,
amounting to $2,164,600 were transferred to the Air abatement and control account
during 1976.
A-46
-------
Water Quality
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
WATER QUALITY
Abatement and Control:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions.,
Transition Quarter...
Enforcement:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions —
Transition Quarter
Actual
1975
$101,837
1,534
N/A
24,284
962
N/A
41,149
554
N/A
i:
167,270
3,050
N/A
173,350
9,476,536
Budget
Estimate
1976
$144,522
1,729
24,960
21,294
744
5,245
44,892
581
11,900
210,708
3,054
42,105
175,400
Current
Estimate
1976
(dollars
$174,547
1,819
37,860
19,793
738
5,245
43,940
548
11,900
238,280
3,105
55,005
189,160
1,499,913
Estimate
1977
in thousands)
$115,173
1,816
N/A
21,242
764
N/A
41,769
548
N/A
178,184
3,128
N/A
138,655
211,051*
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs.. 1976
-$59,374
-3
N/A
+1,449
+26
N/A
-2,171
N/A
-60,096
+23
N/A
-50,505
Research and Development;
Appropriation
Permanent Positions
Transition Quarter.—.
Total, Water Quality Program:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions
Transition Quarter
Outlays,.
Authorization Levels...
*Authorization pending.
NOTE: The program highlights and description of the Construction Grants activity
will be found in the Construction Grants section of this submission.
•OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
Evidence has been gathered to indicate that almost one stream or river mile
out of every three is markedly polluted, whether measured by oxygen demanding loads
and-bacteria count, nutrients such as nitrogen and phosphorus, other pollutants such
as industrial compounds and suspended solids, heavy metals, or pesticides. These
impacts result from point source discharge of waste from industrial, commercial,
agricultural, and municipal sources, and the nonpoint source discharge (including
spills and runoff) from activities that cover a broad land area and are mostly diffuse
in nature. These nonpoint sources include agriculture, silviculture, construction
activities, mining, and runoff from urban areas.
Pollution control activities have focused initially on the abatement of industrial
and municipal point sources. The relative extent of point source pollution is fairly
evenly divided among industry and communities, with a much smaller portion attributed
to agriculture. ;
The biggest user of water is industry—over 200 billion gallons a day, two-thirds
of which is used for cooling. Over 33,000 applications have been received from
industry for discharge permits under the National Pollution Discharge Elimination
System. The next biggest user of water is agriculture with a daily intake of about
130 billion gallons. The Nation's farm animals produce about as much waste as two
billion people although only a portion of that ends up in our waterways. The largest
agricultural discharge is irrigation water, often infused with pesticide and fertilizer
residues and natural salts. Additional pollutant loads include an estimated four
billion tons of sediment a year, most of it from farm and forest land and the drainage
of acid and other contaminants from some 11 million acres of mined land. An estimated
6,500 discharge permit applications are expected from the agricultural sector.
Communities use only about 30 billion gallons of water a day. However, only half of
the Nation's population is served by sewage systems that provide adequate treatment.
WQ-1
-------
Over 20,000 municipal discharge permit applications, plus an additional 50,000 to
100,000 from privately owned treatment works (excluding those serving single family
homes), are expected to be received ultimately.
The process of analyzing and reporting on the quality of the Nation's water
continued during 1975 with the preparation of the second National Water Quality
Inventory Report to Congress. This year's report includes, for the first time,
full reports from each of the 50 States and six Territories of the United States.
The States generally agreed with the findings of the 1974 report—that the
parameters which have been the focus of pollution control efforts, oxygen-demanding
loads and coliform bacteria, are showing overall improvement while nutrient
parameter levels were becoming worse in many areas.
Legislated Federal involvement in water pollution control began in 1948 in a
very limited way. There were antecedent laws such as the River and Harbor Act at
the turn of the century whose water pollution control authorities were not utilized
until 1970. The Congress, in a series of six amendments from 1952 through 1970,
gradually broadened the scope of Federal .participation and assistance as stipulated
in the 1948 Federal Water Pollution Control Act.
It was recognized that (1) the pollution of the Nation's water was continuing to
increase, (2) differences in the degree of emphasis among States were fostering
economic and competitive inequities, (3) existing legal mechanisms for abating
discharges were often weak and insufficient, (4) costs of control required increased
Federal funding, and (5) uniform national norms were needed to protect the progress
that had been achieved. In response, the Congress established as law the most
comprehensive pollution control act ever enacted—the Federal Water Pollution Control
Act Amendments of 1972, which significantly accelerated the Nation's pollution abate-
ment program.
Federal and State governments have now been operating under the provisions of
this Act for over three years. Top priority has been given to issuance of waste
discharge permits to point sources; funding of publicly-owned waste treatment works;
and the compliance monitoring, technical assistance, and enforcement necessary to
assure that permit conditions are met and the waste treatment plants are operated
effectively. These activities are supported by monitoring and analyses to determine
water quality dictated levels of control for critical stretches of water, promulgating
guidelines and standards, setting national norms for comparable levels of control for
all industrial discharges, and assessing and structuring future program needs and
solutions.
The Act basically encompasses a 10 year period from October 1972, to June 1983.
Two important dates by which all point sources should have achieved a legislatively
specified level of control occur in 1977 and 1983. By July 1, 1977, industries are
to use the best practicable control technology currently available to control water
pollution and the best available technology economically achievable is to be in-use
by July 1, 1983. Publicly owned waste treatment plants are required to provide a
minimum of secondary treatment by July 1, 1977, and to apply the best practicable
waste treatment technology by July 1, 1983. Various interim steps occur on a
continuing basis leading up to these dates. These include those activities
previously described which are complemented by other specifically focused programs
such as lake restoration, economic studies, annual quality assessments, and management
of nonpoint sources. The Agency is turning additional attention to nonpoint sources
in the revision of its regulations on water quality management planning.
The total cost over the 1974-1990 period of achieving the highest priorities
for the municipal sector [construction of treatment plants and interceptors) was
estimated at $46.3 billion in the 1974 Needs Survey. This omits estimated costs
for collection sewers, correction of infiltration/inflow, major sewer rehabilitation,
and correction of combined sewer overflows (totalling $61.1 billion). The costs for
providing treatment and/or control of storm water, a category which is receiving
particular scrutiny by the Agency, are estimated to be $235 billion.
The principal responsibility for conducting many of the tasks under the Act is
assigned to the States. Local communities conduct several types of planning and
•construct and operate treatment facilities. EPA's role is to coordinate nationally
all the many and various aspects of the Act, overseeing their implementation and, where
a State is unable to act, to carry out the activity. Additionaliy, EPA performs those
WQ-2
-------
activities which are singularly assigned to it under the law. The magnitude of the
tasks demands that a continuing cooperation exist among all levels of government as
each conducts its appropriate role.
Because of the long-term phased nature of the Act, many activities are proceeding
in a sequenced fashion. Top priority has been given to research and development
efforts concentrating on the technological and informational needs related to the 1983
objective, Areawide and Phase II basin planning are also oriented toward this date.
Since most of the first round of waste discharge permits have been issued and their
schedules have taken effect, enforcement activities to assure compliance with these
requirements are being intensified. Under a continuing cycle, efforts leading to the
second round of permit issuance are commencing. These include stream analyses of
water quality, development of water quality based pollutant reduction where needed,
and revised criteria. Research studies "have pointed the way directly into revised
criteria by providing more complete data and better values. Accordingly, guidance
is being prepared for the States to follow in revising their water quality standards.
Overall, the fiscal year 1977 permit program strategy is to continue the process of
putting first round enforceable permits into effect, to begin the issuance of second
round permits and, with particular reference to municipal permits, reissue major
permits assuring compatibility between funding and compliance schedules. Upgrading
the enforcement quality of permits in force is also a feature of the 1977 permit
program- strategy.
The great bulk of Federal environmental funding is allocated to the water program.
These Federal funds are supplemented by sizeable amounts of State and local monies.
This funding level reflects the major investment in publicly owned facilities that
must be constructed to abate a principal source of water pollution—the discharge
from municipal sewage facilities.
The investment in municipal facilities is supported by Federal and State review
of grant applications for cost effectiveness and compliance with the various require-
ments of the law. Funding for municipal treatment works has been significantly
accelerated. A national municipal operations program strategy is being drafted
to broaden and intensify Federal, State, local, and private sector efforts to assure
that plants built and permitted under the Federal Water Pollution and Control Act
(FWPCA) reliably meet operating and design specifications and permit requirements.
Assistance in the training of operators and in the development and training of State
and local water pollution control professionals will continue to be provided. Research
and development projects examine more effective and economical technologies in an
effort to reduce the total cost. A major reorientation of the municipal permit program
is under way to ensure more effective support of the Agency effort to grant $18 billion
for municipal sewage treatment construction projects. Another major concern in the
municipal permit area is the revision of existing policies which will ultimately
necessitate the modification or reissuance of most of the 20,000 municipal permits.
Initial studies and efforts to develop the framework for managing nonpoint source
pollution are being carried out. As point sources are increasingly abated, nonpoint
pollution will become an ever larger factor.
Technologjcal research will assist in formulating effluent standards for industrial
discharges. Existing effluent guidelines need to be reviewed and revised so that they
can be successfully utilized in the second round of permit issuance.
SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES
(in thousands
of dollars)
1976 Water Quality Program , $238,280
Abatement and Control... -59,374
The net reduction results from a 1976 congressional increase of
$15.0 million for clean lakes that will not be required in 1977,
a $38.0 million decrease for Section 208 water quality manage-
ment planning grants, a $3.1 million decrease resulting from
the termination of academic training grants, a $4.5 million
WQ-3
-------
reduction in State control agency grants, and a $2.7 million
reduction in water quality planning. These decreases are
partially offset by increases for the funding of an interagency
agreement to conduct interim construction inspections for
municipal facilities and for the full-year cost of the
October 1975 pay increase.
Enforcement +1,449
The increase will provide for 26 additional positions to be used
to enforce permit conditions now in effect and to modify, issue,
or reissue additional permits.
Research and Development -2,171
The decrease is due to carrying forward only a portion
of the $3.6 million added-on by the Congress in 1976.
1977 Water Quality Program , 178,184
SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES
1. Summary of Budget Request
An appropriation of $178,183,300 is requested for 1977. This request,
by appropriation account, is as follows:
Abatement and Control. $115,172,900
Enforcement 21,241,900
Research and Development 41,768,500
This represents a decrease of $59,695,700 from the 1976 water quality
program and includes a decrease of $38 million for areawide waste treatment
management grants as a result of the change in emphasis from areawide to
Statewide grants. Also included is a $15 million decrease for the clean lakes
program; these funds were added-on by the Congress in 1976 and will be . 'equate
tor 1977. There is a reduction in the training program due to the termination
of the academic training grants (-$3,070,000); a reduction in the State control
agency grants (-$4,456,500); and a reduction in the water quality planning and
standards activity (-$2,570,900).
These decreases are partially offset by an increase for the annualization
of the October 1975 pay raise (+$661,600); for the funding of an interagency
agreement to conduct interim construction inspections for municipal facilities
(+$2,500,000); and for increased staffing and miscellaneous program items
(+$2,011,200).
The resources for the research and development program decrease by
$2,171,100 due to carrying forward only a portion of the $3.6 million funds
added-on by the Congress in 1976. The remaining $1,428,900 will be used to
continue ecological effects research on ocean outfalls, ocean dumping, and
dredge spoil; health effects research on the potential health hazards associated
with waste water treatment facilities and utilization/disposal of waste waters
and sludge; and to continue work in sludge treatment and utilization.
2. Changes from Original 1976 Budget Estimate
Changes from the budget are as follows:
(in thousands
of dollars)
Original 1976 estimate., $210,708
Congressional increases:
Control agency grants +10,000
Academic training ' +1,200
Clean lakes grants , +15,000
Construction grants administration $6,000
Less: transfers to Agency and Regional
Management -588 +5,412
Research. , +3,600
WQ-4
-------
1
I /
Research activities transferred to Interdisciplinary
media. . . » -4,777
^ >' Manpower planning activities transferred to Agency
and Regional Management -166
I ,5 Operating adjustments — -1,949
i | Transfer of resources to strengthen Noise enforcement
;% s program. -80
Transfer of accounting activity to Agency and
_, n Regional Management... . .. -47
Cost reduction savings transferred to other media -185
Miscellaneous increases and decreases. , -436
Current 1976 estimate 238,280
Most of the additional funds currently estimated for water quality
programs were provided by congressional increases to the 1976 budget request.
The increase for water pollution control agency qrants restored
this program to the 1975 appropriations level (the availability of funds
deferred from 1975 results in an increase in total funds available in 1976,
however). The additional $1,200,000 for training is part of the $2 million
increase appropriated for academic training programs (the remaining $800,000
is allocated to Air programs). Grants to improve water quality in the Nation's
lakes were increased by $15 million. An increase of $6 million was provided
for administration of the municipal waste water treatment facility construction
grants program, of which $588,000 has been allocated to construction grants
activities in the Agency and Regional Management media. Although the core of
this program is included in water quality, some key functions such as audit
and contract compliance are classified under Agency and Regional Management.
Finally, $3,600,000 was added for research on ocean disposal, waste water
disinfection and sludge disposal.
Current estimates for water quality research include a transfer of
$4,777,000 from water quality to interdisciplinary. This change is part of
a broad restructuring of research and development activities in order to achieve
an integrated approach to the identification, measurement and control of
pollutants which transmigrate through various media, the objectives and
purposes of the functions transferred, primarily the development of methods
and management practices for the abatement and control of 'pollution from
agriculture and silviculture, are essentially unchanged except for the greater
emphasis on ntulti-media relationships.
A similar transfer of resources has been made in the ca.se of manpower
planning activities. The overall manpower planning function, which cuts across
media lines and is centrally located organizationally, has been financed partially
by water quality resources and partially by Agency and Regional Management. This
transfer consolidates the funding of the program, but does not change the function.
Operating adjustments are changes required to adjust the budget to
actual operating conditions. In the process of applying the budget to the
specific needs of each regional office, laboratory, and headquarters program
office, it is often necessary to make small adjustments to the planned budget.
The $1,949,000 reduction is the cumulative effect of these changes on water
quality programs in 1976. Most of these funds were transferred to air programs
to support activities aimed at the attainment of National ;'Ambient Air Quality
Standards and the maintenance of high air quality levels.1 Reductions were
applied selectively to avoid the impairment of high priority water quality
programs. No priority activities were eliminated.
Other transfers include $80,000 to. noise enforcement to help enable
the Agency to establish a centralized noise testing facility, and a shift of
$47,000 to Agency and Regional Management to cover the transfer of a small
financial management office. Resources for the financial management activity
are more properly classified under agency management than water quality. An
additional $185,000 of savings realized in an Agencywide cost reduction program
was also transferred to other media.
WQ-5
-------
ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
Current
Estimate Estimate
1976 1977
(dollars in thousands)
Prior year obligations $166,785 $246,873
Additional cost of water quality control agency
grant funds brought forward +5,625 -5,625
Congressional add-ons for water quality grants,
academic training, clean lakes, research and
development, and construction grants administration.. +29,300 -17,000
Areawide waste treatment grants previously.reflected
as contract authority ., +45,000 -35,000
Miscellaneous increases and decreases +163 -1,990
Decrease in amount of carryover funds estimated to be
available. ... -8,594
Decrease in training program ... -2,100
Total estimated obligations 246,873 176,564
(From new obligation authority).. (223,279) (161,564)
(From prior year funds). •., (23,594) (15,000)
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
Obligations are expected to grow substantially in 1976 because of congressional
increases to the 1976 budget request as well as a change in the financing of areawide
waste treatment management grants. Over $35 million was added to the water quality
budget by Congress for control agency grants, academic training, clean lakes grants,
construction grants administration, and research and development. A total of $29.3
million of these increases is expected to be obligated in 1976. A 1975 increase of
$5,625,000 for water pollution control agency grants which was deferred to 1976 will
also be obligated in 1976.
The largest increase in 1976 obligations results from the funding-of Section 208
areawide waste treatment management grants from new obligational authority. This
program was financed from contract authority in 1974 and 1975. Although obligations
for this program will actually decrease in 1976, this change in financing results in
an increase to the water quality media.
Estimated 1977 obligations decrease sharply because congressional increase in
1976 are not carried forward to 1977; the Section 208 areawide waste treatment manage-
ment grant program is being phased downward; the academic training grant program is
being terminated; and the amount of prior year funds available for obligation is
expected to decrease. Of the congressional increases, only construction grants
administration, control agency grants, and a portion of research and development
funds are being carried forward. No funds for clean lakes grants are proposed for
1977. Elimination of academic training grants will cause a reduction in obligations
of $2.1 million. The remaining major decrease is in prior year funds available for
obligation. Such carryover funds are expected to result in obligations of $23,594,000
in 1976, but only $15 million in 1977, a "decrease of $8,594,000.
Other changes in the 1977 budget will result in a net decrease in obligations
of $1,990,000. This change reflects decreases in water planning and technical
assistance activities, partially offset by increases for construction grants
administration and annualization of the October 1975 pay raise. Detailed
explanations of these changes are provided in the following sections.
WQ-6
-------
WATER QUALITY
PROGRAM LEVELS
Section 208 Regional Planning
Agency Designations.. ,
Review of Environmental Impact
Statement-Drafts
Cl ean Lakes Projects
Ocean Dumping Permits..
Construction Grants Awards
Step I Awards
Step 11 Awards
Step III Awards
State Program Approvals (NPDES)
Enforcement Actions (Referrals and
Admi n Orders)
Adjudicatory Hearings:
(a) Prehearing conferences
(b) Settled
Permits Issued by EPA:
Municipal
major ,
minor
Nonmunicipal
major , .
minor
Sampling and Reconnaisance
Inspections Conducted
Actual
1975
149
500
ioo
2,591
(1,693)
(266)
(632)
24
782
(a) 114
(b) 123
1,599
6,402
1,527
7,233
Current
Estimate
1976
40
500
20
53
3,375
(1,800)
(1,000)
(1,075)
34
1,423
(a) 150
(b) 600
268
1,644
584
5,492
Estimate
1977
l,075(est) 2*872
500
50-60
60
4,825
(1,000)
(2,300)
(1,525)
36
1,380
(a) 70
(b) 300
2,000
1,500
3,000
2,500
3,072
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
-35
+(30-40)
+7
+950
(-800)
(+1,300)
(+450)
+2
-43
(a) -80
(b) -300
+1,732
-144
+2,416
-2,992
+200
wq-7
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Abatement and
Control
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
WATER QUALITY
Abatement and Control
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands;!
Budget Authority
Water Quality Planning
and Standards
Effluent Standards and
Guidelines
Grants Assistance
Programs
Water Quality Strategies
Implementation
Water Quality Monitoring
and Analysis
Municipal Source Control
Total,.., 101,837 144,522 174,547 115,173
Permanent Positions
$15,737
7,961
50,604
7,361
6,074
14,100
$17,285
6,999
89,245
7,686
5,168
18,139
$32,393
7,127
100,527
7,479
4,495
22,526
$14,927
7,141
55,000
7,534
4,515
26,056
-$17,466
+14 .
-45,527
+55
+20
+3,530
Water Quality Planning
and Standards
Effluent Standards and
Guidelines
Grants Assistance
Programs
Water Quality Strategies
Implementation.
Water Quality Monitoring
and Analysis.
Municipal Source Control
408
47
441
45
424
54
403
54
-59,374
-21
WQ-10
WQ-15
WQ-18
WQ-22
WQ-28
WQ-31
WQ-10
WQ-15
WQ-18
261
245 •
573
267
190
786
243
176
922
241
176
942
-2
+20
WQ-22
WQ-28
WQ-31
Total.
1,534
1,729
1,819
1,816
-3
The objective of the water quality abatement and control program is primarily
to assist State and local agencies in controlling water pollution by providing
management, technical, and resource assistance and through disseminating guidelines
and standards. These guidelines set methods and procedures and levels of control
for sources of pollution. Water quality criteria and standards are applied to the
receiving waters and are subsequently reflected in the level of control placed on
the source. Management assistance is provided in the preconstruction and
construction of waste water treatment facilities and their operation. One-half .of
the water program manpower is used to manage and monitor this multibill ion dollar
program. Additional management assistance is provided in developing areawide
planning agencies, improving municipal waste control management, and in monitoring
and reporting on ambient water quality and changes in quality. Technical assistance
includes general assistance on controlling persistent and complex pollution problems
as well as specific response assistance for spills or other pollution emergencies.
Because a primary responsibility for the control of pollution lies with the
States, most of EPA's abatement and control efforts are oriented toward support
of State and local efforts. States are responsible for detailed planning, monitoring,
and enforcement efforts, as well as for establishing the priorities for commitment
of Federal funds for the construction of sewage treatment plants.
WQ-8
-------
Page Intentionally Blank %|
J
-------
Grants support development and operation of State water pollutions control
agencies, which include the functions of construction grants review, permits,
monitoring, and other implementation measures. States are .encouraged to
undertake the issuance of industrial and municipal permits and conduct the
enforcement program to ensure compliance with permits.
EPA monitoring and surveillance activities are coordinated with State and
other Federal efforts and include ambient water quality monitoring, collection,
and dissemination of information and water quality data, an.d compliance monitoring
of specific types of pollution sources.
Technical assistance and information is provided to assist in applying
technology, developing standards, and instituting effective programs and source
management. A major program thrust involves the development and establishment of
industrial effluent (point source) guidelines on best practicable and available
technologies, effluent and pretreatment standards, and regulations for all industrial
categories. Limited assistance and technical development efforts will continue on
nonpoint sources to support Phase II (1977-1983) planning. A spill prevention and
control program focuses on implementing spill prevention plans at non-transportation
related onshore and offshore facilities, and responding to major spill events to
mitigate the effects of polluting spills on the environment,
EPA provides or supports training to improve the skills of State and local
water pollution control personnel as well as to increase the .availability of
water pollution control manpower. Skills which are addressed range from sewage
treatment plant operation to plant design and management. Also under this program,
EPA assists other Federal agencies to bring their facilities into conformance
with prevailing pollution standards and helps to ensure that the programs, projects,
and other activities of Federal agencies produce a minimum water pollution impact.
The Marine Protection, Research and Santuaries Act of 1972, as amended,
authorizes the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency to regulate
the disposition of materials into the ocean, excepting dredged material.
Under this authority, a permit program for ocean disposal of waste was implemented
in 1973. Primary objectives for 1977 include:
- Designation and funding of approximately five new areawide planning agencies
to develop water quality management plans in those areas that are not
designated for State conducted planning;
- Promulgation of final regulations for hazardous substances spill prevention;
- .Full implementation of oil removal regulations;
- Approximately 4,825 new awards obligating $6.0 billion for the planning,
design, and construction of waste treatment facilities;
Final promulgation of fill and dredged material guidelines;
Implementation of the merged Section 208 and Section 303 (e) regulations
governing planning activities;
- Initiation of two ocean disposal site surveys and continuation of five site
surveys;
Initiation of an expanded and intensified national municipal operations
program;
- Development of a detailed national water monitoring strategy, based on
50 individual State strategies developed as part of the State program
process; and
- Management of an estimated 50 to 60 clean lake restoration projects.
WQ-9
-------
WATER QUALITY
Abatement and Control
Water Quality Planning and Standards y *
' 1
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS ,f,
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease - ^ -?
1975 1976 1976 1977 J97_7_vs. 1975 4
(dollars" in thousands) •> «
Appropriation , , $15,737 $17,285 $32,393 $14,927 -$17,466 ,
Permanent Positions 408 441 424 403 -21 j
Budget Request
An appropriation of $14,927,000 is requested for 1977. This represents a decrease M
of $17,465,600 from 1976.
Program Description. ' "j
The water quality planning and standards subactivity includes four program ^
elements. The state programs regulations and guidelines element covers a broad
range of activities including providing technical guidance, assistance, and
information to States, other Federal agencies, and local agencies to assist with
the development of water pollution control programs. These activities include !
assisting States in the preparation of their annual plans for the prevention,
reduction, and elimination of water pollution; providing guidance on the setting
of standards; disseminating technical information concerning scientific and j
engineering advances; and providing technical consultation. Also included under |
this program element is an assessment of the status of poll.ution in the Nation's
estuaries and preparation of a report to Congress, identification and designa-
tion of priority for removal of in-place toxic pollutants in harbors and water- 1
ways, development and publication of quality criteria for water, promulgation of ^
a regulation to control aquaculture and nonpoint source studies and guidelines.
The second program element covered by this subactivity is the Great Lakes <
program which includes both funding for the Great Lakes initiative program as <,
well" as demonstration grants authorized by Section 108(a) of the FWPCA. The "
Great Lakes initiative program was established in 1973 to provide the principal
source of funding for United States activities in direct support of the Canadian-
United States Agreement including the Upper Lakes Study, the Pollution from Land ^
Use Study, Great Lakes water quality surveillance, International Joint Commission J
support activities, special studies of water quality problem areas, and demonstration
grants authorized by Section 108(a).
The third program element covered by this subactivity is the clean lakes program. ,1
Under this program, the Agency provides financial assistance to the States to
carry out methods and procedures to restore the quality of .publicly owned fresh ,
water lakes. J
« J
The fourth program element covered by this subactivity is support provided the
Water Resources Council. This program has three principal activities: (1) Head-
quarters participation in Water Resources Council meetings as a member agency; ' *•!
(2) participation by both headquarters and regions in the National Assessment >j
through furnishing data on water supplies and water quality, along with appropriate
analysis of the total assessment data and findings; and (3) regional participation
in comprehensive water and related land resource planning studies and in the "|
activities of River Basin Commission, established under Title II of P.L. 89-80. >
1975Accomplishments
StateProgram Regulations and Guidelines :
- Developed water quality criteria based on the latest scientific information;
WQ-10 '
-------
- Completed basic water quality criteria documents for interagency review;
- Conducted a symposium on water quality integrity factors;
- Conducted a symposium workshop on the status of the Nation's estuaries;
- Developed a proposed regulation relating to the control of sewage from
vessels;
- Developed a final regulation pertaining to aquacultural projects;
- Developed regulations for State Water Quality Management Planning;
Developed an Agency policy on water quality standards;
- Used Section 106 grant resources to support priority program areas including
permits, municipal facilities management, compliance monitoring, and
planning;
- Implemented the SBA Loan Program nationwide;
- Initiated a project to aid .State water pollution control agencies in upgrading
and reclassifying key environmental control positions;
Developed a resource/output data base to evaluate the progress of State
water pollution control agencies;
- Draft first phase nonpoint source study of Santa Maria basin in California
completed, covering analysis of pollution soruces and legal, regulatory,
and institutional means currently available for nonpoint source control
in the area; and
- Three .nonpoint source planning demonstration projects were initiated.
Great Lakes Program
The Land Use Activities Reference Group Studies were initiated in 1974. This
basinwide study will be continued in 1975 and will result in recommendations for
the abatement and control of pollution resulting from land drainage. The Upper
Great Lakes Reference Group Studies were also started in 1974 and comprise a
comprehensive investigation of the water quality and remedial programs on Lakes
Superior and .Huron. These studies were continued during 1975 in which all field
, and laboratory investigations were initiated. During 1975 demonstration projects
were under way for eight projects funded under Section 108(a) of the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act. These demonstration projects include the Muskegon, Michigan,
Land Disposal Project; East Lansing Spray Irrigation and Lagoon Project; Black
Creek Study; Rochester Storm and Combined Sewer Overflow Study; Douglas County,
Wisconsin, Red Clay Project; Erie, Pennsylvania, Waste Water Management Study;
Washington County Project; and Southeastern Michigan Waste Water Management Study.
An additional project, Cleveland Watershed, was completed during 1975. Support
for the Water Quality Board and Research Advisory Board of the International Joint
Commission will be continued. Lake-Wide surveillance was initiated.
Clean Lakes Program
In 1975, the Congress appropriated $4 million for the Clean Lakes program.
These funds were to "provide for adequate planning so that .EPA could get the program
under way". These funds were brought forward and will be used in 1976 to gain
additional knowledge on the .benefit-cost and effectiveness of methods and procedures
to restore fresh water lakes.
Water Resources Council
For 1975, four planning studies were completed, including the Connecticut
supplemental, Long Island Sound, Platte, and Southeastern New England studies.
In addition, a new study on the Hudson River was started.
WQ-11
-------
1976 Program
State Programs Regulations and Guidelines
In 1976, program emphasis will be placed on the merging of Section 208 planning
with 303(e) planning to include the management of programs addressing nonpoint
source pollution. In the past, EPA and the States have concentrated virtually all
of their resources on abating point sources of pollution. The States will begin
to .develop strategies which include nonpoint source abatement in accordance with
regulations and guidance issued by EPA. Based on the Agency policy developed in
1975, regulations will be written to address revisions of State Water Quality
Standards.
Through contracting services, EPA will provide technical assistance through
1976 to State water pollution control agencies to aid them in upgrading and
reclassifying environmental control positions. This will enable States to fill
present vacancies with the well qualified staff necessary to meet increasing
responsibilities. The development of a Continuing Planning Process Handbook and
a State Strategy Handbook are planned to assist the States in developing well
integrated planning and decision making processes.
Additional delegations of Federal functions to the States are planned for 1976.
The recommendations of a task force on decentralization will be incorporated into
the 1977 operating guidance.
In 1976, plans for the S.BA Loan Program include a substantial increase in the
number of loans approved and the delegation of this program to several States.
In 1976, under the State Programs Regulations and Guidelines program, EPA
will also:
- Publish quality criteria for water;
- Publish the report on water quality integrity factors;
- Complete and publish the report to Congress on the status of the Nation's
estuaries; •
- Fund three nonpoint source demonstration projects dealing with sediment
control, the reclamation of abandoned mine tailings dumps, and nutrient
control ;
- Publish a regulation pertaining to aquaculture projects;
- Publish the proposed regulation for the control of sewage from vessels and
the approval of.no discharge areas;
- Complete the report assessing current knowledge about in-place toxicants in
harbors and waterways;
- Develop a method of assigning priorities for the removal of in-place
toxicants; ;
- Complete a documentary film on the status of estuaries; and
- Make initial attempts to identify controls for polltuion from urban stormwater
and other nonpoint pollution sources and to disseminate this technology.
Great Lakes Program
During 1976, the final report on the Upper Great Lakes Reference Group Studies
will be presented to the International Joint Commission. The Land Use Activities
Reference Group Studies will continue with additional emphasis on gathering more
data on erosion rates and sediment characteristics. Work on the ^eight demonstration
projects funded under Section 108,(a) of the FWPCA will continue during the year,
Support for the Water Quality Board and Research Advisory Board of the International
Joint Commission will be continued, including surveillance activities. .
WQ-12
-------
Clean Lakes Program
The $4 million appropriated in 1975 for Clean Lakes will be used to fund an
estimated 20 lake restoration projects. Additional fresh water lake restoration
grant applications will be solicited for funding from the $15 million added by
the Congress for 197.6.
Water Resources Council
In 1976, six comprehensive planning studies will be completed for Hawaii, the
Hudson River, Maumee, Minneapolis-St. Paul, Monongahela, and Pacific Northwest.
Two new studies will be started for the Ohio Main Stem and Yellowstone.
1977 Plan
State ProgramsRegulations and Guidelines
Implementation of the merged Section 208 and Section 303(e) basin plan will
begin in 1977. Federal funding for statewide Section 208 plans in nondesignated
areas is provided to assist State a.nd local government in complying with
U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia ruling that Section 208 plans
must be developed by late 1978 for the entire Nation.
Decentralization of functions and responsibilities will be in a major Section
106 program emphasis. The development of policies and guidance to ensure State
emphasis on and commitment to national priorities will continue.
Other activities to be undertaken in 1977 are:
- Continued development of water quality criteria in concert with latest
scientific information;
- Assistance in issuance of pollution discharge permits for approved aquaculture
projects;
- Investigations of harbors and waterways of critical importance w.hich requires
additional studies and provide the basis for a decision on the removal of
in-place toxic pollutants;
Investigations and approval of six to 10 applications for States to prohibit
the discharge of vessel waste;
- Continued provision of technical support rationale for toxic pollutants,
effluent guidelines, ocean dumping, hazardous spills, and dredged or fill
materials;
•* Initiation of a reevaluation of the aquatic integrity;
- Promulgation of final modified standard for marine sanitation devices;
- Initiation of the reevaluation of the status of the Nation's estuaries,
a three-year cycle report to Congress; and
- Continuation of the three nonpoint source planning projects (sediment control,
livestock water, and new institutional arrangements for nonpoint source
control).
Great Lakes Program
The 1977 plan will support the implementation phase of the Upper Great Lakes
Reference Group Studies final report recommendations. The Land Use Activities
Reference Group Studies will continue through 1977 and into 1978 when the final
report is presented to the International Joint Commission. Work on the Section
108(a) demonstration projects will be continued. Support for the Water Quality
Board and Research Advisory Board of the International Joint Commission will be
continued. Surveillance activities will be continued.
WQ-13
-------
Clean Lakes Program
In 1977, activity will be devoted to the management of an expanded clean lakes
program funded in 1976, and, in conjunction with the EPA Office of Research and
Development, initiation of the evaluation of selected projects.
Water Resources Council
In 1977, the Ohio Main Stem and Yellowstone stuides will be completed. A
national assessment study will also be completed.
The bulk of the decrease in funds fpr water quality planning and standards is
due to the $15.0 million appropriated by the Congress in 1976 for the Clean Lakes
program that will not be required in 1977. The $15 million will be sufficient to
meet 1977 needs and will fund an estimated 50-60 projects over a three-year period.
The balance of the decrease is due to reduced contract support of the nonpoint source
program and development of start-up, nonrecurring guidance to support Section 208
planning. The decrease of 21 positions reflects reduced water quality monitoring
support and technical assistance.
WQ-14
-------
WATER QUALITY . ..
Abatement and Control
Effluent Standards and Guidelines
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current -Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation $7,961 $6,999 $7,127 $7,141 +$14
Permanent Positions 47 45 54 54
Budget Request
An appropriation of $7,141,400 is requested in 1977. This represents an increas
of $14,000 over 1976. .
Program Description
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972 require the Environmental
Protection Agency to establish effluent limitations which must be achieved by point
sources of discharges into the navigable waters of the United States, Section 301 of
the Act requires the achievement by July ], 1977, of effluent limitations which require
the application of the "best practicable control technology currently available," and
the achievement by July 1, 1983, of effluent limitations which require the application
of the "best available technology economically achievable." Section 306 of the Act
requires the establishment of new source standards and 307(b) and (c) requires pre-
treatment standards for industry.
The first major effort of developing and promulgating effluent limitations,
standards, and guidelines for 52 major industrial categories has largely been
completed, with the exception of final pretreatment standards for existing industry
sources. These industrial categories include the 30 industries identified in the
FWPCA (Group I) and the 22 that were later identified (Group I.I). The 30 Group I
Industries have been split into two phases to reflect available resource levels.
Future activity will be devoted to completing standards for industrial subcategories
which have been published as interim final or deferred, development of pretreatment
standards for industries for which effluent limitations have been developed, the
promulgation of standards of performance for new resources, development of technical
information to support the judicial review of standards already promulgated, review
and revision of all standards within five years of promulgation, and the development
of standards for toxic substances.
1975 flccompl i shments •'•
- Published final regulations for the remaining 30 Group I,
Phase I industries such as textile and steam electric
industries;
» Published proposed regulations for 18 of the 22 Group I,
Phase II industries such as glass, phosphate, rubber, ferroalloys,
asbestos, meats, poultry, inorganics,-cane sugar, grain
mills, electroplating, plastics and synthetics, nonferrous,
fertilizer, timber, insulation board, pulp and paper, and
seafood;
- Promulgated eight of Group I, Phase II and published eight
interim finals for Phase II;
- Published final pretreatment regulations for existing sources
for Group I, Phase II industries;
Initiated a toxic task force to evaluate alternative approaches
for initial list of nine substances;
WQ-15
-------
- Developed regulatory strategy for nine toxic substances; and
- Prepared contracts to evaluate the technology available for
the treatment of the nine substances.
1976 Program
- Publish final pretreatment regulations for existing sources for '
remaining 20 segments of the 30 Group I, Phase II industries; 1
T Publish final regulations for existing sources for 14 of Group I, T •*,
Phase II industries; *' *^
*t ^
- Publish final regulations for 11 of the Group II industries;
- Develop regulations for specific categories not covered under *
Group 1 and II; , '*
- Review all 1983 effluent guidelines and standards and, as appropriate,
revise and publish; ;
- Develop and analyze data and background information to be used in
the annual review of established limitations. The effluent limitations
nust be revised every five years; • • *
- Provide technical support and assistance to the Office of Enforcement 5
on enforcement proceedings involving industrial discharges;
• . "\
- Provide technical support and assistance to the Office of Enforcement, !
regionSt and States on enforcement proceedings involving industrial , ;
waste water treatment technology and control;
- Develop technical information necessitated by legal reconsiderations '
and remands as a result of court challenges to Phase I and Phase II '
of Group I; ' '
- Development technical information required by the judicial review of j
Group II effluent limitations and standards; >
- Conduct studies to evaluate the effect of effluent limitations * *
guidelines on energy, solid wastes, air, and radiation impact and >
to identify alternative technologies to reduce such impacts; I
- Provide scientific and engineering technology to control the
discharge of industrial pollutants affecting the quality of drinking -,
water;
- Evaluate alternative methodology for developing and establishing
effluent limitations and guidelines as recommended by the Effluent
Standard and Water Quality Information Advisory Committee (ESWQIAC), ?
and other interested organizations; |
- Quantitatively evaluate the environmental effects of the regulations
applicable to industrial point sources under Section 301(b), 304(b) \
and (c), 306, and 307(b) and (c) as BPT, BAT, NSPS, and pretreatment ,j
regulations are implemented;
- Provide profiles of discrete industrial sources for use in preparing '.',
new source environmental impact assessments; I
*'*
- Provide technical assistance to the Data and Monitoring Support
Division on the economic studies in the form of investment costs, i
operating costs,and energy requirements for various treatment models;
- Provide technical assistance to the regions and States on the appli-
cability of the guidelines and standards to the NPDES permit program; ,
I
- Conduct regional industrial workshops for the pxirpose of introducing >
new regulations and training permit writing personnel in the application
of effluent limitation guidelines for the purpose of issuing permits; ,,
, WQ-16
-------
- Continue technology assessment of the nine toxic substances;
- Prepare draft revision of proposed standards for the nine toxic substances
and conduct an initial review; and
Prepare environmental assessments on the nine toxic substances and prepare
new candidate list for additional toxic pollutants.
1977 Plan
Develop and analyze data and background information to be used in the annual
review of Section 306 New Source Performance Standards (NSPS). Information
must be gathered on growth patterns in all industrial categories in order
to establish priorities for the revision of NSPS;
Develop, propose, and promulgate pretreatment standards based on mass
limitations. This is an extension of pretreatment standards originally
promulgated on the basis of concentration;
Develop, propose.and promulgate effluent limitations and standards for nuclear
power plants, uranium mills, uranium mines, and other selected nuclear sources;
Develop, propose, and promulgate effluent limitations and standards for sub--
categories omitted from coverage by the Group I and Group II industries;
.Publish final regulations for the remaining Group II industries such as
photographic processing, pharmacenticals, and machinery and mechanical
products;
Develop technical information required by the judicial review, technical
reconsiderations, and remands of the Group II industries and those subcategories
finalized in the above item;
Repropose new standards for three industrial categories for one of the nine
toxic substances or one .industrial subcategory for three of the nine toxic
substances to support standards for proposed rulemaking; '
Add one additional pollutant to the toxic pollutant list with one industrial
subcategory; and
.Subsequently publish proposed toxic rulemaking, conduct public hearings, and
promulgate final standards.
WQ-17
-------
WATER QUALITY
Abatement and Control
Grants Assistance Programs
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976__ 1976 1977 1977 vs." 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation $50,604 $89,245 $100,527 $55,000 -$45,527
Permanent POST ti ons ... ... ... ... ...
Budget Request
An appropriation of $55,000,000 is requested for 1977. This represents a
decrease of $45,526,500 from the 197.6 level.
Program Description
The water quality grants assistance programs include three grant assistance
activities: control agency resource supplementation grants, Section 208 planning
grants, and training grants.
The water control Agency resource supplementation program provides Federal
support to State and interstate water pollution control agencies. In virtually
every program activity (e.g., permitting, monitoring, planning, enforcement,
and municipal facilites management), EPA and the States each perform functions
.which must be coordinated if they are to :be effective. EPA develops the strategy
for coordination of effort between EPA and the States as well as the sequencing of
this effort from year to year. These broad guidelines are translated into
operational program terms in the annual program prepared by each State
.and approved by the EPA regional office.
Upon approval of the program, EPA funds each State agency to enable it to
conduct its program activity. The EPA regions also monitor State performance
to ensure that the outputs specified in the programs are accomplished.
In 1975, the last year for which figures are available, the role of the
States is clearly shown in that State manyears of effort total approximately
5,500, compared to EPA regional manyears totaling about 2,200, Thus, the
States are providing about 71 percent of the manpower resources in the water
program. To help fund the State efforts, EPA provided $40 million in State
grants, or 34 percent of the total State spending of $117 million for 1975.
The Act provides for the establ is.hment of areawide waste treatment
management and planning agencies under Section 208. Through Section 208, State
and areawide planning agencies are provided a unique opportunity to plan and manage
A comprehensive program based on integrated planning and control over such activities
as municipal and industrial waste water, storm and combined sewer runoff, nonpoint
source pollutants, and land use as it relates to water quality. From a pollution
control standpoint, Section 208 provides the unique opportunity to examine all
sources of pollution in an area and develop the most beneficial cost effective
trade-offs between sources to reach the desired ambient water quality level.
The designated agencies, upon receipt of an acceptable grant application
will receive grants for 75 percent of their eligible planning costs. This
represents a reduction in Federal participation since areawide. planning agencies
designated and funded in 1974 and 1975 received 100 percent funding for their
two-year planning period.
WQ-18
-------
A management system will be developed to carry out the objectives and
requirements of the plans. This comprehensive management system is expected to
be the cornerstone of efforts for attaining the 1983 goals of the Act as it
incorporates all the principal functions of water pollution control planning,
construction, and regulation.
Academic training grants are awarded to institutions of higher education to
meet a variety of professional manpower needs. Efforts in this area are
divided into four primary categories: the professional training grant program, the
graduate fellowship program, professional training curriculum activities,
and undergraduate training grants.
1975 Ac comp1i shment s
Control Agency Resource SuppJementation
- Use of grant resources to support priority program areas including permits,
municipal facilities management, compliance monitoring, and planning;
- State issuance of 1,100 major permits and 9,900 minor permits;
Increased capacity of State compliance monitoring to strengthen the
enforcement of more than 30,000 issued permits; and
Increased capacity of State agencies to manage the construction of
municipal facilities, and expedite the award of more than $3.6 billion of
construction grants.
Section 200 Planning Grants
During the past fiscal year, the areawide designated agency portion .of the
Section 203 areawide waste treatment management planning program became fully
operational. This involved not only management of the 13 areawide agencies
funded in 1974, but included the initiation of planning activities by 136 newly
designated areawide agencies. This brought 149 waste treatment management plans
under development throughout the Nation. Completion of most of these plans is
expected in mid-1978 (six months ahead of the Court imposed deadline) with
the content of the plans to have a major impact on decisions to award contruction
grants and issue, reissue, and modify permits.
Irajjri_nc[ GJrants.
The professional training grant program provides for training graduate level
students in water-related engineering and environmental sciences. In 1975, 640
graduate trainees were supported at 52 institutions. Under the graduate fellowship
program 74 employees from 53 State and territorial water pollution control agencies
were selected by the director of that agency to spend one year in a water-related
graduate or undergraduate program. Upon completion of this training, the
employees returned to their respective agencies. Professional training curriculum
activities for 1975 included a j.oint project with the Ohio State Environmental
Protection Agency to train high school teachers in monitoring techniques, the
development of an operation and maintenance technical assistance course, and a
waste water collection systems operator training course. Undergraduate
training grants were provided for 11 institutions in water-related engineering and
environmental disciplines to support 104 students.
1976 Program
Control Agency Resource S u pp j erne n t a t i p n
Compliance monitoring .and enforcement will recieve increase emphasis while
permitting activities will decline. The point source control phase of planning will
be completed in most basins in 1975, .and 1976 will see a beginning of nonpoint source
planning. Additional State personnel must be provided to properly manage the
multibillion dollar construction grants program. The Agency is depending on
increasing program delegations to the State in such areas as plans and specifications
review, operation and maintenance manual review, bid tabulation, etc.
WQ-19
-------
1
EPA manpower resources will be inadequate to undertake all required increased
activities in areas of program emphasis. Thus, States must be encouraged to respond 's
by shifting and adding personnel to carry out priority activities. Resources will '>{
be moved from permitting to compliance monitoring and enforcement. Manpower will »:
be shifted from point source planning to nonpoint source planning. However,
additional staffing must be provided to increase State capacity to manage the -$
construction grant program, and simultaneously to carry out the other requirements . :)
of the Act. i
Section 208 Planning Grants
_,,,^,
Approximately 40 additional high priority areawide agencies will be designated, j!
Funds will also be provided to State agencies to assist in their development of
work plans and to initiate State water quality management planning efforts
incorporating the requirements of Section 208. ' |
Training Grants
In 1976, 425 graduate trainees will be supported at 33 institutions. Funds \
will also be used to continue curriculum development in the Ohio Model Monitoring !
Programs, Operations and Maintenance, Tech Assistance and Collection System -'
Correspondence Course. In addition, demonstration grants will be developed
for professional training in the 208 Program, and in certification of senior i
operators in the local water pollution control facilities. •
Undergraduate training grants will be funded at the same level as in 1975
with funds being applied to curriculum development and demonstration projects for
design and operation of municipal water/waste water facilities at the Associate
of Art and Bachelor of Environmental Technology levels and for training to meet
MPDES municipal permit requirements.
1977Plan .
ResourceSun
The water strategy points to 1977 as an important period, because the Act
designates July 1977 as one of the two major milestones. In 1977, there is no
legislatively specified ambient goal. However, the objective of the Act,
"to restore and maintain the chemical, physical, and biological integrity of the
Nation's water," has been administratively interpreted by EPA as requiring
standards which generally protect indigenous aquatic life and secondary contact
recreation. Appropriate uses and associated criteria will be incorporated into
the water quality standards during the next revision cycle (October 1975-October 197':
The major means of achieving the 1977 goal are the issuance and enforcement
of permits and the construction of large numbers of municipal treatment plants.
Additional program emphasis will be placed on compliance monitoring and permit
reissuance; the merging of Section 208 planning with Section 303(e) planning;
preparation of water quality standards revisions; and the planning and managing
of programs addressing nonpoint source pollution. In the past-, EPA and the States
have concentrated virtually all of theiV resources on abating point sources of
pollution. The area of concentration will now expand to include nonpoint sources
to a limited extent. Control strategies will begin to be developed in 1976
by the States, based on "best management practices." Beginning in 1977,
specific controls and regulatory programs are to be developed by the States to cover
their nonpoint source problems for selected categories.
State agency grants under Section 106 of the Act will decrease by $4.5 million.
This level of funding will provide continued support to high priority State
program activities.
HQ-20
-------
Section 208 Planning Grants
Approximately five new designations of regional planning agencies are expected
to be made during 1977:. State agencies will be funded to further develop State
water quality management plans for areas that are not designated.
Section 208 planning grants decrease by $38 million for 1977. This reflects a
downward phase of the areawide grants to statewide grants with a corresponding
reduction in the number and valude of grants to ,be made. The $15 million for
Section 208 planning will fund the remaining high priority areawide designations as
well as initial support for statewide planning.
TrainjngGrantj
Training grants will be terminated after 1976. This concludes the policy of a
gradual phase-out of this activity that has been pursued over the past few years.
Termination of the professional training program reflects the decision to rely on
State and local government as well as the private sector to support these costs.
The reduction of $3.1 million for professional training grants reflects the
termination of this program.
WQ-21
-------
WATER .QUALITY
Abatement .and Control
Water Quality Strategies Implementation
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Actual
1975
$7,361
itions 261
Budget
Estimate
1976
$7,686
267
.Current Increase *•
Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands)
' $7,479 $7,534 +$55
243 241 -2
Appropriation
Budget Request
An appropriation of $7,533,900 is requested for 1977. This represents an
increase of $54,700 over 1976.
Program Description
The water quality strategies implementation subactivity covers the program areas
of Federal activities and EIS reviews, ocean disposal permits, dredge and fill
regulations, and spill prevention and response.
The Federal activities and EIS review activity includes the evaluation of
projects and programs of other Federal agencies in light of the requirements and
goals of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and the Federal Water Pollution
Control Act, as amended (FWPCA).
The EIS activity includes both review (of other agencies' .EIS's) and preparation
of EPA's own EIS's. The EJS review function includes:
1. Providing critical review and comments on the water quality aspects of
nationally significant environmental impact statements and proposed
regulations of other Federal agencies.
2. Providing guidance and encouragement to the regions in the decentralization
program, supplying Agency direction with regard to water related .programs.
3. Providing technical review, guidance, and assistance to the regions and
other program offices in the preparation of the water aspects of EIS's.
4. Developing policy guidance regarding the implementation of NEPA in
relation to P..L. 92-500, especially in the construction grants area.
The Federal activities function focuses on Federal agency compliance with water
quality management practices and covers the following functions:
1. Developing water quality related parts of EPA guidelines to Federal agencies
and instructions to regions covering compliance planning, monitoring,
exemptions, data needs, operator training/certification, land management,
nonpoint sources, water resource planning and new OMB Circular A-106
(replaces Circular A-81 and A-78).
2. Developing water quality related instructions to regions for Federal agency
project evaluations for use in preparation of annual priority recommendations
to OMB.
The ocean disposal permit program is authorized by the Marine Protection, Research,
and Sanctuaries Act of 1972. Under Title I of this Act, k.he Administrator of EPA is
authorized to strictly regulate the disposition of all materials except dredged
material which is regulated by the Corps of Engineers. It further prohibits the
WQ-22
-------
transportation for the purpose of dumping and the dumping in ocean waters of chemical,
biological, and radiological warfare agents and high level radioactive materials.
Under this authority, a permit program for ocean disposal of wastes was implemented
in 1973, and has been .operational since then.
In conjunction with the U.S. Corps of Engineers in its responsibility to
issue permits for the discharge of dredged or fill materials in navigable waters,
EPA is to prepare guidelines with authority to prohibit such discharges in the
event of an .unacceptable adverse impact. EPA's involvement in the implementation'
of these guidelines is to furnish technical information to delimit navigable waters
and wetlands, to assist in the preparation of general or categorical permits, and
to contribute to program development involving full State participation to ensure
that the Corps permit program is modified in a timely manner to protect the
aquatic environment from dredged or fill material discharges.
The primary objective of EPA's spill prevention and response program is to
protect water quality through the prevention of spills and minimize the impact of
spills on the environment. Section 311 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act
specifies a three-fold approach to the control of spills which consists of res_ponse,
prevention, and enforcement. Essential to the implementation of Section 311 is the
promulgation of key regulations (including the designation of about 307 hazardous
materials), development of the National Contingency Plan, establishment of spill
response programs, and development of an aggressive spill prevention program.- The
Spill Response Program is shared with the U.S. Coast Guard and jurisdictional
lines between the agencies are drawn geographically between inland and coastal
(including the Great Lakes) waters. It is EPA's position that the discharger
should take actions to remove the spilled material; however, if the violator fails
to do so, clean-up will be undertaken by EPA an
-------
Ocean Disposal Permits
The ocean disposal permit program has been operational for slightly more than
two years. In this time, EPA has developed criteria for the evaluation of permit
applications, prepared procedural regulations, identified on an interim approved
basis, some 110 ocean disposal sites including 100 Corps of Engineers sites and
issued approximately 100 permits. Violations of the Act have been reported and
civil enforcement actions have been taken with fines levied and paid. During
1975, baseline surveys of three sites were conducted.
Dredge and Fill Regulations
-1.Ljm.^L.U..,.J1.,...i,..,JL..,J.,J,U,.L,.UJ,,....
- Participated with the Corps of Engineers to publish proposed regulations for
navigable waters, and
- Developed and prepared guidelines for the discharge of dredged or fill material.
Spill Prevention and Response
- Published Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking for designating hazardous
substances and determining removability;
- Completed contract study and conducted symposium on methodologies for
determining harmful quantities and rates of penalty;
- Oil spill prevention program became fully operational in January 1975;
- Conducted oil spill prevention training program (two sessions);
- Established management information control system for the oil pollution
prevention program;
- Initiated advanced planning to incorporate reliability analysis techniques
for offshore oil drilling, production, and service operations;
- Initiated oil prevention monitoring by aerial photography;
- Revised the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan;
- Finalized development of technical document to support oil removal regulation
(Section 311 (j)(l) (A)};
- Established management program requirements for implementing the National
Chemical Use Schedule (Annex X National Contingency Plan);
- Provided technical support to the regions for oil and hazardous materials
spills; and
- Initiated agreement with the U.S. Coast Guard to develop and implement local
area oil surveillance systems utilizing a variety of fixed remote and in-situ
sensors for continuous surveillance of ports, estuaries and inland waters.
1976 Program
Federal Actiyities/EIS_Revigws
- Provide continuing consultation to Federal agencies on Federal installation
water pollution control and environmental- impact matters;
- Develop and refine water quality related guidelines for the preparation
and review of EPA and other Federal agency EIS's;
- Develop techniques to expedite the preparation of EIS's and negative declara-
tions, yet maintain a quality product;
- Review and comment on about 1,600 environmental impact statements and
emphasize follow-up on implementation of projects covered by previously
reviewed statements, including the newly added category of EIS's on new source
discharge permits, and EPA regulatory program (approximately 200 in headquarters);
WQ-24
-------
- Review and evaluate Federal agency budget proposals for ^installing water
pollution control measures and recommend funding priorities to OMB;
Review NPDES water discharge permit applications for Federal facilities
and recommend conditions of issuance;
- Monitor Federal facility compliance with applicable water quality standards
and implementation schedules;
- Develop comprehensive water quality related program guidance to regional
offices, Federal agencies, and States for implementing the requirements
of Executive Order 11752; and
- Contribute to improvement of the quality of environmental assessments
prepared by non-Federal applicants to assure an increased evaluation of
environmental effects of project during the planning phase.
Ocean Disposal Permits
The ocean disposal permit program will continue to improve the criteria for
permit applications evaluation. The number of ocean disposal permits is expected to
increase reflecting a rise in ocean disposal activity. Ocean disposal site selection
will involve close scrutiny and assessment of a limited number of sites. Violations
will continue to be reported with civil enforcement actions taken and fines levied.
Baseline surveys of two additional sites will be initiated and surveys of three
sites will be continued.
Dredge and Fill Regulations
- Publish interim final guidelines for the discharge of dredged or fill material;
Prepare guidelines for the evaluation of Corps of Engineers designated
disposal sites and criteria to be used for the denial and approval of sites;
- Design categorical and general permits;
- Develop test procedures in conjunction with the Corps of Engineers for
District Engineers and Regional Administrators to be used in granting
404 dredge and fill permits;
- Participate in Corps of Engineers public hearings on final regulations;
- Develop vegetation list to delineate wetlands;
Review individual proposed projects (often including EIS review) to insure
that permits are not issued for projects that will have unacceptable
adverse effects on the aquatic environment; and
Refine and clarify where navigable waters of U.S. begin and end.
Spill Prevention and Response
- Publish proposed hazardous pollutant rules for designation, removability,
harmful quantities, and rates of penalty;
- Promulgate hazardous pollutant regulations;
- Conduct regulations workshop at National Hazardous Substances Meeting;
- Conduct contract study on spill prevention impact;
- Conduct contract study on the relationship of 96-hour bioassay data to
chemical spills;
- Continue,,wQj?k;;i.ng with Government of Canada on spill prevention related
annexes'''of the Gre~at,.Lakes Water Quality Agreement;
WQ-25
-------
- Continue to implement the oil pollution prevention program through review
of appeals of technical amendments to spill "prevention plans, providing
maintenance and operational support of management information control •
system, and technical field assistance to special enforcement cases;
- Design technical approach for development of the Hazardous Substances
Spill Prevention Program (Section 311(j )(1 }(C));
- Continue oil spill prevention monitoring for compliance;
- Promulgate Oil Removal Regulations (Section 311(j )(1)(A)); I
- Complete contract studies which may lead to development of regulations • ,
for Non-Harmful Discharges of Oil Regulation (Section 311(b)(3)(B)); <
i
- Implement training program for hazardous substances response personnel
in the field; and
t
- Complete contractual studies for development of regulation for Small J
Facilities Liability for Hazardous Substances.
1977 Plan
Federal Activities/EIS Reviews
The 1977 program will consist of the continued review of EIS's prepared by
EPA and other Federal agencies with added focus on pre-EIS and post-El S liaison
to insure the early consideration of environmental effects and the subsequent
implementation of measures to mitigate the adverse effects. Guidelines,
techniques and regulations developed during 1975 and 1976 will be revised and
refined to further improve the quality and expedite the EIS and negative declara^
tion process. It is anticipated that the review process for EIS's and other
Federal agency facilities will be especially .critical and time consuming during
1977, because of the Section 301 secondary treatment requirements which come
due in 1977-1978. Increased emphasis will also be placed on assisting and
reviewing non-Federal environmental assessments submitted to EPA and other
Federal agencies.
Ocean Disposal Permits
During 1977, baseline and trend assessment surveys will be continued at the
present rate. Environmental assessments will be conducted and where sufficient
data are obtained and available, Environmental Impact Statements will be made.
tin conjunction with the Corps of Engineers, baseline surv'eys of two additional
sites will be initiated .and surveys of five sites will be continued.
Dredge and Fill Regulations
EPA anticipates a fully operational program with the first six months of
1977. This will include:
Final promulgation of Corps of Engineers regulations after EPA input;
- Final promulgation of .EPA guidelines;
- Review of high priority permit applications only;
- Granting of categorical and general permits; and
Intensifying exchange of technical information and coordination with States
and other Federal agencies for further implementation of Section 404.
Spill Prevention and Response
Promulgate final regulations of Hazardous Substances Spill Prevention
(Section 311(j )(1 ) (C) );
WQ-26
-------
- If required, amend Oil Pollution Prevention Regulation to include specifica-
tion requirements for selected prevention features;
- Expand management information control system to incorporate .hazardous sub-
stances prevention;
- Continue oil prevention monitoring and implement hazardous substances
prevention monitoring techniques;
- Finalize technical .approach for Development of Removal and Mitigating
Actions Regulations (Section 311(j)(l)(A));
- Fully implement Oil Removal Regulation (Section 311 (j) (1 )(A));
- Provide special equipment and technical assistance to regions in hazardous
substances spill removal operations;
- Revise National Contingency Plan;
Implement training program for field inspections in hazardous substances
prevention;
- Promulgate Small Facilities Liability Regulations for Hazardous Substances;
- Continue training program for hazardous substances response personnel;
- Prepare hazardous pollutant guidelines for EPA and Coast Guard on appropriate
response actions by discharger;
- Update and refine hazardous pollutant regulations based on economic and
environmental impacts;
- Continue expansion of hazardous pollutant regulations to include :new problem
chemicals;
- Based on contract study, advise and assist in development of spill prevention
regulations;
- Defend regulations and provide technical expertise to headquarters and
regional enforcement personnel (also Coast Guard); and
Continue participation in the Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative
Organization (IMCO), Group of Experts on the Scientific Aspects of Marine
Pollution (GESAMP), and ..United States-Canada efforts to insure compatible
regulations.
WQ-27
-------
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
WATER QUALITY
Abatement and Control
Water Quality Monitoring and Analysis
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
075_ 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
_
(dol lars in thousands)
Appropriation ____ » ....... $6,074 $5,168 $4,495 $4,515 +$20
Permanent Positions _______ 245 190 176 176
Budget Request
An appropriation of $4,515,300 is requested for 1977. This represents an
increase of $20,300 over 1976.
Program Description •
This program includes (1) the operation of monitoring stations and surveys,
including survey design, field sampling and data collection, laboratory analyses,
and quality control operations; (2) data interpretation, reporting, and evaluation;
(3) technical guidelines, direction, overview, review, and assistance to State and
regional monitoring programs; (4) water quality and effluent progress measurement,
reporting, and analysis; and (5) maintenance, operation and improvement of a national
water quality data system.
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972 require the Environmental
Protection Agency, in cooperation with the States and their political subdivisions and
other Federal agencies, to establish, equip, and maintain a water quality surveillance
system for the purpose of monitoring the quality of the navigable waters and ground
waters and the contiguous zone and' the ocean. EPA has established this program for the
Nation's streams and rivers, by selecting several areas representing a variety of
drainage areas, and funding monitoring stations (188 stations) upstream and downstream
of these areas through the transfer of funds to the United States Geological Survey.
To date, the national water quality surveillance system has not been extended to
estuaries, lakes, ground water, and oceans.
The Act (Section 305) requires that States prepare annually and submit to :EPA
a description of the water quality of all navigable waters during the preceding year;
an analysis of the extent to which all navigable waters provide for the protection
and propagation of a balanced population of shellfish, fish and wildlife, and allow
recreational activities in or on the water; an analysis of the extent to which the
elimination of the discharge of pollutants and a level of water quality has been or
will be achieved which provides for the protection and propagation of a balanced
population of shellfish, fish, and wildlife and allows recreational activities in
or on the water, together with recommendations as to additional action necessary to
achieve such objectives and for what waters such additional action is necessary; and
an estimate of (1) the environmental impact, (2) economic and social costs necessary
to achieve the objective of this Act, (3) the economic and social benefits of such
achievement, and (4) an estimate of the date on 'such achievements; and a description of
the nature and extent of nonpoint sources of pollutants, and recommendations as to
the programs which must be undertaken to control each category of such sources,
including an estimate of the costs of implementing such programs. These State reports,
together with an EPA analysis thereof, are sent annually to Congress, EPA provides
guidance, technical assistance, review, and independent analysis for the above
questions through this program.
WQ-28
-------
The Act requires that no grant under Section 106 (Grants for Pollution Control
Programs) shall be made to any State or interstate agency which has not provided
or is not carrying out as part of its program the establishment and operation of
appropriate devices, methods, systems, and procedures necessary to monitor, and to
compile and analyze data on the quality of navigable waters and, to the extent
practicable, ground waters including biological monitoring; and provision for anually
updating such data. Under this section EPA provides technical guidance, direction,
overview, review, and assistance to State and regional monitoring programs. EPA
endeavors to ensure adequate State programs to support .permitting, compliance,
enforcement, planning and program evaluation activities.
EPA operates the STORE! water quality file as a service to Federal agencies,
States, and other governmental agencies to ensure their ability to store, retrieve,
and manipulate water quality data in support of water quality evaluation, planning,
permitting, compliance, and enforcement programs. In addition, this data system
provides data for responding to questions concerning water quality. Under this
program, EPA is conducting a feasibility study to determine the necessity for a
data system oriented around questions concerning effluent data and 'effluent
trends. The EPA Office of Planning and Management has recently completed an
evaluation of .STORET which will result in the further installation of management
controls, such as chargeback of computer costs to users, editing of data at time of
entry, putting unnecessary data in archives, and cleanup of data remaining in STORET.
1975 Accompl i shment s
- Establishment of national water quality surveillance system;
- Submission to Congress of the first national water quality
inventory analyzing national water quality trends for 22
major rivers and analyzing in detail eight of these major
rivers;
- Training and assistance to users of the STORET water quality
file. Maintenance of STORET system and extensive software
reprogramming to hold costs constant, despite system growth;
- Development of regulations specifying minimum requirements
for State monitoring programs;
- Termination of the, general point source file; and
- Drafting and distribution of Model State Monitoring Program.
1976
Evaluation of the economic impact of proposed water quality
criteria and of State water monitoring regulations;
Operation of the STORET water quality file. Reprogramming
to decrease storage space by 30 percent. Introduction of
automatic editing of data at input time. Standardization of
effluent data storage. Distribution of a package providing
for determination of which STORET data should be put in archives,
and providing for cleanup of remaining data;
Initial analysis of national water quality surveillance system
data;
First analysis of State water quality inventory questions,
review of State water quality inventories, and transmittal
to Congress;
Publication of regulations for State water monitoring programs;
and
Performance of feasibility study on necessity of system for
storage of effluent data.
WQ-29
-------
1977 Plan
- Implementation of a system to charge computer costs to users of the
STORE! water quality file;
- Second evaluation of national water quality surveillance system data;
- Expansion of edits of input data for STORE! water quality data to
permit edit ranges to vary from station to station;
- Development of a detailed national water monitoring strategy,
based on 50 individual State strategies developed as part
of State program process;
- Evaluation of State quality assurance programs by Regional
Surveillance and Analysis Divisions;
- Second analysis of State water quality inventory questions,
review of State water quality inventories, and transmittal
to Congress;
- Monitoring support of Phase II water quality management plans
(Section 303 and 208 of P.L. 92-500); and
- Operation and possible expansion of the National Water Quality
Surveillance System to include estuaries, lakes, ground water,
oceans and coastal zones, and a broader range of pollutants
including toxic substances.
WQ-30
-------
WATER QUALITY
Abatement and Control
Municipal Source Control
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
"(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation $14,100 $18,139 $22,526 $26,056 +$3.530
Permanent Positions. 573 786 y<^ a<^ T^u
Budget Request
An appropriation of $26,055,300 is requested for 1977. This represents an increase
of $3,529,300 over 1976.
Program Description
The municipal waste water treatment facility construction program derives
its legislative authority from Title II of the Federal Water Pollution Control
Act Amendments of 1972 (P.L. 92-500). The funding required under this Municipal
Source Control subactivity covers only staffing costs such as salaries, benefits,
travel, contracts, and other related costs in support of construction grants
personnel. The municipal construction grant funds are included in a separate
appropriation account, Construction Grants.
This subactivity is located predominantly in the EPA regional offices, where
all the grant activity and associated administration of the grants program and
postconstruction activities take place. The remainder of the subactivity (i.e.,
program policy, administrative oversight, needs estimates) resides in headquarters,
primarily in the Municipal Construction Division of the Office of Water Program
Operations.
The municipal source control subactivity includes two distinct functions:
The administration of the grants program and the monitoring of the operation and
maintenance of treatment facilities. Within these two functions are a number of
activities in fulfillment of the legislative and administrative requirements
outlined in the Title II regulations. They are conducted jointly by EPA and
the States and are directed toward the abatement and control of municipal
waste water discharges.
The first function—the administration and operation of the construction
grants program—includes the following activities: (1) The technical and
administrative review of grant applications, amendments, and supporting materials;
(2) the review of facilities plans and construction plans and specifications;
(3) an assessment of the environmental impact of proposed waste water treatment
facilities; (4) the review of operation and maintenance manuals; and (5) the
review of user charge and industrial cost recovery systems. It also includes
various post-award management activities related to monitoring on-going
construction projects: (1) The periodic review of vouchers and subsequent
payments to grantees; (2) the conducting of interim and final construction
inspections of treatment facilities; and (3) the analysis and processing of
change orders and qrant amendments. Many of the States have accepted
delegation of certain parts of these activities, particularly the review of
construction drawings and specifications and the review of the operations
and maintenance manual. The funding requirements reflect actual and planried
delegation through 1977.
The second function—the postconstruction monitoring of the operation
and maintenance of treatment facilities—includes three interrelated activities:
UQ-31
-------
(1) The training and certification of waste treatment plant personnel and
related State and local support personnel" This "includes the funding for develop-
ment and demonstration grants, State training grants, the certification of operators,
training facilities, operator training courses, and overall administration of the
training program. Direct training in water pollution control is provided through
the National Training Center in Cincinnati.
(2) The development of manpower capabilities of the State and localagencies
involved in water pollutiorrcontrol.The EPA regional offices, in conduction with
State water pollution control agencies, develop (a) training programs for State
planners, (b) systems and procedures to conduct manpower planning activities, and
(c) sets of occupational definitions and staffing guide:s for quantification of
manpower data.
(3) The development and maintenance of State municipal operations programs.
This, includes technical and programmatic assistance for development of State post-
construction monitoring programs and supporting positions, and funds to allow EPA
personnel to provide guidance, initial assistance, and overview to the developing
State municipal operations programs.
1975 Accomplisnments
During 1975, the Environmental Protection Acjency awarded 2,591 new grants,
totalling $3,615,900,000, for the planning, design, and construction of treat-
ment facilities. The number of active projects on June 30, 1975, totaled 3,646
with a grant award total of $10,703,200,000. Also during 1975, a total of
$1,937,575,000 in payments was made for work completed on these active projects
and on projects funded under the reimbursement program. On June 30, 3,008 projects
were under construction and 638 projects had received construction awards and were
awaiting construction initiation. The following table summarizes these activities:
1975
Amount of
Item Number dollars in millions
New Step 1 (facility planning) awards 1,693 $107.4
New Step 2 (design and specification) awards.... 266 ' 87.5
New Step 3 (construction) awards 632 3,421.0
Active New Law (P.L. 92-500) Projects:
Under construction 932 3,497.4
Preconstruction , 533 2,517.3
Active Section 8 (P.L. 84-660) Projects:
Under construction 2,076 4,211.6
Preconstruction.. 105 193.4
Total Outlays (all programs) N/A 1,937.6
In comparing the grant activity in 1975 with 1974 (e.g. 2,591 awards
vs. 1,130 awards), it is evident that the program is accelerating and that the
workload under the municipal source control subactivity is increasing substantially.
A number of other program accomplishments in 1975 should also be noted:
(1) The Agency initiated a second round of obligations under the reimbursement
program (P.L. 93-243), resulting in obligations for 1975 of $420,000,000. The
obligations from inception to June 30, 1975, totaled $1,735,400,000 of the
$1,900,000,000 appropriated for that purpose. Th'ese obligations cover over 5,000
eligible projects, allowing payments of up to almost 70 percent of the total project
costs.
(2) The Agency construction nrant outlays of $1,937,575,000 exceeded by almost
$300 million the 1974 outlays. The 1975 total was the highest level of payment in
a single fiscal year since the program began.
WQ-32
-------
(3) A program management system was inititated that provided a mechanism to
aid in project scheduling and performance tracking for the largest projects in each
State. By providing such a mechanism, the regional offices and headquarters were
able to identify serious scheduling problems in advance, set targets and monitor
obligations by month, and estimate (from close analysis of the relatively few
large projects) the total obligations by State by month for the foreseeable future,
(4) The regional offices began to reorganize their construction grants personnel
into a "project manager" alignment, in order to more closely coordinate all the
activities associated with individual projects. This "cradle to grave" approach was
recommended by the Administrator's Special Construction Grants_TaskForce, which
completed its report during 1975..
(5) The 1974 Needs Survey was completed and issued during 1975, which
considerably revised the estimated needs derived from the 1973 Needs Survey.
(6) The Agency initiated the development of State manpower and training
self-sufficiency. Included were initiation of projects that provided the State
or municipality with instructional capability, specialized new methods, skills
such as are required under the NPDES, new technology and innovative training
projects and development of certification criteria.
(7) Through the direct training activity, a total of 20 established
curriculum courses were developed and conducted for 407 trainees at the National
Training Center. Fourteen regional training courses were also supported.
1976 Program
In 1976, it is estimated that 3:,875 new awards, totalling approximately
$4.5 billion (including reimbursement projects), will be made for the planning,
design, and construction of treatment facilities and that 6,800 projects will be
in various stages of preconstruction or construction activity. The following
table summarizes these activities:
1976
Amount of
Item Number dollars in millions
New Step 1 (facility planning) awards... 1,800 $250
New Step 2 (design and specification)
awards , ,....., 1,000 300
New Step 3 (construction) awards 1,075 3,850
Active projects , 6,800 13,000
As a result of the continuing acceleration of the program and related workload
increases, an increase of 407 positions (including 250 new positions and 157
reprogramed) was allocated to the construction grants program in 1976. The 1976
current estimate includes a $6 million increase for support costs of these additional
positions. The 407 position increase .includes a 1976/1975 actual increase of 349
positions to the Municipal Source ContVol subactivity with the balance of the
'407 positions included elsewhere in the budget, including EIS preparation (included
in the interdisciplinary media within Abatement and Control), equal employment
opportunity, contract compliance, audit, and others.
These additional resources are needed to improve the program administration
in a number of areas, including: (1) increased preapplicatiOn conference and
project assistance; (2) actions to ensure that projects are constructed expedi-
tiously; (3) improve facilities planning to ensure cost effectiveness and adequate
environmental assessment; (4) programs to ensure fiscal integrity; and (.5)
activities to improve operation and maintenance.
A number of other activities are anticipated in 1976:
-Delegations of key functions to State offices are expected to increase. The
current plans for 1976 include (a) an increase of 12 States (totalling 40) for
review of plans and specifications, (b) an increase of six States (totalling 38)
WQ-33
-------
for review of the operation and maintenance manuals, (c) an increase of nine States
(totalling 11) for bid review, (d) an increase of 12 States (totalling 36) for review of
change orders, and (e) an initial delegation to seven States for interim construction
inspections.
-The Agency will complete the entire construction grants manual during 1976,
which will be used by the regional offices to administer the program and give
technical assistance to the States.
-The second round of reimbursable obligations and payments will be completed
during 1976, with over 5,000 projects funded to 70 percent of their eligible cost.
-An internal Agency study was initiated in 1976 to determine the feasibility
of an expanded automated regional management system to aid in the management of
the construction grants program. It is expected that implementation of the system
will be under way by early 1977.
-The Agency's municipal operations program will continue to work in 1976
toward increased State and local self-sufficiency in this program area. It
will expand technical assistance efforts, improve the technological base of the
States., and integrate its efforts closely with the training programs. A national
municipal operations program strategy will be developed during 1976 by an EPA/
State work group which will result in a program similar to construction grants,
permitting, planning, etc., in scope and stature. The purpose of this strategy
will be to assure a national focus on the operations of municipal waste treatment
facilities built and permitted under the FWPCA. State certification programs for
treatment plant operators and development of testing criteria will continue to be
developed,
-The water pollution control training program will continue with increased
activity in developing State capability. Administrative costs and grants to
minority schools will continue at the 1975 level.
-The National Training Center will provide increased emphasis in 1976 on
the development of training materials for use by State agencies and training
institutions. The National Training Center will plan and conduct 21 short-term
training courses for an estimated 500 students.
1977 Plan
In 1977, the construction grants program is anticipated to obligate a total
of $6.0 billion, comprising approximately 4,825 new awards for the planning,
design, and construction of waste treatment facilities. The $6.0 billion program
will allow for a smooth, even, uninterrupted flow of construction funds to
municipalities without undue delay. The active projects on September 30, 1977,
will total approximately 8,000 .and be increasingly concentrated in the design and
construction phase of the project activity. The following table summarizes the
proposed program:
; (dollars in millions)
1976 1977
Item
Total obligation level $4,500 $6,0.08
Total new awards. 3,875 4,825
(Number of Step 1)... (1,800) (1,000)
(Number of Step 2) •( 1,000) (2,300)
(Number of Step 3) (1,075) (1,525)
Active projects 6,800 8,000
The large program increase, both in dollars and in numbers of projects, is
made necess.ary by the increased needs derived from prior year planning and design
activity.
Positions will remain constant for 1976 and 1977 despite an apparent 20 position
increase. These positions provide direct support, primarily Environmental Impact
Statement preparation and facilities planning to the Municipal Source Control
subactivity in 1976 but are not included under this subactivity for that year.
WQ-34
-------
The 1977 program will include a number of other activities that both support
and supplement the anticipated award and project levels.
(1) The Agency will begin delegation of many preaward facilities planning
activities upon enactment of pending legislation making allotment funds available
to State operations, which is expected prior to the beginning of 1977. By the
end of 1977, approximately six States are expected to take over those planning
activities previously done solely by EPA.
(2) The Agency will continue to negotiate interagency agreements with the
Corps of Egnineers and GSA to perform interim construction inspections. One-
half of the workload associated with these interim inspections are expected to
be contracted out during 1977.
(3) Additional delegation in other areas should continue to increase. The
current plans are to have delegated (a) 75 percent of all .plans and specifications
reviews, (b) 75 percent of the review of operations and maintenance manuals, (c)
60 percent of the change orders processing, (d) 20 percent of the bid tabulation
review, and (e) 15 percent of the interim construction inspections.
(4) The 1976 Needs Survey will be completed and released during 1977 and used
as a basis for funds allotment as required. In addition, work on the 1978 Needs
Survey will be initiated.
(5) The training and certification of treatment plant operators will be
expanded to develop operator training self-sufficiency at the State and local
level. This will involve seven to nine community collegesand provide comprehensive
training on effluent monitoring procedures for operators.
(6) The direct training program will develop, prepare, and distribute student
reference texts and instructor guides for four new courses for 144 State-agency
instructors in operations and treatment technology. Fifteen short courses will
be conducted at the National Training Center for 360 students. Instruction and
material support will be provided for an expected 28 courses in the EPA regions
for an estimated 670 students.
(7) The Agency will initiate technical assistance to 15 State and local water
pollution control agencies through manpower planning courses developed by the Agency.
The intent of such technical assistance will be to encourage increased State
self-sufficiency in manpower planning and training.
(8) The Agency will initiate technical and programmatic assistance to the States
under the national municipal program strategy developed during 1976.
The increase for 1977 includes $2.5 million to fund an interagency agreement
with the General Services Administration and the Corps of Engineers to conduct
interim construction inspections. The increase also includes support costs
for the 20 positions identified under this subactivity for 1977.
WQ-35
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Enforcement
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
WATER QUALITY
Enforcement
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
Budget Authority
Water Quality Enforcement $24,284
Permanent Positions
Water Quality Enforcement 962
(dollars in thousands)
$21,294 $19,793 $21,242 +$1,449
744
738
764
+26
Budget Request
An appropriation of $21,241,900 is requested for 1977.
increase of $1,449,200 over 1976.
This represents an
The water quality enforcement program emphasizes the compliance monitoring,
enforcement, and continuing issuance of National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (RPDES) waste water discharge permits. Other activities include the
enforcement actions necessary to achieve compliance with regulations on oil and
hazardous material discharge, ocean dumping, and related requirements of the Act.
Most water quality enforcement activities are conducted cooperatively with the
States and maximum State assumption of these responsibilities is a primary goal.
The NPDES permit program is part of the comprehensive effort initiated by
the 1972 Amendments to reduce or eliminate point source pollution from industrial,
municipal, commercial,and agricultural facilities. The Act prohibits discharge
of pollutants to virtually all waters of the United States unless a permit is
issued by EPA or an EPA approved State program. The permit is the focal
point of the tight regulatory system with precise and detailed abatement
requirements, streamlined enforcement procedures, and heavy penalties for permit
violation.
The permit is the mechanism for imposing on point source dischargers the
uniform national effluent limitations and national performance standards which
EPA is required to promul.gate. These limitations and standards, set by the
abatement and control function, establish the maximum amounts of various pollutants
which can legally be discharged into a water body. If, at a given facility, the
established national effluent limits will not reduce pollution enough to meet
the ambient water quality standards set by the State or EPA, the permit will
impose stricter effluent limitations as necessary to meet the water quality
standards. These more stringent effluent limits are set by the permit program
in coordination with pollution load allocation activities covered under the
abatement and control function.
Permits are issued on condition that their pollutant reductions be
accomplished according to given time schedules. Compliance with the limitations
and the schedules is assured by review of permittee self-monitoring reports,
routine and case preparation facility inspections, conferences with permit violators,
issuance of letters and administrative orders, and development and referral of cases
to the Ju'*ice Department for legal action. •
WQ-36
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
1975 Accomplishments
The issuance of 28,455 discharge permits by EPA and States in 1975 represented
- ' the first step in the NPDES water quality enforcement program. Most significantly,
by the end of 1975, permits were issued to virtually all major dischargers. These
included the 6,200 major pollution sources in the country.
\ * The goal of turning over NPDES authority ta all qualified States continued and
'< 1 progressed significantly this year; nine new programs were approved for a total of
'%" 24.
JX 5 In 1975, the first -significant results of the NPDES permit enforcement
T * authorities were seen. While EPA found significant voluntary compliance with the
permit requirements, 710 administrative orders were issued, and 72 NPD.ES cases were
referred to U,S. Attorneys. These formal actions generally were preceded by
.''V • informal compliance efforts including telephone calls, letters, and meetings. Most
permit violations were identified through review of the self-monitoring reports
submitted by permittees.
-------
EPA will, in 1976, issue or reissue approximately 852 major1 and" 7,136
minor permits. These will be issued to new or modified facilities, and to
dischargers which had not applied, had not been issued a permit, or whose permit ^
had expired or required modification. In addition, a review of the municipal *
permit policy will be initiated which will likely require modifying or reissuing
many municipal permits.
In 1976, EPA will continue to monitor and enforce compliance with oil spill *<
prevention requirements, toxic, pretreatment and marine sanitation requirements,
and aquaculture and sewage sludge disposal permits. The Agency will enforce the
ocean dumping regulation of the Marine Protection Research, end Sanctuaries Act %'i
of 1972, review Section 404 dredge spoil disposal site designations for possible '$
disapproval, participate in Section 10 Refuse Act dredge spoil actions, and 'ly*
certify Section 8 applications for SBA loans for installation of pollution
control equipment, EPA will also implement Section 504 of the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act, as amended, which provides EPA with emergency power to N
bring suit where a pollution source presents an imminent and substantial danger
to public health and welfare.
The resolution of outstanding adjudicatory hearing requests is also ,,
scheduled for 1976. The enforcement effort will include completing review and
adjudication of approximately 100 Section 316 appeals dealing' with thermal
effluent requirements. Implementation of NEPA requirements for new source
discharge permits are continuing in 1976, including preparation of environmental
impact statements and negative declarations.
1977.Plan
The primary objectives for 1977 are for the water enforcement program first to
continue to assure a high level of compliance schedule and final effluent limit
compliance of major nonmunicipal and municipal dischargers; second, to expand and
enhance overall State participation, in both approved and unapproved States;
third, to complete the process of putting enforceable permits into effect with
priority to (a) resolution of major adjudicated permits, (b) reissuance of major
municipal permits, (c) minor but energy related initial and new source permits
issuance, and (d) court ordered agricultural and storm sewer permits issuance.
Major industrial dischargers on permits will be reaching final effluent
limits in 1977. Additional vigilance in compliance monitoring will be necessary
during 1977 to ensure that final effluent limitations have in fact been achieved
and are being maintained. This will involve an increase in the number of
facility and sampling inspections conducted by EPA and States, and an increase in
the number of referrals to U. S. Attorneys for civil and criminal enforcement
action under Sections 309(b), (c), and (d) is also expected. It is anticipated
that the cases brought in 1977 will be more resource intensive since it will be
:more difficult to establish a violation of a final permit effluent limitation
than to establish a violation of a compliance schedule deadline.
Efforts will continue to increase State participation in the program. It >
13 anticipated that two additional State programs will be approved in 1977.
However, EPA maintains an obligation to review ongoing State programs and
participate in implementing those programs that are resource constrained.
In 1977, EPA will continue efforts to resolve adjudicatory hearing requests .',
although the expected output will be lower than for 1976. The Agency has in '"v
1976, received requests for adjudicatory hearings in excess of the number
.originally estimated. Resolution of the requests and hearings has been quite < ;;.
resource intensive and will become even more so in 1977. Those requests will, '>i
on the average, require greater time, preparation, and resources to settle ;
because they will involve recalcitrant dischargers intent upon employing every
delay and appeal device available under the regulations.
3-38
-------
The number of permits to be issued, reissued or modified will increase to
22,000 in 1977. It is estimated that most of the 20,OOCTmuni.cip:al permits will
have to be reissued or modified by EPA in 1977. Many municipal permits were
issued fpr a short-term and will expire in 1977, requiring reissuance. In
addition, EPA objectives to prepare and issue permits which are tied to available
construction grant funding and which have reasonable schedules for planning,
design, and construction are expected to result in the need in 1977 to modify
most, if. not all, of the long-term permits that would have extended beyond 1977.
The proposed modification of the secondary treatment definition regarding fecal
coliform limits, issuance of the best practicable waste treatement technology
information, and emerging pretreatment requirements may all be expected to
contribute to the need to modify municipal permits. Virtually all municipal
permits will need to be reexamined and either reissued or modified. These
resource intensive efforts, which are not amendable to "batching", will
result in enforceable permits that are effective in assuring the optimum
utilization of readily available construction grant funds and continued progress
toward meeting the national goals for pollution abatement.
The need for technical support will accelerate as adjudica.tory .hearing issues
become more complex, and as data submissions for thermal variance requests
require evaluation. . Reissuance of short-term industrial permits and modification of
other industrial permits to conform to court ordered changes in effluent
guidelines will likewise demand heavy resources in 1977.
The issuance of new source industrial permits will be a resource intensive
activity in 1977. Permits will be issued not only to new major industrial facilities
but also for energy related new source discharges from such activities as coal
mining, oil exploration, and uranium mining, most of which will be subject to
NEPA requirements.
The 1977 increase of 26 positions reflects increased emphasis on enforcing
permit conditions now in effect and the need to modify, issue, or reissue
additional permits.
WQ-39
-------
Page Intentionally B'lank
-------
Research and
Development
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
WATER QUALITY
Research and Development
Budget Authori ty
Health and Ecological
Effects ,
Industrial Processes .
Public Sector Activities.
Monitoring and Technical
Support. ,
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977
T3oTlars in thousandsl
Total
PermajTent Pos it i ons
Health and Ecological
Effects
Industrial Processes
Public Sector Activities.
Monitoring and Technical
Support.
3.356
$15,760 $17,925 $19,457 '$18,886
8,473 13,588 8,285 8,285
13,560 10,115 11,614 10,014
3^264,
4.584 4,584
-$571
-1 .630
41,149 44,892 43,940 42,169 -1,771
WQ-41
WQ-44
WQ-46
WQ-4B
Total.
233
100
130
91
554
268
101
121
91
581
272
49
118
109
548
272
49
118
109
548
WQ-41
WQ-44
WQ-46
WQ-48
The role of research and development in EPA's water quality program is to
provide the scientific information needed to support its standard setting and
enforcement activities. To do this, a multifaceted research program has been
established. The goals of this program include the development of efficient and
cost-effective waste water treatment technology for both municipalities and
industries; useful and defensible monitoring methods; criteria for water use in
various aquatic environments; and the establishment of strategies for control
of pollution from spills of hazardous materials. An overall goal is to provide
the scientific basis for economical and socially viable environmental management.
WQ-40
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
WATER QUALITY
Research and Development
Health and Ecological Effects
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation $15,760 $17,925 $19,457 $18,886 -$571
Permanent Positions 233 268 272 272
Budget Request
An appropriation of $18,885,600 is requested for 1977. This represents a decrease
of $571,100 from the 1976 level.
Program Description
This program includes: (1) the development of criteria for the safe treatment
and disposal of waste waters and sludges and health related criteria for fish and
marine recreational waters; (2) research on the toxicological effects of water
pollutants on aquatic organisms; and (3) research on the movement, transformation,
degradation, accumulation, and fate of water pollutants.
The construction grant program calls for alternative waste treatment management
techniques and systems to implement Section 201 of the Federal Water Pollution
Control Act (FWPCA), as amended. One such technique is land disposal. However,
many State agencies are reluctant to use land for the treatment and disposal of
waste waters and sludge because of a lack of precise information on the health
hazards associated with such a practice. Research on valid criteria for the safe
treatment and disposal of waste waters and sludges is, therefore, of high priority.
Furthermore, although it is a national goal that water be suitable for recreation
by 1983, the data base available for recreational water quality standards is still
deficient. There is little scientific basis for the microbiological criteria
currently used for recreational waters. It is possible that current standards are
too stringent, resulting in unnecessary closing of beaches, excessive chlorination
costs, and discharge of chlorinated effluents which are known to be ecologically
harmful. The importance of developing valid, health related recreational water
quality criteria cannot be over emphasized, since these criteria affect the
multibill ion dollar water pollution regulatory program through its effluent standards
and ocean dumping regulations. A great deal of money may be spent on treatment
plants and their operation to meet surface water standards based upon these inadequate
criteria.
The EPA is also conducting research that will provide a sound scientific basis
for setting effective, legally defensible standards and determining treatment and
control strategies. Studies are performed concerning the effects of physical,
chemical, biological, and microbiological pollutants on water use; the interaction
of these pollutants within total aquatic ecosystem; and the movement, transformation,
and ultimate fate of pollutants in fresh surface, ground, marine, and large lake
waters. This information is required in order to relate the concentration and form
of pollutants to the size, character, composition, and location of their sources.
Specific areas of concern within this area of health and ecological effects
research include determining the atmospheric transport of viruses from land disposal
sites and treatment facilities, the transport of heavy metals and viruses through
the soil, survlvability of viruses, and uptake and effects of pollutants in plants,
animals, and man. Recent laboratory studies have indicated that viruses and heavy
metals are usually removed in the upper few inches of soil. However, depending upon
the soil condition and rate of loading, these agents have been identified in
ground water at depths of 10 to 20 feet. In addition, uptake of metals into plants
varies with soil type, application rate, and types of crops. .
-------
Another specific area of concern is in ocean outfalls, ocean dumping, and
dredge spoil disposal research to support the setting of standards and regulatory
activities. This research focuses attention on site studies of existing outfalls,
examine the ecosystem response to different degrees of treated effluent, and
provide information to be used in establishing legally defensible water quality
standards. Ecological response is investigated in field studies of phytoplankton,
attached plants, benthic invertebrates, and anomalous fish populations; and in
laboratory studies using various simulations of marine conditions to study the
behavior of specific pollutants. In addition, both field and laboratory
investigations will emphasize the study of ecosystem perturbations caused by
heavy metals, persistent synthetic organics (e.g., pesticides, PCBs), petroleum
hydrocarbons, and the .environmental fate of viruses discharged into the ocean.
1975 Ace ompl i shnjgnts_
The following research was accomplished in 1975:
- Development of preliminary information on asbestos (asbestiform minerals)
types and concentrations in Lake Superior and devised interim procedures
for determination of asbestos particle concentration in the Duluth,
Minnesota, water supply source;
- Completion of evaluation of principal source of natural and man-caused
ground water contamination in the northeastern, northcentral, and
southeastern States in order to determine research priorities for -
pollutant source reduction and control methods for protecting against
further ground water quality degradation;
- Publication of various reports on fates of pesticides in water, the impact
of nutrients on lake quality in the eastern United States, and the .Upper
Great Lakes Reference Study;
- Determination of the effect of closed-cycle cooling systems on the quality
of aquatic plumes from cooling towers and developed preliminary determina-
tion of the behavior of atmospheric plumes from cooling towers; an'd
- Completion of reports on research knowledge regarding the Nation1s estuaries
for the congressionally mandated National Estuary Report.
The 1976 water quality health and ecological effects program will emphasize:
- Identification of the health hazards associated with the treatment and
disposal of waste water and sludge on land;
- Determination of human health criteria for pathogen concentrations in
marine recreational waters;
- Studies on the etiology of amoebic meningoencephalitis; and
- Characterization of pollutants and assessment of their ecological
impact on aquatic ecosystems.
1977 Plan ^
This plan reflects a decrease of $571,100 in health and ecological effects
research, due to not carrying forward the full $2 million added by the Congress
to our 1976 request.
Research initiated in 1976 with funds added by Congress to our budget will be
continued; specifically, ecological effects research on ocean outfalls, ocean
dumping, and disposal of dredge spoil, and health effects research on waste
water and sludge treatment, disposal, and use.
Fundamental to the operation of EPA's ocean disposal permit program is the
technical evaluation of permit applications to predict the ecological impact
of proposed dumping operations; Research information which will aid in this
technical evaluation will be developed during T977. Emphasis will be given not
only to studying the ecosystem perturbations caused by heavy metals, persistent
synthetic organics, and petroleum hydrocarbons; but also to revising bioassay • WQ-42
-------
technology, establishing criteria for assessing both old and new dump sites and
establishing routes, rates, and mechanisms for the recycling of materials from
disposal sites.
Research in the ecological effects of dredge spoil will also be continued,
Areas to be emphasized include development of monitoring techniques to determine
ecological upset resulting'from dredge spoil disposal, verification of a
transport model of dredge spoil disposal, and development .of methods to
determine the diversity and viability of benthic populations impacted by
dredging operations. This research will be used in the setting of standards
and in regulatory activities as they relate to Section 404 of P.L. 92-500.
Widespread concern about potential health hazards exists within communities
faced with the need to select sites for treatment facilities and the
disposal/utilization of waste waters and sludge. In addition, as a result of
ongoing litigation and formal complaints in at least six regions, millions of
dollars in additional construction grant funds may be required to implement
design modifications to reduce emission of aerosols from sewage treatment
facilities. This area of research is critical to avoid unnecessary expenditures
of construction grant funds while, at the same time, expanding community options
for treatment facility and sludge disposal/utilization sites.
In addition to those program activities described above, the 1977 program will:
Continue ongoing health effects research in the disposal and use of waste
water siudges;
- Continue research to determine the economic and social benefits of water
pollution control;
- Continue predictive modeling efforts to permit more efficient monitoring
and assessment of complex ecosystems; and
Conduct epidemiological studies to determine whether existing marine
recreational water quality standards are adequate to assure protection
of bathers.
WQ-43
-------
WATER .QUALITY
Research and Development
Industrial Processes
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1_977vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands) / |
Appropriation^ $8,473 $13,588 $8,285 $8,285
Permanent Positions 100 101 49 49
.Budget Request i
An appropriation of $8,285,000 is requested for 1977. There is no change to the
1976 level.
!
\
P rog ram Des c r i pt i_o n .
The water industrial processes program concentrates on point sources of water . --\
pollution resulting from the industrial sector of the economy in those mining, •
manufacturing, service, and trade industries which must meet "best available techno,- >
logy" (BAT) standards of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA). The pro-
gram develops and demonstrates new or improved cost-effective technology having
industry wide applicability, short-term achievability and long-term viability. It |
provides the primary data for the establishment of •economically and technically fea- \
sible effluent guidelines and treatment parameters for industrial liquid waste
discharge permits. The toxic standards required under Section 301 are supported by
research to identify best feasible technology. In addition, this program addresses ' }
technology for prevention and control of accidental spills of hazardous materials in i
support of Section 311 of P.L. 92-500-
1975 Accompl ishments ,',
In 1975, the water industrial processes program: •'
_ Initiated evaluation of the feasibility of joint .sludge/refuse processing and
utilization, and implemented wet oxidation and pyrolysis pilot plant studies '
to provide additional sludge processing utilization alternatives and to more '
effectively utilize on-site energy resources;
•-- Conducted a demonstration of a cost-effective closed water cycle system in {
a semi-chemical pulp mill; ,J
- Conducted a demonstration of a method to recover the valuable protein from
meat packing waste water effluents; "i
i
- Demonstrated advanced membrane to provide closed cycle technology for some
electroplating solutions; and
- Demonstrated a model hazardous'spill clean-up system in the field. t
1976 Program
1
In 1976, industrial processes water research is focusing on the development and $
demonstration of technologies for closed cycle systems, except when open cycle tech- »
nology research is required for standards verification, or when closed cycle is not
feasible. Roughly 32 of the total 593 regulatory categories will be impacted by the ,
demonstration of more viable technologies. The areawide combined water research will t|
continue to demonstrate the economic and technical viability of combined point source ,*
waste water management, with special emphasis on providing technical criteria for
pending pretreatment standards.
-------
The hazardous incident program will continue efforts to control and minimize
hazardous material spills and damages, and will initiate research to implement the
new EPA spill regulations. A second clean-up system for spills will be demonstra-
ted in the field.
1977 Plan
In 1977, the industrial processes water quality program will continue to respond
to technology requirements of the FWPCA. Increased effort will be directed toward
hazardous waste disposal and demonstrations of technology for specific critical in-
dustrial sources. Construction of the integrated regional hazardous waste disposal
facility will be completed.
The following outputs are planned for 1977:
- Complete assessment of water pollution problems associated with the production
of petroleum products;
- Complete assessment of water pollution and ground water problems from the
production of construction materials;
- Demonstrate feasibility of several control methods for reducing pollution from
the metal finishing industry;
- Demonstrate technique for removal of nitrocellulose from waste water by
ultrafiltration;
- Complete pilot demonstration of new technology for recycle of treated
effluents from paper .and board production;
- Demonstration of technique for nitrogen removal from meat packing plant
effluent; and
Complete manual of practice for the control and removal of accidental
spills of hazardous materials.
WQ-45
-------
WATER QUALITY
Research and Development
Public Sector Activities
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Appropriation
Permanent Positions.
Budget Request
Actual
1975
$13,5.60
130
Budget
Estimate
1976
Current
.Estimate
1976
Estimate
1977
(dollars in thousands)
$10,115
121
$11,614
118
$10,014
118
Increase -+
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
-$1 ,600
An appropriation of $10,014,300 is requested for 1977. This represents a de-
crease of $1,600,000 from the 1976 level.
Program Description
Water quality research in the public sector activities area focuses on the pre-
vention, control, treatment, and management of pollution resulting from community,
residential, or other nom'ndustrial activities.Program areas include municipal
and domestic waste water treatment and collection systems, air pollutants associ-
ated with treatment, and land surface runoff. In addition, this program provides
technical information for the Agency's programs in construction grants, compre-
hensive planning, and waste management.
1975 Accomplishments
In 1975, the water quality research program in public sector activities:
- Developed a low cost method for upgrading the performance of lagoons.
The intermittent slow-sand filter has proven to b.e the most effective
and potentially widely .used applicable technique. A number of new
full scale installations are under design and/or construction,
- Completed a nationwide characterisation and evaluation of the impact
from urban storm water and nonsewered urban runoff to provide an
improved base for evaluating total urban runoff pollution control alter-
natives.
1976 Program
The municipal/technology program will continue to emphasize development of
cost-effective methods of sludge processing, utilization, and disposal; soil
treatment systems; alternative disinfection techniques; and consolidation of results
obtained from studies on combined sewer overflow control technology and stabiliza-
tion pond upgrading techniques. Evaluations will focus on the beneficial utilization
of waste water sludges, including sludge pasteurization, .sludge composting, refuse/
sludge pyrolysis, wet oxidation, spray irrigation and infiltration-percolation soil
treatment systems, and nitrogen control systems. These projects increase the avail-
ability of cost-effective technologies for waste water management. New programs
include development efforts such as the use of rotating biological contactors to
upgrade primary treatment to secondary levels, evaluation of aerated lagoon tech-
nology, evaluation of ultraviolet disinfection and evaluation of septage treatment
technology.
*•>
i
-------
In the area of urban nonpolnt pollution control, limited research was conducted
in the past on storm water control, but a comprehensive evaluation of nonpoint sources
and pollution effects from the urban-suburban area is needed and will be .undertaken.
Current management systems are being investigated for both urban and suburban areas,
and methods are being developed for predicting the quality and quantity of pollutants
which will result from development and hydrologic changes.
As a result of a $1.6 million increment added by Congress to our 1976 budget
request, research will be conducted to develop/demonstrate/evaluate the following:
- Specific ocean discharge treatment technologies as alternatives to extant
secondary treatment technology,
- Ozone and ultraviolet radiation as alternative (to chlorine) disinfection
technologies; and
Sludge processing, sludge treatment and/or beneficial utilization and land
application of sludge.
1977 Plan
A reduction of $1,600,000 is reflected in this area of research as compared to
1976, representing the effect of not carrying forward the 51,600,000.
nonrecurring congressional increment to our iy/6 budget request..
The program in sludge treatment and utilization will be continued. Emphasis will
be placed upon further development of a sludge pasteurization process utilizing the
high energy electron process; completion of work and issuance of guidelines for
disposing of sludge on forestland, mine wasteland, and to the extent possible on
nonfood crop land.
In the effort addressing urban runoff, the evaluation of storm and combined sewer
technology and preparation of a users manual will be initiated and increased effort
will be placed upon determining impacts of urban runoff.
WQ-47
-------
WATER QUALITY
Research and Development
Monitoring and Technical Support
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease >-
1975 JHJ76 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation $3,356 $3,264 $4,584 $4,584
Permanent Positions 91 91 109 109
Budget Request J
A=n appropriation of $4,583,600 is requested for 1977, There is no change from , ,
the 1976 level. j
i
Prog ram Descr i pt i on
The water quality monitoring and technical support program supports two !
activities: (1) the development and adaptation of equipment and techniques to j
measure pollutants contained in surface and ground waters, sludges a.nd soils, and
the effluents from municipal, industrial, and nonpoint sources, and (2) the provision
of technical support by which the results of research and development programs and the t
expertise of researchers are made available for Agencywide use. This technical support j
activity provides resources to respond to both continuing and emergency requests for
laboratory and monitoring support.
•\
1975 Accomplishments ,
i i
Accomplishments in equipment and techniques research in 1975 include;
- Development and improvement of methods and instruments to measure pollutants (
in fresh water, marine water, sludges, dredge spoils, soils, and sediments;
- Development of nonpoint source measurement techniques;
- Continued development of automated laboratory techniques and data
handling systems;
- Completion of an interim analytical methods manual for EPA's ocean i
disposal permit program; and , ;
- Completion of the first year of monitoring of an eutrophic lake after
nutrient source reduction by advanced water treatment, and development of a 't
preliminary mathematical model for the recovery process. 1
In the technical support area, accomplishments include airborne monitoring of
the trophic condition of a large number of lakes as part of the national lake survey
program, and airborne thermal mapping of industrial and municipal discharges. \
1976 Program
^
The 1976 objectives of the techniques and equipment development portion of this 0]
program include development of sampling and analytical techniques for identification \ J
and measurement of organic and inorganic chemical constituents needed for assessing,
improving, and maintaining water quality; development of methods for identification ^
of biological and microbiological pollution indicators; development of bioassay /J
techniques; improvement of candidate and reference methods for monitoring water ^!
quality; and further development of automated laboratory systems.
WQ-4.8
-------
During 1976, research and development technical support has been identified
separately as a program activity in order to improve the responsiveness of the research
and development program to the scientific and technical needs of the Agency. Under
technical support, the knowledge and expertise which results from the conduct of
research is made available to the Agency for use in solving scientific and technical
problems and in developing environmental standards and regulations. During 1976, a
resource data base will be developed and a unified planning and management system
will be implemented for technical support. The exact nature of this technical support
can only be partly documented because requirements cannot be completely predicted.
However, the type of support to be provided includes:
- Conducting routine chemical analyses of samples from water pollution sources,
drinking water supplies, and industrial discharges, and
- Providing expertise to a.ssist in the preparation and defense of industrial
effluent limitation guidelines and NPDES permits.
1977 Program
In 1977, the monitoring and technical support program will continue development
and evaluation of monitoring and measurement methodologies, techniques, and
instrumentation which support both the water quality and water supply programs.
Areas of focus will include: (1) advanced monitoring systems for determining the
state of the marine environment; (2) techniques for sampling preconcentrating, and
identifying potentially toxic organic and inorganic constituents and viruses; and
(3) developing guidelines for ground water monitoring.
The 1977 water quality technical support program will continue the technical
support provided to the Agency, .including support to the regions on thermal pollution
monitoring and source identification.
WQ-49
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Construction
Grants
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
WATER QUALITY
Construction Grants
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current
Actual Estimate Estimate Transition Estimate
1975 1976 1976 Quarter 1977
(dollars in thousands)
Authority $7,666,230*
Appropriation ••• ••• , ...
Contract Authority (7,666,230)* ... . ....
Funds Available.... 11,576,420 $2,058,088 $7,076,420 $6,076,420 $68,070
Appropriation, at
end of year (168,070) ... .(68,070) (68,070) (68,070)
Contract Authority, at
end of year (11,408,350) (2,058,088)(7,008,350)(6,008,350)
Obligations.. 4,226,936 5,200,000 4,500,000 1,000,000 6,008,350
Appropriation (581,037) ... (100,000)
Contract Authority (3,645,099) (5,200,000)(4,400,000)(1,000,000) (6,008,350)
Outlays 1,937,575 2,300,000 2,350,000 600,000 3,770,000
Appropriation (874,158) (700,000) (580,000) (110,000) (400,000)
Contract Authority (1,063,417) (1,600,000)(1,770,000) (490,000) (3,370,000)
Liquidation of Contract
Authority 1,400,000 500,000 500,000 600,000 4,100,000
*Exc1udes $1,333,770 of funds previously reserved by court order to total $9,000,000
in 1975.
SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES
Summary of Budget Request
An appropriation of $4.1 billion is requested for 1977 for the liquidation
of obligations incurred pursuant to authority contained in Section 203 of the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended.
ANALYSISOFINCREASESAND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
Current
Estimate Estimate
1976 1977
^(j0yiars ^n thousands)
Prior year obligations $4,226,936 $4,500,000
Nonrecurring awards '. -4,226,936 -4,500,000
Estimated awards in 1976 (3,875) +4,400,000 N/A
Projects funded under reimbursable program.. +100,000
Estimated awards in 1977 (4,825) N/A 6.008.J50.
Total estimated obligations. 4,500,000 6,008,350
Program Description
This program provides grants to municipal", intermunicipal, State and
interstate agencies to assist in financing the planning, design, and •construction
of municipal waste water treatment facilities. Amounts approved from authorizations
for contract authority are allotted to each State on the basis of formulas set forth
WQ-50
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
in the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972 and subsequent ;
legislation. Within these allotments, grants are awarded on a priority basis for
individual projects. Each project is eligible for 75 percent Federal assistance.
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972 substantially altered
methods of funding the construction grants program and the methods of providing
assistance to inidvidual projects. Under the Amendments, both the percentages of
FederaT slants and the annual amount of monies authorized and appropriated have been
increased irrsevjjral steps. The current percentage of Federal assistance is 75
percent of total ^Ttg4b.lk_costs. Rather than awarding a grant to the applicant
for the Federal share of a project, EPA is authorized to enter into a contractual
obligation for payment of the eligible proportional costs of the separate elements
of each project. Under this authority, a new three step approach to funding projects
has been adopted. The first step is development of the facilities plan which includes
ar preliminary description of the project, a cost effectiveness analysis, an
environmental assessment, an infiltration/inflow analysis, and identification
of effluent discharge limitations. The second step is the development of design
plans and specification. The third and final step is to fund the actual con-
struction of the treatment work. Grants are made for each of these steps with
more than one grant possible during the construction phase. Payments against these
contractual obligations will be made to the applicant as all or portions of each of
these elements are completed. Under this contractual method of providing financial
assistance, EPA is obliged to estimate each year the amount of payments that are
required to meet all contractual obligations and to seek appropriations to cover
these payments.
1975rAccornp1 i shments
During 1975, EPA awarded 2,591 new grants totaling $3.6 billion. An additional
$.6 billion of reimbursable funds were obligated resulting in a total of $4.2
billion of obligations. Total outalys for this program, the reimbursement program,
and projects under authority of P.L. 84-600 exceeded $1.9 billion. This level
exceeded the 1974 outlay level by almost $400 million, and was the highest level
of payments in a single fiscal year since the program began. The Agency also
initiated a second round of obligations of $528 million under the reimbursement
program (P.L. 93-243), resulting in cumulative obi igations of $1.7 billion against
the $1.9 billion appropriated for this purpose,
1976 Program
It is expected that 3,875 new awards totaling about $4,4 billion will be made
for th"e planning, design, and construction of waste water treatment facilities,
and the projects will be in various stages of preconstruction or construction
activity. Additional projects totalling almost $80 million will be reimbursed.
Total outlays for 1976 for all portions of this program are estimated to be
nearly $2.4 billion.
1977 Program
In 1977, the construction grants program is anticipated to obligate a
total of $6.0 billion, comprising approximately 4..82S new awards. This reflects
the increased needs derived from prior year planning and design activity. The
total outlays for 1977 for all portions of this program are estimated to be nearly
$3.8 billion.
UQ-51
-------
CONSTRUCTION GRANTS
Current
Actual Estimate Transition Estimate
1975 1976 Quarter 1977
•' ' "-JJJ--'" - :™-™m ™"™' ™''™™™™tj™v"" J ------ =l=" '
PROGRAM LEVELS
New Awards
Step I
Step II
Step III...
Total
Active Projects
1,693
266
632
2,591
3,646
1 ,800
1 000
1 ,075
3,875
6,800
400
300
200
900
7,500
1 ,000
2,31)0
1 ,525
4,825
8,000
3-52
-------
Water Supply
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
WATER SUPPLY
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Abatement and Control:
Appropriation ,
Permanent Positions —
Transition Quarter.
Enforcement:
Appropriation..
Permanent Positions.
Transition Quarter..
Research and Development:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions....
Transition Quarter
Total, Water Supply
Program:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions....
Transition Quarter
Outlays........
Authorization Levels..,
Budget
Actual Estimate
1975 1976
$3,155
96
N/A
N/A
4,559
73
N/A
7,714
169
N/A
5,240
23,500
Current Increase +
Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 v_s, J976
"(dollars in thousands)
$19,861
175
5,427
100
5
21
12,364
75
3,202
32,325
255
8,650
21,500
54,500
$19,840
175
5,427
80
4
21
12,254
85
3,202
32,174
264
8,650
17,620
54,500
$30,449
210
N/A
81
4
N/A
13,254
85
N/A
43,784
299
N/A
29,480
78,500
+$10,609
+35
N/A
+1
N/A
,OUO
N/A
+11,610
+35
N/A
+11,860
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
The Public Health Service Act and the Interstate Quarantine Regulations
provided the original statutory authority for the Federal water supply program.
At that time, the program applied to approximately 700 water supply systems
serving interstate carriers, and was limited to the control of communicable
diseases. The Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974, an amendment to the Public
Health Service Act, increased the program coverage to include all public water
systems having at least 15 service connections or regularly serving at least
25 individuals, and provided for the regulation of chemical, radiological, and
bacteriological constituents of drinking water. The Act provides assurance for
the safety of the drinking water through the establishment and enforcement of
national drinking water regulations, specifying the maximum permissible
bacteriological and chemical constituent levels required to protect the public
health and welfare. In order to insure compliance with these national drinking
water regulations, the Act provides for the States, with the aid of technical
assistance and grants from the Federal Government, to establish public water
system supervision programs to comply with the primary drinking water standards,
and to establish underground injection control programs to protect the Nation's
ground water sources.
To help States assume primary enforcement responsibility for the water supply
programs and to build a stronger State-Federal cooperative effort, Congress
authorized EPA to provide technical assistance, grant support, and training to
improve State capabilities.
State participation in the program is fundamental to the successful
implementation of the Safe Drinking Water Act. To achieve this participation,
considerable Federal technical assistance is required if the institutional
capabilities of States are to expand as necessary to fulfill the breadth of
requirements of the Safe Drinking Water Act. Should a State refraia from seeking
primary enforcement responsibility in either the public water system super-
vision or the underground injection control programs, the Federal Government
is required by law to establish and enforce a program in the State.
WS-1
-------
EPA is responsible for the implementation and revision of (1) the national primary
and secondary drinking water regulations for the protection of the public health and
welfare; (2) State drinking water implementation regulations which specify minimum
requirements for State public water supervision programs; (3) regulations governing the
underground injection control program; (4) program grant regulations; and (5) other
regulations, such as those needed to govern the allocation of water treatment chemicals.
In addition, EPA conducts studies and surveys relating to carcinogens in major
metropolitan drinking water supplies, the quantity and quality of rural water supplies, *
waste disposal practices, and means of control to protect ground water sources. j
«j
Resources available to the Agency's water supply enforcement program will be used
to (1) respond to emergency situations under the authorities granted by the Safe . ,„ ,„
Drinking Water Act, and (2) provide backup assistance in implementing and enforcing j
State regulations. ,a
The objectives of the research and development effort will be to develop criteria
for drinking water constituent limits with particular emphasis on organic and micro- - • ;
biological contaminants of drinking water. Research efforts will continue on: (1) the >j
health effects of drinking water contaminants; (2) the development of analytical
methods for assessing the drinking water; (3) the establishment of a quality assurance
program; and (4) improved methods of protecting under ground water sources from • j
contamination. Efforts to develop treatment techniques for the removal of undesirable j
contaminants (particularly organics), for which current techniques are ineffective, r
will be expanded.
One of the most pressing problems is the setting of maximum contaminant levels for ' ]
organic chemicals. Additional research on the organic chemicals question is needed to |
improve monitoring techniques, evaluate the effectiveness of known control strategies,
and evaluate the health effects of specific organic contaminants. Accordingly, EPA
is directing substantial resources to the nationwide monitoring of organic chemicals, j
research into treatment techniques and health effects, and development of tests ;
for surrogate groups of organic chemicals which can serve as the basis for future <
standards.
SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES (dollars in thousands) '
i
1976 Water Supply Program ....... ................................. $32,174
Abatement and Control. .......................... ........... , +10,609
The increase is primarily for State grants for public >
water system supervision and underground injection
control programs. The funds are to assist the States
in establishing and maintaining primary enforcement
responsibility. An increase in EPA manpower is also !
requested to assist the States in attaining these goals. " ,
Enforcement ..... . .............. ........... , ................. +1
The increase is for the annual izati on of the October
1975 pay raise.
Research and Development ............ ........... . ..... ....... +1,000
The increase will expand research on treatment
techniques for the removal of undesirable contaminants. ...........
1977 Water Supply Program Request .......... ---- , ......... . ..... .. 43,784
SUMMARY OF BUDGET EST IHATE5
1 . Summary o f Budget Reg ues t
An appropriation of $43,784,100 is requested for 1977. This request,
by appropriation account, is as follows:
Abatement and Control ................................. $30,449,200
Enforcement. ..... ..................................... 81 ,000
Research and Development ......................... ..... 13,253,900
*
This request represents an increase of $11,610,300 from the 1976
water supply program and includes an increase to provide for the annuali-
zation of the October 1975 pay raise (+$55,300); an increase for State grants
for public water system supervision and underground injection control programs
WS-2
-------
{+$10,000,000); for research on treatment techniques (+$1,000,000); an
increase for the development of standards, regulations, and guidelines
(+$1,662,000); and an increase for additional staff to assist the States
in meeting their goals which is offset by a decrease in program imple-
mentation and technical assistance activities (-$1,107,000).
2. Changes from Original 1976 Budget Estimate
Changes from the original budget are as follows:
(dpi 1ars i n thousands)
Original estimate , $32,325
Transfer of Enforcement position to General Counsel -20
Transfer of Cincinnati NFIC functions..., +30
Transfer to regional construction grants administration. -60
Establ i sh central AOP system +38
Operating plan adjustments -229
Miscellaneous increases and decreases.. +90
32,174
All of the changes to the water supply program have been relatively small
shifts with little impact on program content or priorities. One position and
funds were shifted to the Office of General Counsel to permit that office to
hire an attorney specializing in drinking water problems. Similarly, a small
function and associated resources formerly carried under the water quality
program were shifted to water supply with the closing of the Cincinnati
National Field Investigation Center. These changes are offset by the transfer of
$60,000 out of water supply headquarters programs to regional construction
grants activities in order to help accelerate the construction grants program.
Subsequent to these changes, a total of $38,000 was added to water supply to
assist in t'he development of an ADP system needed in the implementation of
the new Safe Drinking Water Act. Finally, adjustments to actual operating
conditions required a net transfer from water supply of $229,000.
ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
Current
Estimate
1976
Estimate
1977
(dollars in thousands")
Prior year obii gations
Additional cost of program increases..
Change in amount of carryover
funds avai 1 abl e
Miscellaneous increases and decreases.
Total estimated obligations
(From new obligation authority).
(From prior year funds)
$7,714
+19,400
+5,205
-38
32,281
(26,864)
(5,417)
$32,281
+10,309
-107
+111
42,594
(37,284)
(5,310)
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
With the passage of the Safe Drinking Water Act in December 1974, EPA
responsibilities for water supply programs were greatly increased. The 1976
budget included major increases in both Abatement and Control ($16.8 million) and
Research and Development ($7.6 million). Most of these increases will be obligated
in 1976, resulting in major growth in obligations from 1975 to 1976. At the same
time, the Agency expects to obligate over $5 million in prior year funds carried
forward to 1976, of which $4 million is for a demonstration project in Duluth,
Minnesota.
The amount of obligations for this program will increase in 1977 primarily
due to the increases being requested for the grants to States and for the develop-
ment of standards, regulations, and guidelines. The change in the amount of
carryover estimated to be available creates a reduction to the estimated
obligations which is offset by minor miscellaneous changes in the program.
WS-3
-------
WATER SUPPLY
PROGRAM LEVELS
State applications for Public Water
System Supervision grants
States applying for primary
enforcement responsibility for
Public Water System Supervision
programs,
Value of Grants Awarded:
Underground Injection Control...
Public Water System Supervision.
Current
Estimate
1976
40
Estimate
1977
50
40
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
+10
+40
$2.5 million $5 million +$2.5 million
$7.5 million $15 million +$7.5 million
WS-4
-------
Abatement and
Control
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Actual
1975
Budget Authority
Criteria, Standards,
and Guidelines $1,194
State Program Resource
Assistance
Strategy Implementation
Total
Permatient Pos itjons
Criteria, Standards,
and Guidelines
State Program Resource
Assistance
Strategy Implementation
36
60
WATER SUPPLY
Abatement and Control
Budget
Estimate
1976
Current
Estimate Estimate
1976 1977
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands;
$3,232 $3,299 $4,973
1 ,96l"
3,155
10,000
6,629
19,861
10,000
6,541
19,840
20,000
5,476
30,449
+10,000
-1,065
+10,609
48
127
49
126
48
162
-1
+36
Page
+ $1,674 WS-6
WS-7
WS-9
WS-6
WS-7
WS-9
Total.
96
175
175
210
+35
The Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974 requires EPA to promulgate primary and
secondary drinking water regulations designed to protect the public health and
welfare, State public system supervision and underground injection control program
regulations which specify minimum State program requirements, and State program
grant and sole source aquifer designation regulations. EPA is also required to
conduct several special studies.
The Safe Drinking Water Act places the primary responsibility for program
implementation and compliance upon the States. During 1977, EPA's primary
objective is to assist the States to achieve primacy through the revision of
existing statutes, regulations, and procedures,, the development of State
supervision programs, the conduct of inventories, the assessment of compliance
with the regulations, expert technical advice on special problems and the
determination of the eligibility for variances and exemptions.
In 1977, EPA will begin to monitor the performance of the States
having primary enforcement responsibility to ensure compliance with the regulations.
In those States which do not have primary enforcement responsibility, EPA will
establish a program, with State cooperation, to enforce the regulations as
required by the Act.
Simultaneously, EPA will devote additional resources to develop revised primary
drinking water regulations which will include the maximum contaminant levels for
constituents in drinking water as recommended by the National Academy of Sciences.
The revised regulations will include treatment technology, site selection, operation
and maintenance, and surveillance requirements. It is expected that this will be a
fairly major revision of the interim primary regulations. In addition, specific
treatment techniques must be developed and documented for all new contaminants added
to the standards as required by the Act. Economic analyses of the impact of the
revised regulations will also be required.
WS-5
-------
WATER SUPPLY
Abatement and Control
Criteria, Standards, and Guidelines
PROGRAM HIGHLI6HTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation $1,194 $3,232 $3,299 $4,973 +$1,674
Permanent Positions 36 48 49 48 -1
Budget Request
An appropriation of $4,973,300 is requested for 1977. This represents an increase
of $1,674,500 over 1976.
Program Description
The criteria, standards, and guidelines subactivity has two major programs:
(1) drinking water standards and regulations development, and (2) State program
guidelines and regulations development.
Section 1412 of the Safe Drinking Mater Act requires the promulgation of primary
and secondary drinking water regulations needed to protect public health and welfare.
Interim primary regulations were promulgated in 1976; in 1977, the revised primary
drinking water regulations will be promulgated based on the National Academy of Sciences
(NAS) study to identify the maximum permissible contaminant levels for all substances
which may be found in drinking water and the associated adverse health effects of
those contaminants. These revised regulations will include requirements for operation
airf maintenance, quality control, treatment, and site selection. Cost analyses on the
impact of implementing these regulations at the Federal, State, and local levels will
also be prepared.
The State program guidelines and regulations development program focuses on the
strategies and procedures for the implementation programs, the responsibility for
which is at the State, local, or regional levels.
1975 Accompl1shments
Interim primary drinking water regulations were proposed in 1975.
1976 Program
During 1976, the primary objective of the criteria, standards, and guidelines
program will be to promulgate the interim primary regulations and to propose and promulgate
the secondary drinking water regulations, the drinking water standards implementation
"egulations, the underground injection control regulations, and the associated State
program grant regulations. Also during this fiscal year, this program will publish a
list of States requiring an underground injection control program, develop regional
guidance, and propose and promulgate drinking water standards for radioactivity. EPA
will complete the special organic monitoring survey to obtain data necessary to
establish organic limits in drinking water.
1977 Plan
The criteria, standards, and guidelines efforts during 1977 will remain focused on
the proposed revision of the primary drinking water regulations that are to be proposed
in March 1977. These regulations will be based-on the NAS study and will specify
maximum contaminant levels for substances found in drinking water. These revised
regulations will include requirements for operation and maintenance, quality control,
treatment, and site selection. It is expected that this will be a fairly major
revision of the interim primary regulations. In additions specific treatment
techniques must be developed and documented for all new contaminants added to the
standards as required by the Act. Economic analyses of the impact of the revised WS-6
regulations will also be required.
-------
WATER SUPPLY
Abatement and Control
State Program Resource Assistance
PROGRAM, HIGHLIGHT!
Actual
1 975
Budget
Estimate
97 .........
Current
Estimate
1976
Estimate
1977
Appropriation.. .....
Permanent Positions
.........
(dollars in thousands)
$10,000 $10,000 $20,000
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
+$10,000
Budget Request
An appropriation of $20 million is requested for 1977. This represents an
increase of $10 million over 1976.
P r og r am. Description
Sections 1443 and 1444 of the Safe Drinking Water Act provide for Federal
financial support to encourage and assist States in the implementation of (1) public
water system supervision programs that comply with the national primary drinking
water regulations, and (2) underground injection control programs for the protection
of underground sources of drinking water. In addition, the Act authorized financial
support for the conduct of special studies and demonstrations.
these assistance programs have been provided as a means to strengthen the
cooperative. relationship between the Federal and State governments. It is the
intent that through this partnership and assistance, the States will be able to
develop and maintain programs that enable them to assume and maintain primary
enforcement responsibility.
The State program resource assistance subactivity consists of three program
activities: public water system supervision grants, underground injection control
grants, and special studies and demonstrations t
The public water system supervision grant program provides grants to States to
carry out their drinking water programs. These grants are awarded to encourage and
assist the States in the assumption of primary enforcement responsibility for the
primary drinking water regulations.
The underground injection control program provides grants to States so that
they may assume primary enforcement responsibilities for the protection of underground
drinking water sources by the effective date of the underground injection control
regulations.
The special studies and demonstration program provides financial support for the
development and demonstration of new or improved methods, approaches, technology, or
demonstration of the health implications of recycling, reclamation and reuse of waste
waters for drinking water.
1976 Program
Program grants on the public water system supervision and underground injection
control programs will be available to the States for the first time in 1 976.
The States will be eligible for grants should they submit an application with a
letter specifying that the State has, or will establish within the required time, an
acceptable program and affirming that the State plans to assume primary enforcement
responsibility within one year. The major outputs will include:
- Grant awards to those eligible States based on the formula specified in the
State program grant regulations;
WS-7
-------
- Reallocation of unobligated funds as specified by the regulations during the
latter part of the fiscal year; and
- Award of a demonstration grant from 1975 appropriations to the City of Duluth
for removal of asbestos fibers from the city's drinking water,
1977 Plan ,
The primary drinking water regulations will become effective in 1977. The States
will require financial assistance to implement their programs, The major output will
include:
- Issuance of the tentative grant allocations to each State based on the grant
formula. With the aid of grant monies, State activities will include:
enforcement of the primary drinking water and underground injection control
regulations; keeping records and reports on chemical, radiological, and
bacteriological analyses; monitoring and inspection of water supply systems;
and granting variances and exemptions as prescribed by law.
WS-8
-------
WATER SUPPLY
Abatement and Control
Strategy Implementation
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
'Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation $1,961 $6,629 $6,541 $5,476 -$1,065
Permanent Positions 60 127 126 162 +36
Budget Request
An appropriation of $5,475,900 is requested for 1977. This represents a decrease
of $1,065,200 from the 1976 program.
Program Description
The Safe Drinking Water Act places primary responsibility for the implementation
and enforcement of the primary drinking water regulations and of the underground
injection control regulations upon the States. The water supply program activities
are directed toward providing technical assistance to those States with primary
enforcement responsibility, establishing Federal programs in those States without
primary enforcement responsibility, providing technical advice in emergency
situations, compliance monitoring to ensure an acceptable level of performance,
reviewing grant allocations, and certifying grant eligibility. The strategy
implementation subactivity encompasses the activities and outputs related to the
implementation of regulations, the review and evaluation of State and local programs
on specific drinking water problems, assistance to other Federal agencies in areas
which have an impact on drinking water activities, and the review of federally
financed projects in aquifer areas designated as the sole or principal source of
drinking water.
The strategy implementation subactivity consists of two programs: (1) Federal
activities and EIS review, and (2) drinking water management implementation.
The Federal activities and EIS review program covers EPA's responsibilities to
provide assistance to other Federal agencies, to review federally financed projects
in areas in which the aquifer has been designated the "sole or principal" source of
drinking water, and to review EIS's to determine project impact on drinking water
supplies.
The drinking water management implementation program consists of the activities
and outputs related to the implementation of primary drinking water regulations and
underground injection control regulations. It includes the review of State programs
to insure that the basic requirements for primary enforcement responsibility are
satisfied, assistance to States in developing acceptable State programs, the
certification and award of grants to eligible States, and the administration of
programs in those States which do not have primary enforcement responsibility.
1975 Accomplishments
Published the initial draft of the water supply strategy describing the
step-by-step approach to implementing the program.
1976 Program
Some of the major program outputs in 1976 are to:
- Review State applications for primary enforcement responsibility for the
public water system supervision and underground injection control programs, and
WS-9
-------
- Issue determinations on petitions for sole source aquifer designations after
a technical review of available data.
1977 Plan
EPA will provide technical assistance to those States with primary enforcement
responsibility and will continue to encourage the remaining States to assume primary
enforcement responsibility for both the public water system supervision and underground
injection control programs. The Agency will also establish and enforce programs
required by the Act. the significant program outputs will include:
- Technical assistance to those States with primary enforcement responsibility.
Primary drinking water regulations will be effective in 1977. The States
and EPA must implement the monitoring and enforcement provisions of the
Act. Since existing State capabilities are severely limited by budget
constraints, the initial years of the program will require significant
EPA technical assistance and shared responsibilities as the States assume
primary enforcement responsibility. EPA will assist the States in the review
of statutes and procedures, the establishment of record keeping and ADP
systems, the development of the capability to conduct sanitary surveys, and
the review of technical information for the issuance of variances and
exemptions;
- Compliance monitoring in those States with primary enforcement responsibility
to ensure compliance with regulations;
" Establishment of programs in those States which do not have primary
enforcement responsibility. EPA will assume the major program requirements
with State cooperation;
- Review of federally financed projects in aquifer areas designated as the
sole or principal source of drinking water; and
- Review of State applications for primary enforcement responsibility for
the public water system and underground injection control programs.
The reduction of $1,065,200 results from the reprogramming of contract funds to
Criteria, Standards and Guidelines to support the revision of the primary drinking
water regulations. This reduction is partly offset by the addition of salary and
support costs for the 36 positions to be added to this subactivity and funds to cover
the cost of the October 1975 Federal pay raise.
WS-10
-------
WATER SUPPLY :
EdforfMent \
* ' l
Budget Current Ir|
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Dei
1975 1976 1976 1977 197|
(dollars in thousands
$100
$80
$81
ir Act provides that the States are to have
ig the drinking water regulations, with Fedi
states fail to act. The regulations are no
This basic relationship is also true for u
: encouraging the highest level of State pr|
requested resources will support (1) deve|
implementing regulations; (2) the provisidl
egard to the enforcement elements of their|
enforcement as may be required. I
r water supply enforcement in 1977 remain a;
supply enforcement demands for 1977 are hig
er of State programs approved and the gener
s primary objective is to encourage States
ibility, we do not forecast a large "Federal
Enforcem
1,000 is requested for 1977. This represent,
5.
enforcement program supports EPA regional
"ing emergency situations; (2) in the implemi
water regulations and underground injection
agard to records, monitoring, and inspection
>rts technical assistance to States relating
ir programs,
>urces support the development of the enforce!
i procedures relating to the following: I
•oval of programs for State primary enforceme|
testing procedures to assure compliance with!
ations; \
, records, reports, monitoring, and informal!
rements; ]
ions; I
of failure to comply with drinking water regu
SECTION TAB
-------
Research and
Development
SECTION TAB
-------
WATER SUPPLY
Research, and Development
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
Budget Authority
Tub! i c Sector
Activities
{dollars in thousands)
$4,559 $12,364 $12,2.54 $13,254
Permanent Positions
Public Sector
Activities
73
75
85
85
+•$1,000 WS-14
WS-14
The research and demonstration effort in this program area supports implementation
of P.L. 92-523, the Safe Drinking Water Act. Research, studies, and demonstrations
are conducted relating to (1) the causes, diagnosis, treatment, control, and prevention
of diseases and other impairments of man resulting directly or indirectly from
contaminants in water, and (2) the provision of dependable safe supplies of water.
The products of these activities include: (a) improved methods to identify and
measure the existence of contaminants in drinking water and to identify the source
of such contaminants; (b) improved methods to identify and measure the health effects
of contaminants in drinking water; (c) new or improved methods of treating raw water
to prepare it for drinking, so as to improve the efficiency of water treatment and
remove contaminants from water; (d) improved methods for providing a dependable safe
supply of drinking water, including improvements in water purification and distribu-
tion, and methods of assessing the health related hazards of drinking water; and
(e) improved methods of protecting underground water sources of public water systems
from contamination.
Research is also conducted to develop and implement quality assurance procedures
and protocols for water supply laboratories to assure that data is accurate and
legally defensible. Resources for this effort are included under the interdisciplinary
activity as part of a comprehensive quality assurance program for all environmental
media.
WS-T3
-------
1976 Program
Water supply research during 1976 has three areas of concentration: health
effects, wa±er treatment and systems management, and ground water management.
The objectives in the health effects area are to:
- Determine the nature and concentrations of organic, inorganic, and micro-
biological contaminants present in water supplies;
- Evaluate through literature searches the health effects of drinking water
"contaminants; and
- Derive concentration limits necessary for the protection of the public health.
In the technology and system management area, efforts are directed toward:
- Developing technologies for removal of infectious agents and potentially toxic
or aesthetically displeasing contaminants, so that municipal, water supplies
will be able to achieve compliance with present and future drinking water
quality standards, and
- Developing and demonstrating improved methods of operating both new and
existing water supply facilities.
The ground water management program is directed at protecting existing and
potential underground drinking water. The 1976 objectives include:
- Determining the extent of ground water contamination;
- Identifying sources of pollutants in the underground environment;
- Establishing waste disposal site selection criteria;
- ijeveloping management technology for underground drinking water basins; and
- investigating deep well injection and other waste disposal technology in
terms of underground drinking water contamination^
1977 Plan
In 1977, work will continue in the health effects area to determine tolerances
to a variety of drinking water contaminants. Research-will be conducted to determine
the nature and concentration of organic compounds present in a variety of water
supplies, and to determine the long- and short-term health effects of these organic
compounds, both individually and in combination. Information obtained from this
research will be used to derive operational and scientifically valid criteria for
organics in drinking water. In addition, investigations will be undertaken to
determine the toxicity of the reaction by-products of the leading disinfectants,
chlorine and ozone.
Efforts in the control technology area will continue to emphasize the development
of methods for detecting and measuring low level concentrations of pollutants, and
the development of cost-effective techniques for the control of drinking water
contaminants during storage, treatment, and distribution. In this area, increased
by $1 million over the 1976 level, the main problem is to reduce the concentration
of organic compounds present in drinking water to a safe level. Methods that will
be thoroughly investigated include removal'of organics by adsorption (e.g., activated
carbon) or by oxidation (e.g., ozone). Disinfection process modifications to minimize
or eliminate the formation of halogenated organics will also be researched, such as
the removal of the organic precursors, substitution of another disinfectant for
chlorine, removal of the halogenated organics after their formation, control of
water treatment parameters (e.g., pH, free residual chlorine) that are found to
influence the rate of formation of these halogenated organic compounds. In addition,
treatment techniques applicable to small water supplies will be studied, such as the
use of ultraviolet radiation and perhaps ozone as promising substitutes for chlorine
in the disinfection of small systems. Finally, economical and effective treatment
technology will be investigated for the removal of natural and man-made radioactive
contaminants of water supplies.
WS-15
-------
Solid Wastes
SECTION TAB
-------
SOLID WASTE
I'
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Abatement and Control:
Appropriation........
Permanent Positions,
Transition Quarter..
Research and Development:
Appropriation.......
Permanent Positrons.
Transition Quarter:.
Total, Solid Waste
Program:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions.
Transition Quarter..
Outlays L -
Authorization Levels
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
Budget
Actual Estimate
.1975 1976
Current
Estimate
1976
Estimate
1977
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands)
$12,810
151
N/A
7,374
23
N/A
20,184
174
N/A
11,623
76,000
$11,623
161
3,185
3,997
23
1,275
15,620
184
4,460
14,000
$11,619
161
3,185
4,066
22
1,275
15,685
183
4,460
13,800
20,957*
$11,671
161
N/A
4,066
22
N/A
15,737
183
N/A
13,200
20,949*
+52
N/A
N/A
+•52
N/A
-600
*Authorization pending.
Solid waste management nationwide presents a spectrum of problems, from generation
of health and environmental hazards to inefficient waste management. The basic solid
waste management problem is improper waste disposal practices. These practices
cause adverse environmental and economic impacts, such as ground and surface water polluti
air pollution, problems associated with uncontrolled dumping, decreased land values,
and resource wastage. Aesthetic damages (e.g., litter), which have varying impacts
on human health or animal life, are easily visualized and usually are the focus
of public concern. However, problems associated with improper waste management
practices are not always visible and therefore are not easily understood. For example,
ground water qoritamination (which is not visible) can result if the engineering
practices foi^ siting, constructing, and operating a land disposal site are not
understood apd, applied.
•Environmental problems exist for a number of interrelated reasons. Some States
do no regulate disposal effectively and most do not enforce regulations
vigorously due to lack of resources. Municipalities do not always devote required
resources to ensure environmentally sound disposal and efficient management. Since
litter and ugliness are typically the most obvious targets of popular displeasure,1
often municipalities manage disposal "cosmetically" but not environmentally (i.e., no
blowing phper, no odor, but allow leachate to seep into the ground water). ^Especially
acute is the absence of regulation in the industrial sector and, above all, the
•hazardous wastes area where the problem is due to the cost differential between
dumping and proper treatment. Operation of inexpensive disposal systems al^o affects
the economics of resource recovery.
Absence of regulatory control (environmental standards, strictly enrorced) is due
to the fact that recognition of the special nature of potentially hazardous wastes
is recent and the potential of ground water contamination from land disposal of
vastes by leachate wastes or effluents is not a well known phenomenon. In addition,
public resistance to the siting of a new disposal site often eliminates viable
alternatives. All of these factors contribute to perpetuating the status quo by
preventing the application of urban planning priciples, and thwarting enforcement
of regulations where they are in force. In the case of hazardous wastes, the
absence of proven disposal technology and available disposal sites are additional
contributing factors. For example, although it is known that 60 percent of the
hazardous wastes are organic and that they can be burned, it is not known how
effective the burning of these wastes will be in disposing of them or reducing the
hazards associated with th£m. It is also difficult to mandate the disposal of
pesticides in landfills wha'ch are not connected to aquifers unless such sites exist.
EstablisWng such sites requires engineering and testing programs to identify
appropriate designs and to ascertain their viability. SW-1
ion,
-------
SUMMARY OF BUDGETESTIMATES
1. Summary of BudgetRequest
"'.An appropriation of $15,736,400 is requested for 1977. This request, by
appropriation account, is as follows:
Abatement and Control $11,670,400
Research and Development ,. 4,066,000
This represents an increase of $51,800 over the 1976 solid waste program
and includes funds for annualization of the October 1975 pay raise (+$41,800) and
a minor operating program increase (+$10,000).
2. Changesfrom Original 1976 BudgetEstimate
Changes from the original budget are as follows:
(Pollars in thousands)
Original estimate ' $15,620
Operating adjustments +26
Miscellaneous increases and decreases.. +39
Current 1976 estimate 15,685
There have been no major changes to the 1976 budget for solid waste programs.
The net change from operating adjustments made in applying the budget to actual
needs at the beginning of the fiscal year amounts to only $26,200. Minor miscellaneous
adjustments amount to only $39,000, making the total change less than one percent.
ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
Current
Estimate Estimate
1976 1977
Prior year obligations,., ... $20,184 $16,213
Reduction of costs due to program
decrease -2,200
Change in amount of carryover
funds available -1,719 -528
Miscellaneous increases and decreases. -52 +661
Total estimated obligations.,.. ,. 16,213 ' 16,346
. (From new obligation authority).. , (11,375) (12,033)
(From prior year funds) (4,838) (4,310)
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TJLOBLIGATIONS
Solid Waste obligations will decline in 1976 as the result of a congressional
increase of $5.2 million to the 1975 budget for energy recovery which was not
continued in 1976 and a reduction of the amount of prior year funds available for
obligation in 1976 in comparison to 1975. The accelerated obligation rate which
reduced the carryover of prior year funds into 1976 will continue through 1976
ancT'1977. The carryover of prior year funds will continue to decrease with a
corresponding decline in obligations. This decrease will be offset, however,
by a faster rate of obligation of current year funds. These factors, along with
a small budget increase for the partial annual ization of the October 1975 pay
raise, will produce a small increase in obligations in 1977.
SW-3
-------
SOLID WASTE
Abatement and Control
Budget Authority
Waste Management
Practices, Procedures,
and Guidelines....
Waste Management
Strategies
Imp! ementation ,
Resource Conservation
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate ..^Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977. vs. 1976 .Page
(cfbTl ars 1 n thbu sandsp
$5,550 $4,380 $4,420 $4,442
Total,
Permanent Positions
Waste Management
Practices, Procedures,
and Guidelines
Waste Management
Strategies
Implementation .....
Resource Conservation
12,810 11,623 11,619 11,671
40
82
29
Total,
151
47
85
29
47
85
29
47
85
29
161
161
161
+$22
4,299
2,961
4,968
2,275
4,924
2,275
4,946
2,283
+22
+8
SW-6
SW-8
.SW-10
+52
.SW-6
SW-8
SW-10
The Abatement and Control appropriation encdmpasses the activities of the
solid waste program devoted to the development of waste management strategies, the
translation of the strategies into guidelines and management tools, interaction
with Federal, State, and local agencies, and the demonstration of energy and
materials recovery systems. The activities included differ from those covered under \
the research and development appropriation in that they are related to implementa-
tion of solid waste management practices for specific problems rather than the
development of knowledge on environmental problems or on the development of
control technologies. ,
The hazardous waste program activities in 1975-1977 focus on problem characteriza-
tion; this includes contract work which leads to the identification of hazardous
-xwaste materials and their sources, and, the ^assessment of technology alternatives •
f-or .handling these wastes. These'data are then used for the development of guidelines
which include information on the incineration, landfill, treatment, transportation,
and recycling o.f hazardous waste materials.
/
"Other" waste program activities f^cus on the demonstration,of environmentally
acceptable waste management practices for dealing with, mi^ed municipal waste streams,
'e.g., various sludges, residues, and urban waste often di-sposed of in a single site.
Information in this area is inadequate, particularly/in relation to the availability
of proven technology for collecting and treating le^chate in landfills, and the
methodologies for handling sewage treatment sludges in landfills. Evaluations of
landfill practices and demonstrations of landfill technologies are being conducted
to provide the basis for guidance to Federal, .State^and-local agencies. Specific
emphasis in 1975-1977 is being-directed towards the development 0f Jnformation on
the effect^ of -leachate generated from disposal sites and disposal of sewage
sludges'. ;
SW-4
-------
The approach to natural ^resource conservation is through recovery of resources
from wastes and waste reduction. The primary barriers -to resource recovery implementa-
tion are institutionalconstraints* The program concentrates on"Federal evaluation
and provision of consultant services, dissemination of information about existing
systems to reduce perceived risk, and providing front-end planning funds to
.communities to facilitate implementation of resource recovery systems. ", "
' . .' , -' . .'.-..•-'-.. • . / "' '.••••:. ;-•-'••' '"
The abatement and control activities are categorized .under the foilowin§ sub-
activities: ''',,'• ^ _ v '
.-.'•.• , . • ' • ' "" '. . "" ' ' ••
Waste Management Practices, Procedures, and Guidelines. This subactivity includes
the work related to the development of strategies for the management of solid waste-
problems having nationwide applicability, the reassessment and modification of these •••...
strategies, and the translation/of these strategies into appropriate guideline documents.
Waste Management Strategies Implementation. This subactivity includes work related
to the implementation of requirements for which the Federal Government has primary
responsibility (i.e., the management of solid waste at Federal facilities in accordance
with published guidelines), review of EIS's for their solid waste management impact,
and ^'the development of State program capability to implement solid waste management
activities. Included are the development and delivery of management tools and
technical information for use by Federal, State, and local governments, the review and
evaluation of State programs, consultation with State and local governments on
specific waste management^problems, and financial assistance for State solid waste
management programs.
i.' • • ' ' ' •*".
Resou rce Con s firvati on. This subactivity includes work related to the evaluation,
demon strati on, and impl imen tati on of energy and material recovery systems arid waste -
reduction techniques. , This ^progrram promotes energy and materials recovery (including
utilizati&n of secondary materials;) through demonstrations of new technology and
waste management practices, providing front-end planning funds and disseminating
information.
SW-5
-------
The "other" waste program focuses on wastes primarily related to solid waste
disposal problems of municipalities. In 1975-1977, emphasis is being placed on
finding solutions to problems associated with leachate from landfills and with the
disposal problems associated with landfilling of sewage treatment sludges. Included
are demonstrations of technology for the collection and treatment of leachate, and
evaluations of existing landfill sites to determine the site criteria and
engineering practices required to design landfills that will minimize the
attenuation and flow of leachate from the fill.
Sewage sludge is the chief residual of sewage treatment activities; it is
currently produced at the rate of about seven million tons per year (dry weight).
Sludges are disposed of in a variety of ways—by incineration, land spreading,
in sludge-only landfills, and in combination with municipal solid wastes in
sanitary landfills and dumps. The principal tasks leading to a sludge disposal
guideline are assessment of current practices, assessment of the heavy metals
problem associated with sludges (which dictates type of control on land or
underground), and assessment of the adequacy of current methods of disposal.
Evaluations of methodologies for handling sewage sludges in a landfill,
alternatives to land filling (e.g., utilizing sewage sludge for fertilizers),
and current sewage sludge disposal practices are carried out.
1975 Accomplishments
Potentially hazardous wastes generated by two industries (batteries and
inorganic chemicals) were defined and published. An interim assessment
indicating the adverse effects of leachate from landfills, based on 1968 data,
and an in-depth assessment of five land disposal sites indicating chemical
characteristics, attenuation, and flow of leachate were published. A summary
report on the role of heavy metals in sludges and a policy statement on disposal
of nonmunicipal sludges were published.
1976 Program
Potentially hazardous wastes generated by eight industries (petroleum,
pharmaceutical, paint and allied products, metals mining, organics, pesticides
and explosive, electroplating and metal finishing, primary metals, textiles)
will be defined. Damage incidents from improper waste management and detailed
damage reports will be published. Engineering and design of the chemical waste
landfill will be completed and construction will be initiated. Individual
hazardous waste technology assessments and guidance documents for disposal of
significant potentially hazardous materials will be published. Interim
recommended procedures for hazardous waste transportation will be published.
A leachate damage assessment report and investigations of environmental damages
from sludge utilization practices (e.g., heavy metals uptake, etc.) will be
published. A cost analysis workbook on sludge utilization and disposal will be
completed. The first draft of the sludge utilization and disposal decision
guide will be available. Section 209 Guidelines for collection and resource
recovery will be published in the Federal Register.
1977 Plan
An analysis of treatment alternatives for specific hazardous wastes will
be completed. An evaluation of incineration of organic hazardous wastes,
development of standard soil attenuation procedure for hazardous wastes
applied to land disposal sites, and a feasibility study of energy recovery from
industrial wastes will be completed. Hazardous waste management guidelines for
North Atlantic Treaty Organization/Committee on the Challenge of Modern Society
will be completed. Recommended procedures for State permit programs for
hazardous waste management will be available. A report on sludge disposal damage
assessment will be published. Leachate technology demonstrations will be
completed. A sludge utilization and disposal decision guide will be published.
SW-7
-------
1977 Plan
Final reports on results of waste streams energy recovery potentials will be
published. A manual of disposal site acquisition strategies, for use by local
government officials, will be published. The third edition of the Decision Maker's
Guide, with methods for updating all costs on an annual basis, will be published.
COLMIS will be installed in 15 communities.
SW-9
-------
1975 Accomplishments.
Construction of the Baltimore, Maryland demonstration facility was completed. A
national conference on waste reduction was held. A study of the implementation and
enforcement of other agencies' product reflations was completed. A study on the
economics of recovering waste oil was completed.
1976 Program
The St. Louis demonstration and publication of the final evaluation report will
be completed. Routine operation of the Baltimore pyrolysis demonstration facility
will begin. The San Diego facility will be constructed. The demonstration of the
w |!4, glass/aluminum recovery subsystem at Franklin, Ohio, will be completed. The first
' '"' year of operation of the multimaterial separation and collection demonstrations in
Massachusetts will be completed. A new separate collection vehicle will be evaluated.
- «•• A resource recovery plant implementation guide will be published. The third annual
•M Report on Resource and Waste Reduction will be submitted to Congress.
1977 Plan
•
-------
SOLID WASTE
Research and Development
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
" (dollars in thousands")
Budget Authority
Public Sector
Activities.. ...... $7,374 $3,997 $4,066 $4,066
Permanent Positions
Publ ic Sector
Activities....,,/. 23 2.3 22 22
EPA's research and development efforts in the solid waste program are directed
toward the development of improved solid waste management, disposal technology,
and resource recovery technology. These technological advances will enable local
agencies to handle their solid waste problems in an effective and economical manner.
In addition, the program is developing the scientific base for the possible
establishment of standards for hazaroud wastes disposal. Information on the fate
and processes of such materials in ground water systems is also being developed and
formulated into criteria documents.
BudgetRequest
An appropriation of $4,066,000 is requested in 1977, the same level as
appropriated for 1976.
Prog ram De scriptip n
The major thrust of the solid waste research program includes the preparation
of comprehensive effects documents which are designed to support development of
a regulatory program for the treatment and disposal of pesticides and other toxic
chemicals, investigations to determine the potential for migration through soils
of hazardous industrial wastes, studies to evaluate the environmental effects of
sanitary landfills, and the development of resource recovery systems.
1975 Accomplishments
In 1975, the solid waste research'and development program:
- Provided assessments and interpretations of effects data and initiated
effects research on an expanded list of substances, including arsenic,
asbestos, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, copper, cyanides, lead, mercury,
selenium, zinc, aldrin/dieldrin, benzidine, DDD/DDE/DDT, endrin, poly-
chlorinated biphenyls and toxaphene. These assessments provide scientific
criteria documents for the Office of Solid Waste regulatory decision making;
• Conducted transport process investigations on the migration of hazardous
materials through soils;
- Completed a major portion of the research on the environmental effects of
sanitary landfill effluents;
- Investigated the movement and retention, transformation, and volatilization
of pesticides, polychlorinated biphyenyls, and hexachlorabenzene in soils.
Criteria for safe disposal by thermal destruction have been developed for some
pesticides.
SW-12
-------
-j I 'Investigated the retention of hazardous substances by soils from electroplating,
chlorine production, nickel-cadmium battery production, inorganic pigment
manufacturing, and water-based paint production in industrial waste streams;
- Assessed environmental effects of current disposal practices for polyvinyl
chlorides; /
- Conducted experimental incineration studies to establish time-temperature
relationships for acceptable decomposition of various pesticides;
- Conducted investigations of chemical treatment and degradation methods for
pesticides, including the establishment of safe procedures for using caustic
soda, hypochlorite, peroxides, and acids;
- Investigated new hazardous waste treatment technologies, including chlorinolysis,
wet air oxidation, decomposition by acids and bases, chemical oxidation, biological
degradation, ion exchange, photochemical, low temperature microwave discharge,
osmosis/ultrafiltration, and activated carbon absorption;
Initiated an evaluation of unit processes for resource recovery. Results
may be used by municipalities contemplating the use of resource recovery
technology;
- Conducted a test program to evaluate promising organic and inorganic processes
for fixing and coating pesticides, soluble organics, and heavy oil residues.
Sample of various toxic wastes fixed by various techniques will undergo long-
term field and laboratory testing; and
- Conducted a test program to evaluate landfill liners of clay, cement, asphalt,
and plastic membranes to test resistance to acids, bases, solvents, and physical
impact. Results will provide criteria for safe disposal of various classes of
wastes, both hazardous and nonhazardous.
1976 Program
The objectives of the research in 1976 include:
- Identifying any adverse health and welfare effects due to the release of hazardous
materials present in solid waste in the environment, and developing methods to
eliminate such effects;
- Developing and applying new and improved methods of collecting and disposing of
solid waste, and of processing and recovering usable resources from solid waste;
Identifying solid waste components and potential usable resources recoverable
from such waste components;
- Establishing data to support the Agency's efforts in developing guidelines for
solid and hazardous waste management;
- Evaluating several leachate treatment methods and determining kinetic parameters,
technical feasibility and costs;
- Developing and evaluating methods for stabilizing landfills so that settlement
will be minimized; and
- Publishing a compendium of analytical methods used by researchers and State
regulatory officials in characterizing leachate.
1977 Plan
In 1977, efforts will continue in the identification and elimination of adverse
health and welfare effects due to solid and hazardous wastes, and the development of'
cost-effective techniques for collecting and disposing, of waste, and for recovering
usable resources from waste.
SW-13
-------
Research and
Development
SECTION TAB
-------
Abatement and
Control
SECTION TAB
-------
Pesticides
SECTION TAB
-------
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
PESTICIDES
Budget Current
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate
1975 1976 1976 1977
(dollars in thousands)
Abatement and Control:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions....
Transition Quarter ,
Enforcement:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions
Transition Quarter
Research and Development:
Appropriation..... ,
Permanent Positions....
Transition Quarter
Total, Pesticides Program:
Appropriation ,,
Permanent Positions
Transition Quarter....,
Outlays ,
Authorization Levels ...
$20,294
665
N/A
3,238
149
N/A
10,190
151
N/A
33,722
965
N/A
29,016
$29,552
671
8,083
3,583
153
1,011
11,198
148
2,726
44,333
972
11,820
33,000
47,868
$29,492
671
8,083
3,911
166
1, OH-
IO,887
157
2,726
44,290
994
11,820
35,520
47,868
$24,175
639
N/A
4,745
156
N/A
10,887
157
N/A
39,807
952
N/A
34,880
43,335**
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
-$5,317
-32
N/A
+834
,-lD
N/A
N/A
-4,483
-42
N/A
-640
*Specific authorization required only after 1975.
**The 1977 level is only through March 31, 1977,in
amount of $23,600. Authorization pending for
balance.
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
The 1972 amended Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA)
becomes fully effective on October 21, 1977. New regulations published in 1974
and 1975 reflect broad new responsibilities and authorities given EPA under the
new Act. States either have or will have promulgated new pesticides legislation
in order to reflect many new responsibilities and cooperative efforts not
previously required of them. Not withstanding the significant start already made
on the FIFRA requirements in the areas of reregistration, classification, certi-
fication and training of pesticide applicators and monitoring, there are substantial
mandated program efforts that need to be completed during 1977 and will be determining
factors in overall pesticides operations. Thus, 1977 is the key year for the completion
of all reregistration actions and the certification of applicators. This will dictate
four major approaches in 1977: ,
1. Supply control to keep highly hazardous chemicals off the market through
the registration process including labeling and classification. EPA must complete
^registration actions on the estimated 35,000 previously federally registered
pesticides.
2- Use control to prevent the misuse of pesticides and thereby minimize
related local health and environmental problems. This will be achieved by:
(a) certification of applicators of "restricted use" pesticides, which was
started in 1976 and must be completed in 1977; (b) better packaging
and labeling; (c) more extensive and timely enforcement; (d) extensive applicator
training; and (e) dissemination of information to the consumer and interested public*
3. Hazard evaluation through human effect monitoring, ambient residue
monitoring, and accident surveillance. This serves to provide data and prompt
alerts on use problems and provides supporting data for decisions on administrative
actions to remove from the market registered products whose use has the potential
for or causes unreasonable adverse effects.
P-l
-------
SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES ' '
(in thousands
of dollars)
1976 Pesticides Program , $44,290
Abatement and Control -5,317
The decrease is due to a partial completion of pesticide
applicator training through the Department of Agriculture
Extension Service cooperative training program, partially
offset by an increase for the annualization of the October
1975 pay raise.
Enforcement. , +834
The increase is for the establishment of new Federal-
State cooperative enforcement agreements and for the
annualization of the October 1975 pay raise, offset by
a reduction of staff and related support costs.
1977 Pesticides Program 39,807
SMMARY, QJL BUDGET ESTIMATES
1. Summary of Budget Reguest
An appropriation of $39,807,100 is requested for 1977. This request, by
appropriation account, is as follows:
Abatement and Control— , $24,175,000
Enforcement 4,745,100
Research and Development , 10,887,000
This represents a decrease of $4,483,200 from the 1976 pesticides program
and includes a funding decrease made possible by the expected 75 percent completion
of pesticide applicator training through the U.S. Department of Agriculture -
Extension Service cooperative training program (-$4.8 million); the decrease in staff
will be accomplished by phasing out headquarters activities in the accident control
and certification programs by the end of 1977 and by the reduction of laboratory
services support on enforcement sample analyses (-$684,000). These decreases are
offset by an increase for the annualization of the October 1975 pay raise (+$204,400).
An increase is also requested for the establishment of new Federal-State cooperative
enforcement agreements under the authorities of Section 23(a)(l) of FI.FRA; however,
with the increased levels of State enforcement activity supported by these grant funds,
it will be possible to net this increase by the reduction of 10 positions and associated
salary and support costs (+$796,400).
2. Change from Original 1976 BudgetEstimate
Changes from the original budget estimate are as follows:
(in thousands
of dollars)
Original estimate $44,333
Transfer to Interdisciplinary -1,492
Increase to support research needs... +1,182
Transfer ADP funds... ". , -158
Increase registration and technical support +52
Expand National Environmental Investigations Center
Pesticides capability— , , , +50
Operating plan adjustments +37
Miscellaneous increases and decreases +286
44,290
P-3
-------
PESTICIDES
PROGRAM LEVELS
Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
Complete registration actions
on product base , 15,000 13,500 19,000 +5,500
Complete reregistrati on and
classification of previously
' States/Territories applicator
certification plans:
» Approved
Operational
States/Territories with applicator
, training programs in operation...
Producer establishment inspections.
Use and reentry investigations
t
j
.Number of product samples
col 1 ected
56
4-5
56
2,226 1,718
593 791
5,037 5,000
'56
56
56
1 ,480
(2,380)
600
(3,600)
4,360
(7,360)
+11
-238
(+662)
-191
(+2,809)
-640
(+2,360)
(') indicates level including State activity under cooperative enforcement agreements.
P-5
-------
- To ensure products are better used and thereby effectively reduce acute and'
chronic effects from work and accidental exposure to pesticides; and
- To have developed sufficient data, methodologies, and systems for assessing
hazards from pesticides and providing the bases for more effective control
and regulatory programs and decisions.
1977 objectives and priorities are to complete reregistration actions on previously
registered products by October 21, 1977; to keep current on registration actions
on all new chemicals, new product uses, and amendments; to substantially complete
applicator certification by the States by the 1977 growing season; and to have an
integrated comprehensive hazard evaluation system.
P-7
-------
197.6 Program
During 1976, EPA expects to complete reregistration and classification,- decisions
on 6,000 registered products.. Previously unforeseen issues on Section" 3.(.cj(-l }(D) have
been the primary cause for the delayed start on reregistration. The key to meeting
this objective will be the call-in of batches of products, by chemical and broad use
pattern, for which registrants are given a detailed label guidance package;. Call-ins
for full reregistration will be made for batches with .a full supporting data base, or
for which unfulfilled requirements for short-term studies exist but can be satisfied
by the deadline. If there are unsatisfied requirements for long-term data (over 12
months studies), temporary reregistratlons will be granted pending submission of data.
Interaction between registration and suspect chemical review program reviews now
has critical significance under the new situation of rebuttable presumptions during
the registration process. Because of the more stringent use restrictions resulting
from Section ]2(a).(2)(G) of the Act, EPA will be issuing a new crop grouping plan for
case-by-case consideration of tolerances for minor food uses. Many States will also
be submitting interim requests (pending issuance of final Section 24(c) regulations)
for approval to register products to meet special local needs. The Agency will be
working closely with States in the preparation of their submissions and subsequent
review actions so as to expedite implementation of programs under Section 24(c) of
the Act.
1976 Objectives
- To complete reregistration and classification of an estimated 6,000 products
by June 30, 1976;
- To complete registration and classification of a product base of 500 new
chemicals and/or new uses, 5,000 new products, and 8,000 amendments;
- To complete review action on 40 State submissions for interim certification
to register pesticides for local use and to review an estimated 500 State
registrations;
- To complete scientific studies on 12 suspect chemicals;
- Final Publication of Regulations:
Section 3 (Registration of
Pesticides)... July 3, 1975 (actual)
Section 3(c)(l)(D) (Use of another
applicant's data in support of a
registration application) (Proposed).., March 1976
Section 24(c) (State Registration for
• Special Local Needs) and 5(f)
(Experimental Use Permit) September 3, 1975 (actual'
July 1976 (final)
1977 Plan ,
The key factor in 1977 registration operations will be meeting the full scope of
new and expanded responsibilities under the 1972 amended FIFRA and particularly
meeting the amendment of the 94th Congress deferring the effective date to' October 21,
1977. Decisions on Federal ^registrations and intrastate registrations are expected
to be completed by October 21, 1977. The Agency will also be starting to receive
some of the feed-back of long-range data referrals (presently estimated at 35 percent
of the Federal reregistration product base) on temporary nonrenewable reregistrations,
certain rebuttable presumptions, and probably a portion of deferred 1976 base workload,
in addition to the normal base input of new registration applications. Since needed
long-range studies cannot be completed before the end of the reregistration period,
affected products will be granted temporary nonrenewable renegistrations to allow
continued marketing while missing data are developed. Such data will be submitted
for review during the period 1977-^1979, entirely independent of the base load of new
registrations, and will demand timely review actions. Also, during 1976, 1977, and
the ensuing three years, there is expected to be a need to resolve rebuttable
presumptions against registration and objections arising over classification
decisions. Present estimates are that upwards of 15 percent of present pesticide
registrations may fall into restricted use categories; a significant number of these \
can be expected to be'appealed by the registrant, Rebuttable presumptions
are expected to arise against registration of about three percent of P-9
-------
PESTICIDES
Abatement and Control
Hazard Evaluation
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 197'6 1977 19.7.7_.ys..__1976
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation $4,942 $5,179 $5,078 $4,890 -$188
Permanent Positions , 105 103 103 93 -10
Budget Request
An appropriation of $4,890,200 is requested for 1977. This represents a
decrease of $188,000 over 1976.
Program Description
EPA's pesticides monitoring programs feed into the hazard evaluation system.
Included are the epidemiologic field studies on acute and chronic long-term human
effects; pesticide accident reporting; monitoring of pesticide residues in air, water,
soils, and other media to determine levels and trends as well as to anticipate the
development of hazardous conditions and establish alert levels; and analyses of
samples of pesticide products taken from processing establishments and market place.
The integration of these operations into a comprehensive hazard evaluation system is
expected to-provide more valid information on evironmental and human health hazards
and means for evaluating pesticide hazards in the environment and for establishing
an early alert system.
1975 Accomplishments
As part of the National Monitoring Program, the ambient networks for monitoring
water, soil, estuaries, arid human tissue provided samples needed to establish baseline
levels of pesticides in components of food and feed, humans, wildlife, fish, soil,
and water. A pilot monitoring program of irrigation waters was initiated jointly
by the Department of the Interior and EPA late in the year. Cropland soil samples
were taken from over 2,000 sites in 45 States. Urban monitoring included eight
cities selected to coincide with collection sites for human monitoring. Water
monitoring was conducted cooperatively with the U.S. Geological Survey and presently
covers 153 sampling sites located in 17 major basins. Estuarine monitoring covering
113 estuaries provided samples for residue levels in shellfish and fin fish.
Long-term epidemiologic studies were, conducted in 12 States on acute pesticide
poisonings and to determine the short-and long-term chronic health effects on a
cohort of persons exposed to organophosphastes and/or chlorophenoxy comnounris. A
six State pilot pesticide usage study was completed as a basis for getting an expanded
program under hoy.
1976Program
The hazard evaluation system design is to be completed early in 1976 and
implementation of the system will be immediately accelerated so as to provide a
quick response and alert system on pesticide problems, and to ensure better risk-
.benefit evaluations on effects of pesticide use. Implementation of the system
will call for extensive interaction between present national pesticide monitoring
programs and States and other organizations for data acquisition and will require
more extensive and organized cataloging of hazard data. EPA is encouraging
(through its regions) increased State participation in reporting and follow-up
on pesticide accidents, as well as promoting better inputs from other Federal
agencies with related programs. Until there is a fully integrated hazard
evaluation system designed in 1976, pesticide monitoring programs will continue
to provide data through presenlr-chanuels. The epidemiologic studies program will
carry on efforts to obtain data on acute pesticide poisoning by investigating
hospital admission records and coordinating findings with regional-State accident
P-ll
-------
PESTICIDES
Abatement and Control
Federal and State Program Support
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation $7,752 $16,259 $15,901 $11,035 -$4,866
Permanent Positions 176 161 180 175 -5
Budget Request
An appropriation of $11,035,000 is requested for Iy77. This represents a
decrease of $4,865,800 from the 1976 level.
Program Description
The major direction of EPA's pesticides Federal and State program support is
to cooperate with States in the development and full scale implementation of applica-
tor certification and training programs. EPA believes that the use of pesticides will
be greatly improved with the training and certification of applicators, resulting in
better control of pests, fewer episodes of misuse and accidents, and, where overuse
of pesticides now exists, less cost to the applicator due to a higher level of expertise.
This is the key approach in the implementation of the Agency's use control strategy.
EPA has every expectation that states will fully cooperate to ensure applicators being
certified by the beginning of the 1977 growing season, or by October 1977. There is
no mandated date by which applicators must be certified, only a requirement that the
individual who uses a "restricted use" pesticide must be a certified applicator or a
person under his supervision. EPA regulations on "Standards for Applicators" were
published in the Federal Register in October 1974, and regulations on "State Certi-
fication Plans" were issued in March 1975. An EPA policy paper which was given wide
State distribution in March 1975, outlined various methods of determining competency
that would not require examination. Training is only mandatory where a State makes
it so.
Although the major part of EPA's Federal and State program support will be
directed to certification and training in 1976 and 1977, States will need guidance
and assistance in other areas of new responsibilities under the Act, including State
registration of pesticides for special local needs, State issuance of experimental
use permits, improved accident reporting, and adequate understanding of EPA's re-
entry standards.
1975 Accomplishments ;
Key regulations issued:
Standards for Applicators , October 1974
Regulations on State Certification Plans .March 1975
Key guidelines issued:
Preliminary listing of Restricted Use Pesticides .February 1975
State Options for Certification of Private
Applicators..., , March 1975
(Updated June)
EPA/USDA Sponsored State Intrastate Service
Agreement June 1975
An EPA/USDA interagency agreement on applicator training was completed in
December 1974, and supplemental to the basic agreement were completed in April
and December 1975.
P-13
-------
certify applicators might be a problem with some States, EPA can make accommodations
between October 1977, and March 1978, to complete certification as lona as applicators
are certified prior to use of a "restricted use" pesticide. Although faced with a
manpower reduction in this prqqram area in 1977, the Agency will continue to assist
States meet the October 1977 effective date.
Assuming that by mid-1977 most States will have substantially completed immediate
needs for certification and training of applicators, EPA regions will move into a
monitoring phase of State performance, and the State cooperative extension services
T,'?f will undertake the maintenance of applicator training programs. Regional operational
attention will be increasingly redirected to misuse, reentry, integrated pest manage-
ment, the surveillance of State activities under Section Z4(c) and 5{f) and partici-
pating States in the integration of their systems into a nationwide comprehensive
hazard evaluation system. In addition to soliciting public participation in the
Agency decision process, EPA will coordinate with farmer and other agricultural users,
applicator groups and industry, State officials, USDA, and other Federal agencies
to establish various media to better inform these groups and to develop better
understanding of the Office of Pesticides Programs' policies, functions, and
responsibilities.
Within the requirements of having substantially met the October 1977 effective
date, some budgetary costs can be phased down in 1977. The remaining funds will
provide support to States in maintaining effective operating levels for certifica-
tion and other nonenforcement control programs through 1977 as well as supporting
a strong level of EPA staff guidance and assistance for State programs. The five
position decrease will result from a reduction in the level of technical support
to regions and States on certification and training and on public relations
activities with consumer groups and the interested public.
\
P-15
-------
Enforcement
SECTION TAB
-------
PESTICIDES
Enforcement
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dol1ars in thousands!
Budget Authority
Pesticides Enforcement... $3,238 $3,583 $3,911 $4,745 +$834
Permanent Pos i ti gns
Pesticides Enforcement... 149 153 166 156 -10
Budget Request
An appropriation of $4,745,100 is requested for 1977. This represents an
increase of $834,000 over 1976.
The EPA pesticides enforcement program includes the registration and
inspection of pesticide producing establishments; the surveillance of pesticides
on the marketplace, imported pesticide products, experimental use permits and
pesticide uses; and the initiation of enforcement actions including civil actions,
criminal prosecutions, stop sales, and injunctive actions as required to
implement the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), as amended.
The major goal of the enforcement program is to ensure compliance with the FIFRA
through the use of these tools.
EPA's pesticide enforcement program supports both the supply control and use
control strategies. Supply control is achieved by registration and inspection of
producer establishments, and sampling and analysis of pesticide products at the
producing establishment, in the marketplace, and, for imported products, at the
port of entry. Use control is achieved by making use and reentry inspections to
determine whether pesticide users are complying with label directions for use and
EPA's regulations regarding minimum times for reentering areas after pesticide
treatment.
To make the Federal pesticides regulatory program more effective, the Agency
has begun development of Federal-State cooperative enforcement agreements pursuant
to the authority of Section 23 (a)(l) of the FIFRA, as amended. Through these
agreements, which involve the participation of States in inspections, sampling,
marketplace surveillance, use investigations, and laboratory analyses, the program
can be extended to a level which Agency1-manpower alone could not attain.
1975 Accomplishments
During 1975, significant accomplishments were realized in the pesticides
enforcement program. In the producer and product compliance area, 2,226 producer
establishments were inspected, 5,037 samples were obtained, and 480 port visits
were made; in addition, 1,493 intrastate establishments were registered. In the
use compliance area, there were 593 use and reentry investigations.
As a result of these efforts, the following enforcement actions were taken:
224. civil actions and 101 stop sale, use, or removal orders or seizures resulting
from marketplace inspections; 847 notices of warning to producers for minor
violations; 70 recalls; 134 import detentions and 37 warnings to private applicators
of violations of the Act under the civil penalty provisions; 4 civil actions,
8 criminal prosecutions, and 8 stop sale, use, or removal orders or seizures
resulting from use and reentry investigations.
P-16
-------
During 1975, 676 Federal-State cooperative enforcement efforts were undertaken,
and regions prepared profiles on State enforcement capabilities. Furthermore, national
Federal-State cooperative enforcement guidance was issued with the aid of State
enforcement capability reports; guidance for establishment books and records
inspection was issued; guidance was issued for investigating incidents where a
registered pesticide tias-allegedly been used in a manner inconsistent, with its
labeling; and guidance for surveillance of products suspected of presenting hazards
to human health and the evnironment was issued.
1976 Program
In 1976, the pesticides enforcement program is focused on three major activities.
The first is final implementation of a pesticides use compliance program. In
accordance with the FIFRA prohibition of pesticide use in a manner inconsistent with
.its labeling, the Agency is developing a comprehensive use surveillance and misuse
follow-up strategy. In this area, regions have committed themselves to 403 experimental
use investigations and 791 use and reentry investigations.
The second component of the program is continued assurance of product and
producer compliance through producer establishment inspections, market surveillance,
and import investigations. The Agency plans to make over 1,700 producer establishment
inspections, nearly 500 import investigations, and over 1,700 marketplace investigations
in 1976.
Finally, the Agency is engaged in developing Federal-State cooperative
agreements and expects to accomplish 14 nonmonetary agreements in 1976. Although
such agreements cannot provide reliable participation without grant support, it is
hoped that by involving States in the enforcement of the FIFRA, regulatory presence
can be furthered to an extent not attainable by Agency manpower alone.
1977 Plan
The emphasis in 1977 will be to develop and implement additional Federal-State
cooperative agreements with grant-in-aid. These agreements will involve State
participation in existing regulatory activities. Through the performance of these
activities, individual State efforts will be channeled into the Federal program and
create a comprehensive and uniform administration of pesticides enforcement.
In combination with the States in 1977, we expect to conduct 2,380 establishment
inspections, obtain 7,360 establishment inspections, marketplace and use samples, and
perform 3,600 use and reentry investigations.
P-17
-------
Research and
Development
SECTION TAB
-------
PESTICIDES
Research and Development
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease •»
1975 1976 197.6. 1977 1977 vs. 1976
fdoTlars in thousand?}"
Budget Authority
Health and Ecological
Effects $10,190 $11,198 $10,887 $10,887
Permanent Positions
Health and Ecological
'Effects :.. 151 148 157 157
This program supports the Agency's pesticide programs, including the development
of data required to support administrati/e reviews and litigation; monitoring;
development of new methods of pest controls; and development of long-term pesticides
strategy. Major areas of ongoing research include; (1) deteptnination of human health
effects; (2) development of pesticide residue analytical metfiods; (3) development
of model ecosystems; (4) determination of ecological effects; and (5) investigations
of substitute chemicals as alternatives for those pesticides under litigation or
review as potentially detrimental.
Budget Request
An appropriation of $10,887,000 is requested for 1977. There is no change from
the 1976 level.
Program Description
x Pesticide research must be conducted to investigate the potential health and
ecological effects of the major classes of pesticides now registered by EPA and
in common use and also of those chemicals considered as possible substitutes; to
evaluate the safety of the "new generation" pest control agents such as insect
viruses and pathogenic bacteria, sterility agents, attractants, and insect hormones;
to develop and validate new toxicological methods which can be used for registering
pesticides; and to develop and applv analytical methods for determination of these
agents in tissues and environmental media.
These research efforts are essential to the administration of the Federal
Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FlFRA) because they are used to assist
the reregistration process and the formulation of policies on registering new
classes of pest control agents; to improve the protocols required in registering
pesticides; to support the human monitoring, substitute chemicals, and integrated
pest management programs; and to provide health and ecological information in
public hearings. Pesticide research is also used to support toxic effluent
standards and issuance of permits, water quality criteria for estuarine and
coastal waters, and ocean disposal permits. Analytical methods developed are
useful to the monitoring programs of EPA;, State, and local governments.
In addition, valuable technical assistance is supplied to EPA regional and
program offices by pesticide research through provision of special studies,
consultation, and expert testimony in legal proceedings.
1975 Accomplishments
In 1975, this program:
- Completed a study of agricultural workers which verified a direct correlation
between exposure to organophosphate pesticides and urinary metabolites, as
measured by ,a new method developed at EPA laboratories;
P-18
-------
- Determined that people accidentally poisoned with a chlorinated
organophosphate pesticide exhibit symptoms as long as tissue residues
persist, and that the effects last much longer than with nonchlorinated
organophosphates;
- Developed methods for determining hexachlorobenzene in air and human
j tissue;
•' - Reported that malathion inhibited the population growth of marine protozoa;
-i - Revised the bioassay procedures for EPA's ocean disposal permit program; and
4-(
- Investigated the suitability of registered pesticide chemicals as substitutes
for 2, 4, 5-T, EBDC, DDT, chlordane, heptachlor, and aldrin-dieldrin.
1976Program
In 1976, toxicological studies are being conducted to determine the acute
,, effects of pesticides on mammals, the identification of pesticide metabolites,
] the distribution and effects of pesticides and their metabolities in animal tissues,
their biochemical effects on metabolic activity and central nervous function, their
ability to cause birth defects and other reproductive malfunctions, and their
potential for causing gene mutations and cancer. Inhalation toxicology studies are
being initiated to assess the importance of inhalation, as compared with ingestion
and skin contact, in the toxicity of pesticides. These health effects studies will
yield determination of the acute effects of at least eight pesticide aerosols of
controlled particle sizes, and measurement of the distribution of the parent compound
and its metabolities in body tissues, urine and feces.
Studies are being completed on the effect of Mirex and heptachlor in marine
ecosystems. In addition, studies are being undertaken to refine and report the
effects of pesticide pollutants on estuarine and coastal environments and on the
impact of pesticide applications on terrestrial ecosystems. These ecological
processes and effects studies will result in production and evaluation of
preliminary microcosm work on chemical, photochemcial, and microbial degradation
of trifluralin, endosulfan, and hexachlorobenzene; bioassays on acute and chronic
toxicity and residual build-up for 20 major pesticides in fresh water ecosystems;
development of an evaluative model for predicting the distribution and half-life
of pesticides among the various substrates of fresh surface water ecosystems; model
calibration for malathion, atrazine, and trifluralin; completion of chronic egg
to egg bioassay on toxaphene; and, determination of the effects of selected
organic and inorganic pesticide compounds on marine species and ecosystems.
In the area of analytic techniques, attention will be given to developing
a sensitive, specific detector for pesticides containing chloride, sulfur and/or
nitrogen; and efficient system for collecting and determining pesticides in air;
and analytic methods for determining dioxins in tissues, environmental media, and
pesticide formulations. Other objectives include completing a manual for analysis
of pesticides in water and waste water, incorporating carbamate and organophosphate
pesticides into a more inclusive multiresidue analytic procedures, and establishing
Standardized procedures for identification of insect viruses in tissue.
In 1976, the substitute chemical program intends to complete about 24 initial
scientific reviews and eight bio- and socioeconomic reviews of substitutes for
s it problematic pesticides,
J977___P]an
., >t ~~~~~™~~
The proposed 1977 pesticide research program will:
- Expand analytic methodology research to develop and improve quality control
activities and to detect new generation and.other pesticide agents in tissue,
environmental samples, and ambient air;
- Continue study of the toxicological effects of commonly used pesticides on
laboratory animals and cell cultures, the toxicological effects of
substitute chemicals, inhalation toxicology, arid the potential hazards of
new generation pesticides;
P-19
-------
Radiation
SECTION TAB
-------
RADIATION
f J'l
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Abatement and Control:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions....
Transition Quarter
Research and Development:
Appropriation ,
Permanent Positions....
Transition Quarter
Total, Radiation Program;
Appropriation
Permanent Positions
Transition Quarter
Outlays.
Authorization Levels...
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
Actual
1975
$4,620
190
N/A
2,450
72
N/A
7,070
262
N/A
9,574
Budget
Estimate
1976
Current
Estimate
1976
Estimate
1977
"(dollars in thousands)"
$4,337
174
1,227
1,640
57
403
5,977
231
1,630
5,700
$4,487
184
1,227
1,679
50
403
6,166
234
1,630
6,100
$4,022
174
N/A
879
30
N/A
4,901
204
N/A
5,270
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
-$465
-10
N/A
-800
-20
N/A
-1,265
-30
N/A
-830
Authorization is by virtue of the Appropriation Act.
Exposure to ionizing radiation results from natural background, medical and
industrial applications of x-rays and radioactive materials, from various aspects
of the nuclear power industry, from processing of certain raw materials (phosphates,
for example), and from fallout due to weapons testing. Exposure to "natural"
sources can be substantially increased through man's intervention with mininq or
manufacturing processes. Low-level radiation health effects are carcinogenesis
and genetic damage. EPA accepts, as a prudent public health assumption, the
concept that any radiation exposure results in some adverse health effects and
believes that while public exposure is inevitable, no avoidable risk due to
radiation exposure should occur to individuals, the population at large, or the
environment without the existence of off-setting benefits. The bases for this
judgment are recommendations of the National Academy of Sciences Report on "The
Effects on Populations of Exposure to Low Levels of Ionizing Radiation" (Report
of the Advisory Committee on the Biological Effects of Ionizing Radiation).
The current annual incidence of serious health effects from natural, medical,
and occupational exposures are estimated to be about 11,000, 10,000, and 100
respectively - a total of about 21,000 effects per year. Almost all of the
potential health effects from natural exposure result from uncontrollable back-
ground levels. However, an estimated 100 to 500 health effects resulting from
increased exposure above usual background levels due to industrial processes
can be avoided through various control measures. Previous efforts to reduce
unnecessary exposure to x-rays have been in the form of perfontiair-a standards
for equipment; improved medical practices in the use of x-rays could avoid an
additions.'. ,000 health effects each year. The health effects impact of improved
occupations" exposure control has not been quantified.
Although the potential health impact from the existing nuclear energy sector
is low, EPA has estimated that projected nuclear energy growth could greatly
increase this problem. The estimates indicate that as many as 13,500 serious
health effects could be committed by a combination of krypton, tritium, iodine-129,
and carbon-14 releases from nuclear industry activities by the year 2000, aiven
no additional controls beyond those currently in effect. ' EPA has held hearings on
the need for an environmental plutonium standard and, as result of these hearings,
ir, J-"!V2loping Federal radiation guidance setting out clean-up and decontamination
criteria. The health impact of this and other possible plutonium controls has
not yet been fully quantified.
R-l
-------
Abai
,Budg
Actual Estim]
1975 197
uthority
, Standards,
idelines
ental Impact
merit
$1,150
3,470
$1,
3,
al
t Positions
, Standards,
idelines
ental Impact
fnent •....
al.
4,620 4,
48
142
190
radiation program's abatement an
PA's- responsibilities for setting!
eneral environment and for settinjj
r all Federal radiation protection
contribute to guidelines and stari
, local, or other Federal radiati
ince and monitoring to determine
g technical assistance to other g
Df federally supported or license
sntal radiation, and related engi
primary objective of the radiati
ie risk of individuals, the popul
3 radiation exposure without off-
1,500 cases of serious health ef
appears to be achievable. The s|
reventing 90 percent of the healtj
jclear energy industry by the yea
lose currently in effect.
radiation abatement and control
ities:
teria, Standards, and Guidelines.
to the development and issuance o
m of the general environment fro:
; (3) drinking water standards; a|
Federal agencies. Effluent guid|
2s are also included in this subai
idelines is presently under delibf
=ntal standards for radioactive mi
an form the parameters for the Nu<
3n of individual licensed facilit
KAj
regulations (this is set out in NRC's Appendix I to 10CFR50 of May 5, 197
some overview is maintained to insure that established standards and guic
followed. Enforcement of drinking water standards and effluent discharge
navigable waters is, of course, carried out by appropriate EPA offices.
SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES
1976 .Radiation Program.
Abatement and Control
The decrease is associated with
a reduction of technical
assistance support to the States.
r""\
Research and Development.
The decrease is associated with
a redirection of emphasis upon the
health effects of nonionizing
radiation and a phase-out of health
and ecological effects research in
ionizing radiation.
(in thousands of
$6,166
-465
-800
4,901
lecj
cont)
--B.L.1,*.
irco
•rin
«"i
tirj
:ts>
1977 Radiation Program ,.
SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES
1. Summary of Budget Request
In 1977, a total of $4,901,300 is requested to be appropriated.
represents a decrease of $1,264,400 from the 1976 appropriation.
2. Changes from Original 1976 Budget Estimate
Changes from the original budget estimate are as follows:
(dollars in thousc
Original estimate
Operati ng adjustments
Miscellaneous increases and decreases..
Current 1976 estimate.
$5,977
+160
+29
6,166
The principal change in the 1976 estimate occurred in operating adjus
early in the year. The 1976 budget required reductions of 12 percent in
17 percent in funding. In order to;make a smooth transition to a lower pt
level, especially in the regional offices which had radiation program <;ta1
only one or two positions, a small amount of relief was essential. Keducl
wi 11 conti, 'e in 1977.
(4)
•ar i
ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
Prior year obligations.
(dollars in thous<
Reduction of costs due to program
decrease
Change in amount of carryover funds
avai Table. ,
Current
Estimate
1976
$7,070
-650
-150
Estima
1977
$6,24
-1,18
-7
-------
RADIATION
Abatement and Control
Criteria^ Standards, and Guidelines
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation $1,150 $1,196 $1,241 $1,254 +$13
Permanent Positions 48 48 51 51
BudgetRequest
An appropriation of $1,254,000 is requested for 1977. This represents an
increase of $13,200 over the 1976 program.
Program Des_cription
Activities are reilated to the development and promulgation of standards and
guidelines for the protection of the general environment from radioactive materials.
Environmental standards established for materials in nuclear fuel cycles are enforced
by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) at licensed facility sites; EPA is
responsible for enforcement of radiation limits established under the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act (FWPCA) and the Safe Drinking Water Act.
Water'quality criteria and drinking water standards are established to control
radioactivity in water pathways, including domestic water supplies. Effluent
guidelines remit the discharge of radioactive materials under the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act. Application of this authority to discharges from NRG
licensed facilities will be determined by the Supreme Court of the United States
(COPRIG vs. Train).
Federal radiation guidance (Section 204 of the Atomic Energy Act) directs the
Administrator to advise the President with respect to radiation matters directly
or indirectly affecting health, including guidance for all Federal agencies in
the formulation of radiation standards. EPA has the responsibility to assess the
impact of radiation sources, develop policies for their control, and to document
radiation levels and exposures that occur. Selection of areas requiring guidance
is based on the extent to which the source contributes to the total public exposure
to radiation, anticipated growth in sources, or development of new information on
control techniques or health effects. For example, the Agency is currently
revising the present Federal Radiation Council (FRC) occupational standards based
on an anticipated growth in exposure and .information indicating that the present
standards are not sufficiently comprehensive.
1975Accpmplishmgnts
In 1975, EPA published its proposed environmental standard for the uranium
fuel cycle in the Federal Registe.r, completed technical analysis of existing data,
and held hearings on the need for development of standards or guidelines for
plutonium. Initial criteria for ocean disposal of radioactive wastes was completed.
The proposed Federal standard for radioactivity in drinking water was completed.
Effluent criteria for release of radioactive discharges from the phosphate industry
under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permit programs was
developed. EPA also established an interagency working group for the purpose of
developing guidance regarding medical uses of x-rays and radioactive materials.
Basic information on trends, risks, and benefit perspectives of occupational
exposure to radioactivity were analyzed. An interagency working group to develop
revised occupational exposure guidance was established. Draft protective action
guides (under FRC Authority) for evacuation, decontamination, and reentry in the
event of radioactive gaseous arc' particulate releases as a result of accident were
completed.
R-7
-------
RADIATION
Abatement and Control
Environmental Impact Assessment
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS,
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation $3,470 $3,141 $3,246 $2,768 -$478
Permanent Positions.. 142 126 133 123 -10
Budget Reguest
An appropriation of $2,768,400 is requested for 1977. This represents a decrease
of $477,600 from the 1976 program.
ProgramDescription
Data collection and analysis provide the basis for identifying the need for
standards and determining conformance with established standards. In addition to
information processed through the Environmental Radiation Ambient Monitoring System
(ERAMS), EPA collects and analyzes data from specialized sources to determine the
scope of a problem, the need for remedial action, and effectiveness of the applied
remedy. Many industries disturb, distribute, or redistribute naturally occurring
radioactive materials. The mining industry which produces phosphate fertilizer and
elemental phosphorus also increases the potential for population exposure to radon
and its daughters found in the mined materials.
A major focus of the EPA radiation protection program is the review of
Environmental Impact Statements (EIS's) prepared for the design, construction, and
organization of facilities to Federal regulation or operated by other Federal
agencies as required by the National Environmental Policy Act. The ability to
make intelligent reviews and judicious comments on EIS's requires maintenance of a
base level of information acquired through engineering studies of new and developing
technologies, such as new types of power reactors, designs of fuel reprocessing
plans and waste disposal facilities.
The primary focus of the State program support activity is working with States
in the development phases of their radiation control programs, including technical
information and assistance on localized problems. Much of this assistance is
provided through small staffs located in regional offices. This effort also
includes the provision of laboratory support for radiochemical analysis of air,
water, soil, food, or milk samples. Support of ionizing radiation control
activities will be reduced in 1977.
1975 Accompli shments
In 1T75, the Agency supported two technician training courses (total of 60
students). Sample analysis in special situations (such as the Mound Laboratories,
Ohio, plutonium leak) was provided. The inventory on instrumentation available
to States for use in emergencies was completed. Operation of the radium disposal
facility continued.
EPA continued to operate the ERAMS (Environmental Radiation Ambient Monitoring
System) which involved collection and analysis of data on radioactivity in air,
water, and milk. The air/water pathway model for incorporation into the Comprehensive
Dose Computational System (CDCS), a system designed to estimate source related
exposures to radiation was developed. Environmental pathways were validated
through field studies at the General Electric fuel fabrication facility at
Wilmington, North Carolina; the H. B. Robinson, South Carolina, plant; and uranium
mill tailings sites in eight western States. Surveys to obtain data on levels of
nonionizing radiation in various geographic locations were initiated.
R-9
-------
Research and
Development
SECTION TAB
-------
RADIATION
Research and Development
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1976 ._ 1977 1977 vs. 1976
"{dollars' in' thousand!!
Budget Authority
Health and Ecological
Effects $2,450 $1,640 $1,679 $879 -$800
permanent Pos it ions
Health and Ecological
Effects 72 57 50 3D -20
The radiation research and development program provides EPA with an information
base for standards setting and regulatory actions. The program currently consists
of two parts: studies of the health effects resulting from exposure to radiation
and studies of the transport of radiation through the environment. In the_future,
it is planned to concentrate on determining the health effects of nonionizing
radiation.
Budget Reauest
An appropration of $878,900 is requested for 1977. This represents a decrease
of $800,000 from the 1976 level.
ProgramDescrigtion
The health effects of radiation are studied by epidemiological and toxicological
methods. Adverse health effects can result from exposure to ionizing radiation such
as radionuclides emitted by nuclear power reactors or from high dose exposure to non-
ionizing radiation, .as found in close proximity to tn'gh power transmitting antennae.
The scope of the radiation program in health effects of ionizing radiation is narrow,
being restricted to support epidemiological studies by the Atomic Bomb Casualty
Commission and to limited laboratory studies of the radiotoxicity of krypton-85 and
tritium, radionuclides arising from present nuclear power reactor operation. The
primary aim of the program of studies of nonionizing radiation is directed toward animal
studies with some support for population studies relative to effects from radar
frequencies and frequencies associated with electric power transmission. Transport
studies are concerned with describing the pathways by which selected radionuclides
can reach man. The radiation pathways; research is an integral part of the program to
understand human exposure and consequent health effects. The problem is one of
describing the transport of radionuclides through the biosphere by tu° various pathways
which govern their movement, chemical and physical change, and ultimate fate. The
program has been focuseo on the most important radionuclides from the point of view of
the long range problems associated with the fast breeder reactor program.
One additional aspect of the program is the radiological surveillance EPA performs
for the Energy Research and Development Administration (ERDA) in the areas adjacent to
ERDA's Nevada Test Site. The program is organized around three kinds of surveillance—
routine, special, and test oriented. In the routine surveillance program, sampling
(air, milk, and water) and radiation exposure measurement networks are maintained to
record existing environmental radiation levels and their variations. "Special"
surveillance includes monitoring for possible migration of test related radioactive
debris in ground water on and around the site, and soil sampling programs. The test
oriented program involves positioning radiation monitoring teams in the areas most
likely to be affected by a release of radioactive material to the atmosphere, and
includes sampling by aircraft and long range tracking of debris in the event of a
radioactive release. Personnel performing these functions are included in the Agency's
reimbursable account.
R-ll
-------
Abatement and
Control
SECTION TAB
-------
Budget Authority
Environmental Noise
Strategies and
Standards,
Program Implementation
Total
Permanent Positions
Environmental Noise
Strategies and
Standards
Program Implementation
Total,
NOISE
Abatement and Control
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976 Paqe
$3,337
1.315
4,652
55
$8,329
1.263
$8,319
1.225
$8,342
1.234
9,592
9,544
9,576
75
74
74
+$23
+9
-9
-11
+32
29
26
49
26
49
25
49
25
-9
-11
The Abatement and Control appropriation provides for regulation development
activities necessary to implement the Noise Control Act of 1972. These activities
include the regulation of interstate rail and motor carriers, specifically required
by the Act.- The Act further requires the identification of major sources of noise
and subsequent new product regulations. These noise emission standards are intended
to protect the public health and welfare through the application of the best available
technology, taking into account the cost of compliance. Labeling regulations are
required for products which emit noise capable of adversely affecting the public
health and welfare and for which new product regulations are unnecessary or insufficiently
protective. Labeling is also required for products which are sold on the basis of
their effectiveness in reducing noise.
The Abatement and Control appropriation also provides for technical assistance to
other Federal agencies and to State and local governments for the development and
implementation of their noise control programs. In addition, it also provides for
technical assistance to the States in preparation for their complementary in-use
enforcement role both in areas where new product regulations have been established
and in localized problem areas more susceptible to State than Federal enforcement.
Abatement and control activities carried out through the regional offices are
direct guidance to State and local agencies, environmental assessments relating to
defining the noise problem and provision of environmental sources data for use in
developing new product regulations, and advice and assistance to regional programs
of other Federal agencies which have noise control implications.
The Noise portion of the Abatement and Control appropriation includes the following
two subactivities:
Environmental Noise Strategies and Standards. This subactivity includes activities
and outputs related to the development and updating of control strategies for various
sources of noise, and the translation of those strategies into appropriate regulatory
actions. The major regulatory thrusts of this program involve establishing noise
emissions standards for newly manufactured products which are major sources of noise,
designating products for labeling as to noise levels, development and implementation
of standards for interstate rail and motor carriers, and development and follow-up
of EPA proposed standards for the control of aircraft and airport noise to the Federal
Aviation Administration.
N-7
-------
NOISE
Abatement and Control
Environmental Noise Strategies and Standards
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs,. 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation .. $3,337 $8,329 $8,319 $8,342 +$23
Permanent Positions ,. 29 49 49 49
Budget Request
An appropriation of $8,342,100 is requested for 1977. This represents an increase
of $22,700 over 1976.
Program^ Description
The development and promulgation of regulations for products which are noise sources
Involves three discrete types of effort: (1) supportive studies of products (or classes
of products) to determine noise emission levels, technology for controlling such noise,
costs associated with controls, and health and welfare benefits derived from noise
reduction and impact on environmental noise levels; (2) publication of a report in the
Federal Register identifying products to be regulated as major noise sources; and (3)
promulgation of emissions standards and/or labeling criteria for these products. With
respect to aircraft and airport noise it includes EPA recommendations for, and review
of FAA aircraft and airport noise control strategies.
Development and promulgation of regulations requiring labeling of protective and
control devices involves the identification of products sold wholly or in part on the
basis of effectively reducing noise and analysis for that capability. Once the
effectiveness (or lack of same) is established, regulations will be developed requiring
manufacturers to label those products.
1975 Accomplishments
In 1975, program accomplishments include the promulgation of a final rulemaking
action for interstate motor carriers, notices of proposed rulemaking for new medium
and heavy-duty trucks and portable air compressors and an advance notice of proposed
rulemaking for the labeling of hearing protectors. The Noise program proposed five
noise abatement regulations to the FAA: minimum altitude, small propeller-driven
aircraft, retrofit, fleet noise level reporting, and limits for supersonic aircraft.
Extensive economic and technology studies were performed on a number of products to
determine their suitability for formal identification as major sources of noise.
These efforts culminated in May 1975, with the publication of the second Identification
of Major Noise Sources Report which identified motorcycles, buses, wheel and track
loaders and dozers, truck mounted solid waste compactors, and truck mounted
refrigeration units as candidates for immediate regulation (within 24 months of
identification as required in the Noise Control Act).
1976 Program
Planned activities include promulgation of final regulations on new medium and
heavy-duty trucks, new portable air compressors, interstate rail carriers, and the
labeling of hearing protectors. Regulations for take-off procedures, approach and
landing procedures, and airport noise control wi.ll be proposed to the FAA and
follow-up actions will be taken on regulations proposed to the FAA in 1975.
EPA's responsibility for "Special Local Conditions" determinations under Section
17 (Interstate Rail Carrier) and Section 18 (Interstate Motor Carrier) of the Noise
Control Act will begin in 1976 and will continue in the future.
Extensive preidentification studies will be continued in the construction and
surface tranportation equipment areas and will expand to encompass small engine-
N-9
-------
NOISE
Abatement and Control
Program Implementation
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
fdollars in thousands)
Appropriation $1,315 $1,263 $1,225 $1,234 +$9
Permanent Positions 26 26 25 25
Budget Request
An appropriation of $1,234,300 is requested for 1977. This represents an increase
of $9,500 over 1976.
Program Description
This subactivity includes programs related to the implementation of regulatory and
statutory requirements for which the Federal Government has responsibility. It includes
the development of State and local capability to implement noise abatement activities,
including the development of guidelines and information, model codes or model legislation,
consultation, with State and local control programs on specific control or planning
problems, and assistance in the interpretation of Federal regulations and guidelines.
The Federal agency coordination function incorporates: (1) the coordination of
other Federal agencies' activities in implementing Section 4 of the Noise Control Act
(which requires that other Federal agencies comply with Federal, State and local noise
regulations); (2) the responsibilities for monitoring other Federal facilities' noise
abatement activities; and (3) the review of other Federal agency environmental impact
statements insofar as their noise impacts are concerned.
Strategy evaluation encompasses the evaluation of noise program effectiveness in
reducing the levels of noise, including environmental assessments and the evaluation of
data to determine noise reduction trends. It also includes assisting State and local
noise programs in the evaluation of localized problems.
1975 Accomplishments
Technical assistance was provided to State and local governments in identifying
problems and developing noise control programs. This assistance included preparation
of ordinances, selection of equipment, training of personnel, and community noise level
measurements. Noise control workshops were held to provide demonstrations on measurement
techniques and information on the development and implementation of local programs.
Advice and consultation were made available to other Federal agencies in the
development of their noise control programs and a report was submitted to Congress on
the status of Federal noise control and research programs,
A cooperative noise reduction program was implemented to inform interstate motor
carriers of noise regulations applicable to them and to encourage early, voluntary
compliance.
1976 Program
Technical assistance to develop State and local programs will continue, as will
training of State and local personnel through workshops and seminars. Further data and
survey information will be collected in order to assist State and local governments in
identifying and defining their noise problems.
A "Community Noise Workbook", developed by EPA, will be published by the National
Institute of Municipal Law Officers and will aid communities in establishing noise
programs. A model community noise ordinance will be published and work will be initiated
on the development of noise guidelines for local building codes. M-I-,
-------
Enforcement
SECTION TAB
-------
NOISE
Enforcement
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands!
Budget Authority
Noise Enforcement $21 $522 $1,030 $709 -$321
Permanent Positions
Noise Enforcement 1 10 21 21
The noise enforcement program is designed to implement the noise enforcement
strategy developed pursuant to the Noise Act of 1972. The program will provide
Federal enforcement of new product emission standards developed by the Office of
Noise Abatement and Control, establish the Federal in-use activity, and produce
enforcement related assistance to the States and localities. The Noise Enforcement
Test Facility will provide the necessary Federal testing capability to support the
noise enforcement program.
Budget Request
An appropriation of $708,600 is requested for 1977. This represents a decrease
of $320,700 from the 1976 program.
1975 Accomplishments
In 1975, emphasis was placed on locating and developing a noise test facility
site, and developing policy and regulations for achieving compliance with Federal
noise standards and labeling requirements for new products. Activities included
promulgation of regulations for implementing the enforcement strategy for new
product noise emission standards (medium and heavy-duty trucks and portable air
compressors), development of the strategy for Federal enforcement of such standards
in-use, and participation in finalization of labeling requirements for new products.
A noise test facility was selected and EPA began development of the means for
carrying out enforcement of new truck, new compressor, and motor carrier standards.
Initial policies were developed for assisting State/local enforcement authorities
in regulating products in-use.
1976 Program
The new product noise emission standards for medium and heavy-duty trucks and
portable air compressors have been promulgated. These new truck noise emission
standards are to be effective October 1, 1977; the new compressor standards will
also be effective in 1977. These standards are enforced as soon as manufacturers
notify EPA that they wish to begin production verification. Manufacturers have
indicated that they desire the flexibility to verify production models before the
regulations are effective. This verification will require evaluation and monitoring
by EPA.
The strategy for enforcement of new product noise emission standards for medium
and heavy-duty trucks and portable air compressors consists of two parts: (1) auditing
noisj emission performance of new products, and (2) production verification. Program
activities include the development of an EPA standard test capability. This capability
is essential to support the enforcement activity for enforcement of new products
subject to noise emission standards by audit and for new product verification.
N-13
-------
Research and
Development
SECTION TAB
-------
NOISE
Research and Development
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Budget Authority
Health and Ecological
Effects.., ... $45
Permanent Positions
Health amd"Ecological
Effects.
Explanation of Change in Program
The $45,000 contained in the budget estimate for 1976 has been transferred to
the monitoring and technical assistance subactivity under the interdisciplinary
media. That activity will continue to support EPA's mandated function as Federal
coordinator qf noise research. In 1977, it is intended to integrate the noise
coordination function with the other activities of the office of noise abatement.
N-15
-------
Interdisciplinary
SECTION TAB
-------
INTERDISCIPLINARY
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs, 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Abatement and Control :
Appropriation ............ $3,911 ... $8,789 $10,665 +$1,876
Permanent Positions ...... 50 ... 130 129 -1
Transition Quarter. ...... N/A ... 2,061 N/A N/A
Research and Development:
Appropriation ............ 21,042 20,776 28,155 25,355 -2,800
Permanent Positions ...... 263 252 204 214 +10
Transition Quarter ....... N/A 4,570 4,570 N/A N/A
Total, Interdisciplinary
Program:
Appropriation ............ 24,953 20,776 36,944 36,020 -924
Permanent Positions ...... 313 252 334 343 +9
Transition Quarter ---- ... N/A 4,570 6,631 N/A N/A
Outlays .................. 18,197 22,472 26,140 26,500 +360
Authorization Levels.,... Authorizations are contained within amounts authorized
for Federal Water Pollution Control Act, Clean Air Act,
Solid Waste Disposal Act, Federal Insecticide, Fungicide
and Rodenticide Act, as well as certain portions by virtue
of the Appropriation Act,
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
Effective management of environmental programs frequently requires cutting
across the usual media lines. Although most problems are best approached directly
by specific media programs, there are frequently cases where either the problem,
skill, or technique for addressing it is not readily assignable to a particular
media. A multimedia or interdisciplinary approach is consequently the most
efficient and effective vehicle for Agency action. EPA applies this concept
primarily in the research and development area where both the problems and tools
are frequently multidisciplinary. Consequently, the restructuring of EPA's research
and development program which was implemented in 1976 has .resulted in the expansion of
the multimedia research category in this medium. A multimedia or inter-
disciplinary approach is also being applied to the preparation of environmental impact
statements. Although this activity is often media specific, the focus is continually
shifting from problem to problem and media to media. Accordingly, it can be managed
more effectively and efficiently from an interdisciplinary stance than by assigning
resources to each media and reprogramming every time a change occurs.
SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES
(dollars in thousands)
1976 Interdisciplinary Program ..... ....... $36,944
Abatement and Control .................. +1 ,876
The requested increase will provide
for additional environmental Impact
statements for construction grants and
new source discharge permits. This
program has been transferred from the
Agency and Regional Management appropriation.
Research and Development...... ---- . ---- -2,800
The decreased funding request for
interdisciplinary research and development
is due to a $2 million reduction in
support to the National Center for
1-1
-------
(2) $4,777,000 from the water quality media for the renewable resources program
which is concerned with developing the methods and management practices for abatement
and control of pollution from agriculture and silviculture; and
(3) $45,000 for noise research coordination.
Other minor program adjustments resulted in an increase of $64,700.
'ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
Current
Estimate
1976
Estimate
1977
(dollars in thousands)
Prior year obligations.
Change in amount of carryover funds available
Congressional add-on. .
Transfer of E.IS function from Agency and
Regional Management
Programmatic increases from other media.
Miscellaneous increases and decreases...
Net change of 1977 program increases and
decreases —
Total estimated "obligations
(From new obligation authority)
(From prior year funds)
$24,953
+1,968
+1,000
+5,061
+4,700
+61
37,743
(32,825)
( 4,918)
$37,743
-798
-800
+1,700
36,390
(32,270)
( 4,120)
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
Change in amount of carryover funds available—the funds brought forward into
1976 exceed the amount obligated in 1975 and will therefore increase the amount
of obligations. The 1976 funds to be carried forward into 1977 are estimated to
be somewhat lower than those experienced in 1976, hence the decrease in obligations
in 1977.
Congressional add-on—the increase of $1 million in obligations in 1976 is as
a result of the add-on for multimedia research. In 1977, only a portion of these
funds will be utilized.
Transfer of EIS function from Agency and Regional Management--This transfer
was addressed in the previous section. The obligation increase in 1976 reflects
the funding increase for this program. The further increase 1n 1977 reflects
the program increase reflected for this activity.
Programmatic increases from other media—These transfers were discussed in the
preceeding section and are a result of the restructuring of the research and
development program which was implemented in 1976. These transfers will result
in an increase to 1976 obligations of approximately $4.7 million.
Miscellaneous increases and decreases—Obligations are slightly increased due
to minor program adjustments.
Net change of 1977 program increases and decreases--As discussed previously,
the reduction of funds for the National Center for lexicological Research and in
Monitoring and Technical Support will result in a net.decrease in 1977 obligations
of approximately $1.3 million.
1-3
-------
Abatement and
Control
SECTION TAB
-------
Budget Authority
Environmental Impact
Statement Preparation..
Permanent Positi ons
Environmental Impact
Statement Preparation..
INTERDISCIPLINARY
Abatement and Control
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands!
$3,911
50
5,789 $10,665
130
129
+$1,876
-1
1976 budget estimate was included under Agency
Management and Support and is identical to
1976 current estimate.
" With certain exceptions, the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969
requires that all Federal agencies prepare environmental impact statements on
all of their proposed major actions which would significantly affect the environ*
ment. Accordingly, EPA has undertaken the preparation ofEI-S's(or negative
declarations in instances where no significant environmental impact is involved)
for municipal waste water treatment plant grants and for the issuance of new
source discharge permits (NSDP). In addition, the Agency has announced a policy
of voluntarily preparing ElS'sfor major regulatory actions even though they are
not required by law.
BudgetRequest
An appropriation of $10,664,400 is requested for 1977.
an increase of $1,875,500 over 1976.
1975Accomplishments
This represents
1975 was the first full year in which a significant amount of resources were
specifically allocated for EIS preparation. Primary emphasis was on the pre-
paration of construction grant EIS's and new arrangements involving the use of
contract consultants working in conjunction with EPA staff were developed. The
20 EIS's prepared covered 42 construction grants, or about five percent of the
1975 grants which were subject to NEPA requirements. Work leading toward the
development of regulatory and NSDP EIS'swas also initiated.
1976 Program
In 1976, the number of construction grants to be awarded is expected to
increase by 200 percent and EIS preparation is expected to increase accordingly
from 20 to 63 EIS's, covering about five percent of al] grants issued. The
NSDP program will be underway in 1976 and it is expected that more than 20
EIS's will be prepared covering approximately seven percent of the permits to
be issued. Interim EIS's on five ocean dumping sites and draft EIS's on
approximately 30 regulations are also planned for 1976.
1-5
-------
Research and
Development
SECTION TAB
-------
BudgetAuthority
Health and Ecological
Effects
Industrial Processes.
Public Sector,
Activities
Monitoring and Technical
Support..
Total ,...
Actual
1975
$4,912
4,121
INTERDISCIPLINARY
Research and Development
Budget Current Increase +
Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
_J976_ 1976 1977 1977 VS. 1976
(dollars in thousandsT
Permanent Positions
Health and Ecological
Effects .....
Industrial Processes.
Public Sector
Activities
Monitoring and Technical
Support
21
25
Total,
263
$8,763
$7 ,573
6,416
$5,573
6,416
21,042 20,776 28,155 25,355
46
14
31
14
31
252
204
214
-$2,000
-2,800
+10
Page
1-8
1-10
1 ,403
10,606
1,359
10,654
1,794
12,372
1,794
11,572
-800
1-13
1-15
1-8
1-10
13
204
13
193
12
147
12
157
-t-10
1-13
1-15
EPA is responsible for making and implementing decisions concerning the use of
common property environmental resources, i.e., the air, water, wilderness, etc., and
must consider the interrelationship of these resources and our social and economic
well-being. Thus, EPA functions in many ways as an environmental manager. This
function requires the use of a wide range of assessment vehicles—theoretical,
operational, and managerial. The interdisciplinary research program is designed to
supply these vehicles through conduct of multidisciplinary, multimedia research
activities in health and ecological effects, socioeconomic impacts of environmental
policies, monitoring, and other areas of concern. The program also develops quality
assurance procedures for use in regional and State programs, provides standard setting
methodologies, and produces assessment documents on pollutants for which standards may
be established. The Science Advisory Board is administratively housed under this
program.
1-7
-------
1977 Plan
In 1977, the socioeconomic research will continue work on the benefits of water
pollution control, develop a system for ranking pollutants, and produce reports
and analyses on new pollutants and pollution problems. NCTR support will return
to the 1975 level of $4,000,000 for long-term, low-level exposure work aimed
at providing data on the possible carcinogenic, teratogenic, and mutagenic
effects of various pollutants on man.
1-9
-------
(b) Provide tools for the planner/decision makers to determine the
consequences of the major agricultural and forestry pollutants,
including appropriate predictive methods;
(c) Provide tools to evaluate both the pollution and cost-effectiveness
of individual and combined management systems;
(d) Develop methods that minimize agricultural and forestry related
pollution by implementing different systems at different
locations; and
(e) Develop ecologically sound integrated pest management strategies,
tactics, and models applicable to at least six major crop
ecosystems.
In order to achieve these objectives, studies will be undertaken in 1976
in the following areas:
Animal production--!and application of wastes from confined animal
production, management of animal wastes from non-National
Pollution Discharge Elimination Systems (nbn-NPDES) operations,
and waste disposal where land application is not feasible;
Irrigated crop production—irrigation system management methods
and predictive methods for management and reduction of mass
emission of pollutants in irrigation return flow systems;
Nonirrigated crop production—agricultural chemicals/sediment
management systems, predictive modeling, and long-term trends;
Forestry activities—the development of forestry practices
management systems and techniques to predict and control
environmental consequences; and
Integrated pest management—continuation of interagency agree-
ments and other studies in progress on eight crop ecosystems
in 24 States.
An assessment of long- and short-term trends in agricultural and forestry
production, as they impact environmental quality, will be initiated to:
Develop the capability to assess and predict the environmental
effects of existing and advanced approaches necessary for
increased production of renewable resources at the local, regional,
and national levels;
Develop prediction capability to allow projections of the
environmental impacts of renewable resource production
activities; and
Develop cost-effective alternative technological, management,
and institutional approaches to assure increased production
with minimal environmental impact.
During 1976, the renewable resources programs will also:
Complete a national assessment of pollutant discharges from
nonpoint sources, including a compilation and evaluation of
readily usable methods for estimating discharges from nonpoint
sources;
I-11
-------
INTERDISCIPLINARY
Research and Development
Public Sector Activities
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Appropriation. .
Permanent Positions.
Budget
Actual Estimate
1975 1976
$1,403
13
Current
Estimate
1976
Estimate
1977
(dollars in thousands)
$1,359
13
$1,794
12
$1 ,794
12
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
Budget Request
An appropriation of $1,794,100 is requested for 1977. There is no change from
1976,
Program Description
The objective of this program is to provide State, regional, and local environ-
mental planners and managers with methods to determine feasible alternative solutions
for specific environmental problems and to provide techniques for selecting the best
solutions. The research focuses on the development of improved multinedia planning
techniques, improved methods for the collection and analysis of environmental quality
and economic information, evaluation of alternative institutional arrangements, and
development of comprehensive analysis and evaluation methodology. Important efforts
involve:
(1) Investigation of the linkages among various residuals (solids, liquids,
and gases) generated by and discharged from community activities;
(2) The design of integrated environmental management systems, including
analytic planning techniques, alternative implementation techniques,
and administrative and institutional considerations; and
(3) The evaluation of the impacts (both positive and negative) on all media
(air, water, land) of single-media pollution control strategies.
1975 Accomplishments
Major accomplishments during 1975 include:
(1) Publication of a practical guide for local administrators on performance
controls for sensitive lands, including aquifer recharge areas and wet-
1ands;
(2) Completion of a major study of the efforts and techniques of State
governments to integrate environmental programs with other resource
management programs;
(3) Analysis of the cost-effectiveness of several alternative transportation
control strategies for reducing mobile source air pollution;
(4) Preparation of a handbook to aid planners in the selection of appropriate
water quality simulation models for various types of plans;
(5) Development of procedures to assist administrators in designing a cost-
effective discharge permit compliance enforcement program; and
(6) Description of a broad range of economic incentives for environmental
protection with an analysis of legal, political, and administrative
aspects.
1-13
-------
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
INTERDISCIPLINARY
Research and Development
Monitoring and Technical Support
Budget Current
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate
1975 1976 1976 1977
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Permanent Positions.
$10,606
204
$10,654
193
$12,372
147
$11,572
157
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
-$800
+10
Budget Request
An appropriation of $11,571,900 is requested for 1977. This represents a decrease
of $800,000 from the 1976 program.
Program Descri ption
The components of this program activity include: (1) measurement techniques
and equipment development; (2) monitoring quality assurance, methods, and procedures
preparation; (3) technical support; (4) technical information and technology
transfer; (5) the Science Advisory Board; and (6) the Minority Institutions
Research Support (MIRS) program.
The basic objectives of the measurement, techniques, and equipment development
activity are to assist EPA and related State operational monitoring programs in the
identification of present and future measurement techniques, and the development
of the most efficient and effective monitoring systems for meeting their needs.
This includes the modification and adaptation of measurement and monitoring
technology to meet specific requirements of EPA and State operational monitoring
programs.
Quality assurance serves all environmental monitoring activities of the Agency.
The quality assurance programs standardizes the monitoring methods, provides quality
control procedures for operational use, supplies standard reference materials, and
performs quality control audits. These services are needed by the Agency's operational
monitoring programs so that their environmental data will be accurate and legally
defensible. The program includes development of quality control guidelines and
manuals, on-site evaluations of all regional laboratories, laboratory performance
tests, laboratory certification, studies for automation of laboratory instruments
and data handling, and participation in regional quality control workships.
Thus, the quality assurance program is responsible for the development and implementa-
tion of procedures and protocols to assure that the data generated from the use of
measurement systems by different persons in different locations and at different
times is valid and intercomparable.
The technical support program is responsible for assuring that the expertise
of R&D personnel is made available to Agency operating programs. This program,
in conjunction with similar elements in the air and water quality media, plans
for and provides resources to respond to requests from the Agency for technical
expertise or assistance from staff scientists throughout the research and development
organization. The interdisciplinary technical support program also provides
support for the EPA airborne monitoring capability.
The combined technical information and technology transfer program was recently
identified separately to provide increased emphasis and support for assuring the
timely and cost-effective dissemination and exchange of scientific and technical
information within EPA and from EPA to the environmental R&D user community. Major
support activities performed within this program include: the acquisition of
technical data; provision of automatic data processing planning, coordination,
and support services; operation of technical information search, retrieval, and
referral services, including responses to requests for technical information
1-15
-------
1976 Program
In 1976, the measurement techniques and equipment program objectives include:
(1) completion of the strategy for Agencywide monitoring; (2) the development of a
detector for airborne mercury (mercury is one of three air pollutants designated as
hazardous and is to be closely controlled); (3) automation and improvement of in-situ
and remote monitoring techniques; and (4) improvement or correction of deficiencies
in methods used for regulatory measurements.
The 1976 objectives of the quality assurance program include: (1) continuing
validation of measurement methods for ambient air, mobile source, and stationary
source pollution measurement; (.2) continuing development of standard reference
materials and samples; (3) further development of guidelines and procedures to
evaluate and certify laboratories performing environmental quality measurement;
(4) development of a quality assurance regulation to implement part of the require-
ments of the Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974; (5) finalizing amendments to EPA's
regulations implementing the requirements of Section 304(g) of the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972; (6) continuing quality control audits
of EPA monitoring systems; and (7) development of a measurement methods equivalency
program for the NPDES permit program.
The 1976 technical support program includes airborne monitoring and mapping
activities as well as aerial surveillance for purposes of delineating land use
patterns and pollution sources, investigating sources of nonionizing radiation,
surveying strip mine areas to determine causes and sources of acid mine wastes and
effects of rehabilitation practices, studying sanitary landfills, and determining
the movement of leachate.
The principal technical information and technology transfer program objectives
for 1976 will be to develop a comprehensive program plan for the dissemination and
exchange of scientific and technical information to both EPA components and the
environmental R&D user community, and to establish an initial operational capability
for centralized managerial oversight of EPA R&D technical information activities.
Major anticipated accomplishments in support of this objective include: review and
assessment of existing technical information policies, procedures, and support
systems; development of a five-year ADP support plan; establishment of centralized
publication and information search, retrieval, and referral services; and conduct
of special studies to determine the form and desired content of R&D outputs. The
technology transfer program will conduct approximately 20 seminars in the areas of
land treatment, advanced waste treatment, industrial pollution control, multimedia
pollution control for small businesses, monitoring of industrial waste water, water
supply treatment processes, and analytical methodology. In addition, a variety of
specialized reports and design manuals will be developed and widely distributed.
Special emphasis will be placed on the development of publications designed to
assist policy and decision makers at the State and local government level to
investigate available options for solving municipal waste water treatment problems.
1977 Plan
For 1977, an increase of 10 positions and a decrease of $800,000 is requested
from the 1976 level. The net decrease is due to carrying forward $200,000 of the
$1 million added by the Congress in 1976.
1-17
-------
Toxic Substances
SECTION TAB
-------
TOXIC SUBSTANCES
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Abatement and Control:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions....
Transition Quarter
Research and Development:
Appropriation.
Permanent Positions
Transition Quarter
Total, Toxic Substances
Program:
Appropri ati on
Permanent Positions
Transition Quarter
Outlays—
Authorization Levels...
Actual
1975
$3*834
39
N/A
1,054
11
N/A
Budget Current
Estimate Estimate Estimate
1976 1976 1977
(dollars in thousands)
$6,850
45
1,880
1,209
11
500
$6,850
45
1,880
1,355
7
500
$6,012
45
N/A
1,355
7
N/A
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
-$838
N/A
N/A
-838
4,888 8,059 .8,205 7,367
50 56 52 52
N/A 2,380 2,380 N/A N/A
2,445 8,200 4,100 5,100 +1,000
Authorizations are contained within authorizations under
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Clean Air
Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, and the Federal Insecticide,
Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act.
OVERVIEW AND. STRATEGY
Today there are more than 30,000 chemical substances being produced in the
United States for commercial purposes, with 1,000 new chemicals introduced into
the marketplace each year. Many of these are toxic under certain conditions and
a considerable number are sufficiently hazardous to cause environmental concern.
A number of these chemical compounds, such as vinyl chToride; arsenic, polychlorinated
biphenyls, asbestos, and others, have been involved in incidents which have created
widespread public attention. These factors and others led .EPA to create its toxic
substances program and led to the introduction of legislation which is aimed at
regulating the production and use of these chemicals.
EPA's current toxic substances program is carried on under the authorities
granted in the Agency's major legislative mandates, such as the Clean Air Act,
the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, and the
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act. Major program activities
include: development and coordination of Agency efforts under these authorities
to address the problems of toxic mater-ials which cross traditional media lines;
use and development of .predictive techniques for early identification of
substances most likely to pose a hazard to man or the environment; implementation
of methods for monitoring air, water, and sbil for selected toxic chemicals; and
development of strategies under a variety of Federal authorities to control
multimedia toxic pollutants. Research is being conducted into the health effects
of selected toxic substances and their metabolites to provide data on chemicals of
current concern.
The Agency is also preparing to implement the proposed Toxic Substances Control
Act which, if enacted, would authorize development of reporting and data processing
systems, development of standards for test protocols, and imposition of regulatory
restrictions on the importation, production, use, and disposal of toxic substances
where needed to protect health or the environment. Until a Toxic Substances
Control Act is passed, EPA will continue to deal with toxic substance problems by
relying on other legislative authorities, either singly or in combination, to
mitigate as much of the hazard as possible. In addition, the Agency is increasingly
encouraging the major chemical producers to take more substantive voluntary steps
to reduce chemical risks and contribute to environmental goals.
TS-1
-------
to determine the validity of a quick, cheap test using the octanol/water
coefficient to measure bioaccumulation potential.
- Environmental Prediction. This early warning activity is directed to
identifying and prioritizing chemicals, previously unsuspected of entering
the environment, which may pose a hazard in the near future.
- Data System, This activity will improve the ready availability in a usable
form of authoritative information concerning the manufacture, use, distribution,
and disposal of chemical substances. This information base will assist in
identifying those new chemical substances entering commerce which deserve
in-depth analyses to determine whether they pose a threat. Current work
involves examining many existing data bases to determine how they might
best be used to support the toxic substances program.
- Strategy Development and Coordination. This effort emphasizes identification
of interrelationships and common purposes in the toxic substances area;
regulatory strategies and standards required under different authorities;
multiple applications and transferableity of principles used in setting
standards on the same or similar substances under different authorities; and
multiple sources of the same toxic substances, their accumulation in different
media, their routes through the environment, and their pathways to human
exposure. Also of concern is the interface between EPA activities and the
authorities and interests of other agencies, including the Food and Drug
Administration, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the
National Cancer Institute and the Consumer Product Safey Commission. Issuance
of a formal strategy for the toxic substances program is scheduled for 1977.
- Response to Crises. Considerable resources will continue to be committed to
coordinating EPA responses to unexpected national crises involving toxic
substances. During 1977, efforts will be heavily committed to thepolychlo-
nfnated biphenyl, ethylene dibromide, asbestos, and arsenic problems.
- Chemical and Economic Assessment. EPA analyzes classes of chemicals as the
basis for determining the risks associated with new products in these classes
which are likely to appear on the market in the near future. Central to
consideration of options is the balancing of risks and benefits.
1977 Plan
During 1977, the Toxic Substances program will:
- Continue review and evaluation of testing methods;
- Continue development of criteria and techniques for early warning through
identification of toxic substances which may pose a hazard;
- Complete development of a data system that will enable quick identification
of chemicals of concern; and
- Continue analysis of chemical classes as the basis for determinirig the risks
associated with new products .
TS-5
-------
Research and
Development
SECTION TAB
-------
TOXIC SUBSTANCES
Research and Development
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands^"
Budget Authority
Health and Ecological
Effects $1,054 $1,209 $1,355 $1,355
Perjnane n t Positions
Health and Ecological
Effects 11 11 7 7:
The purpose of this program is to conduct research on the effects of toxic substances
(and their metabolites) on human health and the ecosystem. This research produces
protocols for testing substances to determine the potential hazards of their release into
the environment; provides information on the transport and persistence of toxic substances,
as well as their health and ecological effects; and develops analytical chemistry methods
to measure and identify these pollutants.
Budget Request
An appropriation of $1,355,000 is requested for 1977, the same level of funds as
appropriated for 1976.
Program Descri pti on
A program of research on the effects of toxic substances (and their metabolites) on
human health is ' being undertaken. Protocols for premarket testing of toxic substances
are being developed and validated, and criteria are being established for deciding which
toxic substances should be declared hazardous to human health.
A program to determine the ecological effects of pollutants designated as toxic
substances is underway. Data are collected to provide a sound scientific basis for the
establishment of water quality standards related to toxic substances for such uses as
protecting public water supplies, recreation, fish and wildlife propagation, agricultural
supply and industrial purposes. Information is developed to relate the concentration,
form, transport processes, and acute and chronic effects of toxic substances to the size,
character, composition, and location of these sources.
11975 Accomplishinents
In 1975 the toxic substances program:
- Discovered in a chronic feeding study that hexachlorobenzene accumulates to more
toxic levels in the second generation;
- Discovered that cadmium is a moderately strong agent in inducing birth defects; and
- Published an interim analytical method-for asbestos in water.
TS-6
-------
1976 Program
^ In 1976, the program includes:
- .Evaluating the hazards of human contact with toxic substances by conducting
animal toxicology studies of specific compounds;
, j - Developing laboratory methods for toxicological screening of toxic substances
to identify which compounds are likely to persist in the environment or have
.adverse effects on man or aquatic and terrestrial life;
*t>* - Evaluating mammalian effects of toxic compounds; and
- Evaluating the ecological effects of toxic compounds by testing them in model
?;•> ecosystems designed to study particular characteristics.
•»i
* ' 1977 Plan
^ In 1977, rapid assessments of total body burdens and total exposure to potential
health damage from organic and inorganic chemicals will be continued, as will studies
;' of the sources, transport, and biological effects of toxic substances in terrestrial
ecosystems.
TS-7
-------
Energy
SECTION TAB
-------
ENERGY
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Energy Research and
Development:
Appropriation $88,339 $112,000 $100,000 $96,427 -$3,573
Permanent Positions ... 40 123 123
Transition Quarter N/A 21,000 20,885 N/A N/A
Outlays 23,204 113,000 120,000 120,000
Authorization Levels... Authorization is by virtue of the Appropriation Act.
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
A major mission of the Agency is to protect the public health and welfare
from the adverse effects of energy systems. Research and development efforts
toward this end are mandated by the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution
Control Act, and the Resources Recovery Act. Such protection must be
accomplished through a multimedia approach so that the control of one form
of pollution does not result in an unacceptable impact on another media
(e.g., control of air pollution resulting in solid waste problems). Also,
this mission must be accomplished at reasonable and acceptable cost in order that
national concerns such as defense, food supply, energy supply, and individual
liberties are not adversely impacted.
Several approaches have been proposed in attempts to meet the Nation's
energy needs. These include:
(a) the increased use of coal through direct burning and coal derived
synthetic fuels;
(b) the use of alternate sources of energy such as waste, solar,
geothermal, and nuclear; and
(c) more efficient energy extraction and utilization processes.
Each approach will have some impact upon the environment.
Because of the potentially acute health and ecological effects --
associated with the traditional, as well as the new, technologies for fuel
processing, conversion, and utilization, the Environmental ProterjHon Agency
(EPA) has a major responsibility in this area to ensure that the environment
and human health are protected. EPA must have programs under way now to develop
the health and technical data base necessary to support new source performance
standards and ambient air quality standards when new technologies "come on-line".
This becomes quite apparent when the lead times for health and control technology
efforts are considered.
Several long-term problem areas are anticipated for~the regulatory and
enforcement components of the Agency. The increased reliance on substitute
fuels from coal and oil shale, requiring cleaning, gasification, liquefaction,
and other techniques can generate new pollutants whose-effects are not known
and must be defined. Another problem area concerns the potentially cumulative
chronic health and ecological effects of new an'd emerging sources (nuclear,
geothermal, solar, etc.). For example, the nuclear fuel cycle presents
potential problems associated with plutonium .dispersion in the biosphere and
with the indefinite storage of highly radiactive wastes.
E-l
-------
The conversion, utilization, and technology assessment program is composed of the
* , following subareas: utility and industrial power technology, energy conservation,
and integrated assessment.
Emphasis is focused on the identification, characterization, assessment, and
development of control technology for pollutants associated with utility and
,,| ; industrial combustion sources. Attention will be focused on generating information
[|•( which can be used to help set environmental standards and guidelines, and develop
economical control technology so that such standards can be achieved.
.v? The objectives of.the energy extraction and processing technology program
fi ' are to enable a rapid increase in extraction and processing of domestic energy
"! * resources, and to enable these energy sources to be utilized effectively in an
environmentally compatible manner. The program is divided into two subareas:
energy resource extraction and fuel processing.
The energy related health and ecological effects R&D program is designed to
identify all adverse environmental effects (leading to regulatory and control
,,„, , technology requirements) associated with energy extraction, conversion, and use.
Major goals include: (1) adequate protection of human health and the human
ecosystem, and (2) assurance of environmental protection with expanded use of
domestic energy supplies.
The expertise developed through the R&D program provides the basis for
technical support to EPA's regional and program offices. A multitude of different
mechanisms, ranging from cooperative regionally oriented R&D projects, to base-
line condition monitoring the development of scientific data for regulatory
functions, and the provision of expert witness testimony are utilized.
For the short-term, primary efforts are responsive to the Agency's regulatory
requirements* A sound technical base is provided to support the establishment
of standards and regulations, and to assure a strong Agency defense in the event
of litigation.
In the intermediate term, research is directed toward problem identification
and assessment. Early knowledge of adverse energy system health and ecological
effects are required prior to system implementation, thus avoiding the need for
costly retrofit controls. This work leads to the setting of priorities for
later work and, where possible, to the avoidance of environmental insults.
The long-term research program is based, to a large extent, on a strategy
of prevention rather than a purely regulatory approach. Hence, research is
undertaken to better understand environmental processes and to identify the
effects of broad social goals and energy policy on environmental quality.
1 ; Avoidance of all yet unrecognized hazards is the ultimate major objective.
E-3
-------
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES ;TO OBLIGATIONS
Change in amount of carryover funds available — in 1976, obligations are
estimated to be $45.7 million from"carryover funds which is an increase to 1975
obligations. In 1977, the amount of carryover funds estimated to he available
greatly decreases.
Reduction due to program decrease — the 197.7 budget estimate is «
realignment of the government-wide energy-related environmental researui orogifli
Cost of new positions and related expenses -.- represents the increased
obligations as a result of the new positions in 1976.
Change due to rate of contractual obligations -- it is estimated that
1977 obligations will be reduced by $8.6 million due to a change in the
rate of obligations and nonrecurring awards.
E-5
-------
- A comprehensive plan based on a multidimensional matrix to classify program
content and resources has been developed to assure that the entire range of
Federal energy/environmental R&D is woven together into a manageable framework;
- Mag-Ox Flue Gas Desulfurization (FGD) was successfully demonstrated on
both oil and coal-fired generating stations and results to date indicate
few discernible differences between oil or coal-fired boiler applications;
- The FGD prototype at the TVA Shawnee Power Station successfully concluded
2,100 hours of continuous trouble-free operation. Data obtained from this
demonstration indicates that the objective of six months continuous operation
without reliability problems is achievable;
- The portotype double alkali FGD installation at Gulf Power Company's 20
MW Sholz Station steam generator attained 100 percent availability during
June 1975 and demonstrated sulfur oxide removal of 90 to 99 percent;
- The Chemfix sludge fixation process pilot demonstration at Shawnee was
completed in December 1974, Results to date indicate the material is
physically stable and is suitable for use in land-fills and similar
reclamation projects;
- Successful demonstration of retrofit combustion control technology for the
control of NOx from coal-fired tangential boilers was completed; and
- A mathematical model for the design of electrostatic precipitators (ESP)
was completed. This will allow the cost-effective design for specific
participate control technology applications.
1975 Aceoropiishments
Extraction and Processing Tecjinology
- Evaluated physical and chemical properties of western coal: Mining
techniques and transportation modes for exploitation of this domestic
energy source were assessed. This study determined and reported the effects
of western coal properties on combustion equipment operation and atmospheric
emissions. The evironmental impact of expanded western coal production
and utilization were analyzed;
Initiated a comprehensive, multimedia environmental assessment of the
development of a domestic oil shale industry. This assessment program
will pull together the available data base on shale oil recovery technology
environmental problems, and will identify major environmental problems
and data gaps. Achievement of project objectives is critical for the
orderly commercialization of oil shale technologies;
- Completed a preliminary environmental evaluation of underground mining
methods; ;
Completed a user's manual on environmental protection and surface mining of
coal; and
- Total characterization of seven ES-Ps operating on a number of sources ranging
from power plants to aluminum plants was completed. Results show that ESPs can
collect particles of all sizes with high efficiency when dust resistivity
is not a problem.
Health and Ecological Effects,
- Commenced studies to determine health implications of fossil fuel extraction
and conversion, including studies on air and water pollution effects resulting
from coal liquefaction and gasification activities;
- Initiated studies to determine the types and amounts of organic and inorganic
pollutants, metals, complex effluents, dissolved and suspended solids and
dissolved gases which may impact the fresh water environment due to increases
in coal production, oil shale development, oil and gas extraction, and coal
gasification and liquefaction;
-------
1976 Prog ram
Eytrgctlori^^nd Proc.essing Techno!ogy
- Publish a report on the assessment of high temperature/pressure participate
control methods. Such techniques are necessary for pollution control from
second generation energy systems such as fluidized bed combustion and coal
gasification processes;
- Publish an updated report on the sulfur reduction potential of United States
coal. Recent studies have indicated that physical coal cleaning and combina-
tions of physical coal cleaning and flue gas desulfurization may be the
most cost-effective strategies for meeting emission regulations. Data
contained in the updated report will allow selection of the most eco.nomic.al
methods of meeting air pollution regulations;
- Initiate construction of the Meyers Process test facility for coal cleaning
(desulfurization). This process, if successfully scaled-up, would release
up to 40 percent of Appalachian Basin coal for direct combustion in new
stationary sources without the need for flue gas desulfurization. The
process would be especially appropriate for application to small utility
and industrial/commercial boilers. Data from a test facility operation
would provide the basis for scale-up to demonstration size;
- Complete design manual for physical coal cleaning technology. The manual
will make available to plant operators and regulatory agencies the best
of existing technology in physical coal cleaning operations;
- Complete a .simple field method to analyze overburden pollution potential
prior to mining; and
• - Complete the evaluation of the long-term effectiveness of reclamation
practices.
Conservation, "Utilization, and Technology Assessment
- Initiate FGO evaluation phase of Louisville Gas and Electric test program.
The objective is to understand and apply the unique chemistry of this
successful installation to other installations;
- Complete pilot/prototype double alkali FGD test program and publish final
report. This process has shown potential cost, reliability and sludge
disposal advantages over lime and limestone scrubbing systems;
- Initiate Wellman-Lord regenerable FGD test program at the NIPSCO coal-
fired utility sites. This process has demonstrated reliability and
effectiveness on oil-fired units in Japan ..and will now be demonstrated
on this full-scale unit;
Issue final report on sludge conversion (regeneration) pilot studies,
Successful technology development, would help solve the FGD sludge
disposal problem by allowing conversion and reu.se as an alternative to
disposal;
- Issue annual report on assessment of Japanese flue gas treatment technology
for NOx control. Such technology, which is capable of high-efficiency
NOx removal, is advancing rapidly in Japan and is being applied to several
large installations; .and
- Complete fine particulate charged droplet scrubber demonstration. Such
technology has potential for enhanced fine particulate removal from a
variety of combustion and industrial sources.
E-9
-------
1977 Plan
Extraction and Processing Technology
1 - Complete the environmental testing of operating eastern and midwestern coal
cleaning plants to support setting of standards for new plants;
5^' - Identify (lab scale) novel technologies for removal of sulfur, nitrogen
.1 : and hazardous trace materials from coal and .coal cleaning wastes;
^ Test the demonstration of deep physical coal cleaning of utility coal and
:*¥! subsequent combustion to meet State and new source standards;
' <
- Operate the EPA/USBM physical coal cleaning test facility;
'* <• Operate Exxon miniplant in support of ERDA pressurized Fluidized Bed
Combustion (FBC) program and EPA environmental assessment program;
- Complete development of pollutant sorbent regeneration and alternate
sorbents for FBC systems;
- Complete development of high temperature/high pressure granular bed filter
fine particulate control technology for support of NSPS for pressurized
FBC and gasification processes;
i - Demonstrate energy and environmental benefits of the Chemically Active
Fluid Bed process for residual oil gasification/cleanup at a utility
boiler;
- Complete bench scale development of oil desulfurization/denitrification/
demetall ization technologies;
- Complete environmental testing and manuals of control technology
practice preliminary in support of standards for coal gasification,
coal liquefaction, residual oil cleanup, and oil shale processing;
- Complete a manual of control technology practice to support effluent
guidelines for acid mine drainage, sediment runoff and other discharges
from eastern coal mining and handling;
- Complete assessment of pollution potential of coal and oil shale mining
in western United States;
- Complete a demonstration and manuals of practicie for cleanup of oil
spilIs on water; and
- Complete a manual of practice for protection and restoration of ocean,
estaurine river and cold climate shorelines due to oil contamination.
Conservation, Util ization, _anj
Complete Shawnee/RTP advanced lime/limestone test program and publish final
report. This program aims at identifying improved process variations capable
of yielding improved S02 removal, economics, reliability, and sludge
characteristics',
Complete the Shawn.ee sludge demonstration evaluation program. This involves
pilot testing of three commercially offered sludge fixation processes with
subsequent environmental evaluations;
Complete Bahco test program for lime scrubbing on coal-fired industrial
boiler and publish final report. This program will evaluate a sulfur
control option for the smaller combustion sources;
E-ll
-------
- Perform studies to evaluate the cost/risk/benefit trade-offs of energy
production, conservation, and pollution control alternatives;
- Document the application of staged combustion NOx control technology for
tangentially-fired coal field boilers; and
- Conduct technology assessments which evaluate both alternative energy
technologies and approaches for implementing energy development and
conservation in order to prevent environmental damage and secure related
benefits.
Heal th and Ecol ogica 1 Effects
In order to meet EPA legislative mandates, near term objectives of the energy
health and ecological effects program have been designed to permit an assessment
of the effects of exposure to various substances distributed in the air, land,
and water as a result of energy technologies—especially coal, oil shale and
synthetic fuels. In 1977:
- Data obtained on the health effects of waterborne pollutants associated
with present and emerging processes and production will specifically
address heavy metals and organic chemicals, with emphasis on the
toxicological, biological, genetic, and other biomedical aspects of
subchronic and chronic exposures;
- Health effects information will be developed on multiroute_«xp»sure from
metallic pollutants, both singly and in combination resulting from
fossil fuel, extraction, combustion, and fuel development alternatives;
- Air pollutant transport and transformation research will be emphasized
to determine the chemical/physical processes associated with the conversion
of sulfur and nitrogen oxides to sulfates and nitrates and to continue
study of photochemical oxidant transport;
- Studies of the effects of energy technologies in the marine area include
development of standardized baseline data in cooperation with other
agencies to study the impact of deep water ports, floating power plants,
and offshore oil drilling. Current plans are designed specifically
to utilize other agencies; ships already engaged in support sampling for
thorough baseline community assessment and to establish background levels
for relevant contaminants in organisms and'habitats;
- The watershed ecosystem program will address the impact of oil shale and
coal extraction technologies, as well as coal gasification and liquefaction,
on fresh water biota;
- A report will be completed comparing the pharmacokinetics and toxicity
in mammals of metals consumed in diet through contaminated shellfish
vs. drinking water; and
- A report will be completed summarizing observed transport data and regional
atmospheric transport model analysis for power plant emission in the
Tennessee Valley region.
Technica1 Support
- Produce extensive analysis, based upon actual monitorinq data and close
contact with the Regions and other EPA expertise, of probably short-
medium- and long-term impacts of energy development activities in the
western U.S.; and
- Provide, in cooperation with the EPA Regions IV and V, preliminary analysis
of environmental, social, economic, and other impacts of energy activities
in the Ohio River Basin area.
E-13
-------
Program
Management and
Support
SECTION TAB
-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975_ _ 1976 __1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Abatement and Control:
Appropriation $31,350 $35,976 $33,695 $34,692 +$997
Permanent Positions 188 195 170 167 -3
Transition Quarter N/A 9,285 9,124 N/A N/A
Enforcement:
Appropriation 12,334 15,644 15,431 16,032 +601
Permanent Positions 149 169 177 177
Transition Quarter N/A 4,116 4,047 N/A N/A
Research and Development:
Appropriation 22,405 18,536 15,587 15,915 +328
Permanent Positions 240 177 142 142
Transition Quarter N/A 5,304 5,227 N/A N/A
Energy Research and
Development:
Appropriation ... ... 550 546 -4
Permanent Positions
Transition Quarter N/A ... 115 N/A N/A
Total, Program Management
end Support Program:
Appropriation 66,089 70,156 6.5,263 67,185 +1,922
Permanent Positions.... 577 541 489 486 -3
Transition Quarter N/A 18,705 18,513 N/A N/A
Outlays ,. 68,200 67,800 69,295 65,150 -4,145
.Authorization Levels... Authorization is by virtue of the Appropriation Act.
OVERVIEW. AM STRATEGY
This media encompasses the overall management of the action oriented programs
described in the foregoing media sections. Resources for the Assistant Administrators,
their principal deputies, office directors and their immediate staffs are provided
directly through the program management and support media, rather than through
charges to each of the program media. Management functions covered include the
development of program policies and strategies, planning of media activities,
monitoring and review of program performance, including that performed in the regions,
and the direction of program activities carried out in headquarters. In the
enforcement area, program management also includes the staffing and funds for EPA's
Office of General Counsel at headquarters and Offices of Regional Counsel in the
10 regions. This media also includes support costs for program activities not
otherwise covered by centralized agency support.
SUMMARY OF I INCREASES ^ANJ) DECREASES
1976 Program Management and Support Program.
Abatement and Control ,.
This increase is primarily to fund
this appropriation's share of
increasedGSA .space rental charges,
penalty mail, and new ADP system
for the Safe Drinking Hater Act.
Also included in the increase are
funds for the annualization of the
October 1975 pay raise.
(inthousands of dollars)
$65,263
+997
PMS-1
-------
Construction grants auditing. An Agency study found that $2,382,000
formerly used for support costs could be made available for other
priority purposes. The funds were shifted to the Office of Audit to
help meet the rapidly growing workload in construction grants auditing.
Of the total , $1 ,905,000 was transferred .from program management an.d
support (PMS). The remaining $476,000 was transferred from Agency
r^l support.
' Change in contract funding.. Contracts totaling $939,000 have been
shifted from support accounts to management accounts. The PMS
PI -j .share of the reduction in support costs is $751,000.
> > Congressional reduction for space costs. The PMS share of this
reduction is $1., 304,000. ~~
Transfers to cover administrative costs. $228,000 was provided to
the Office of Administration to cover the costs of administrative
functions transferred from the Office of Public Affairs. An additional
$663,000 was transferred to the Office of the Administrator to cover
base costs, establish a small Land Use staff, and meet increased needs.
Reg i o n X j _n_c rea s ed cosjs . Because of nearly 100 percent staffing, .the
base budget for Region X was inadequate to cover everyday costs.
"i A total of $297,700 was transferred from headquarters' program support
i to cover the regions '.s needs.
Intergovernmental relations transfer. The small staff and $183,000
formerly included under Abatement and Control, program management, has
-been transferred to Agency management consistent with the nature of its
function.
Cons.tructjon... grants congressi ona 1 i ncrease . $588,000 of the congressional
increase for construction grants administration has been added to PMS.
, The funds are used to directly support the construction grants program.
Transfer program management positions to media programs. The Office of
Air and Waste Management andTKi^Office of Water and Hazardous Materials
reclassified 18 positions and $214,000 from program management to other
' ' media. The positions moved were used for direct program efforts rather
than overall management.
Hi seel laneous increases and decreases . The net effect of numerous minor
cHanges is an increase of $65~",000.
ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DEC_REASES TO OBLIGATIONS (dollars in thousands)
Current
Estimate Estimate
1976 .
Prior year obligations ....... ,. ........ .. . . $66,089 $67,572
Change in the amount of carryover
funds available ......................... +4,187 -2,309
Net change of program increases and
decreases, transfers to other media, and
annual ization ................... , ....... -2,762 +237
Miscellaneous increases and decreases...... , +58 -115
Total estimated obligations..,. .... ....... 67,572 65,385
(From new obligation authority) ...... (61 ,T63) (61,285)
(From prior year funds) .......... ..... (6,409) (4,100)
PMS-3
-------
Abatement and
Control
SECTION TAB
-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT
Abatement and Control
Budget Current increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands!
Budget Authority
Program Management
Program Support
Total
Permanent Positions
Program Management ,
Program Support ,
Total
$5,876
25,474
31 ,350
188
188
$6,398
29,578
35,976
195
195
$5,838
27,857
33,695
170
170
$6,022
28,670
34,692
167
167
+$184
+813
+997
-3
-3
Page
PMS-6
P.MS-7
PMS-6
PMS-7
This subactivity provides the resources for management of each of the media
programs funded through the Abatement and Control appropriation and for unique
support services not otherwise covered by centralized Agency support.
PMS-5
-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT
Abatement and Control
Program Support
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget
Actual Estimate
1975 1976
Current
Estimate
1976
Estimate
1977
Appropriation.......
Permanent Positions.
$26,474
{dollars in thousands)
$29,578 $27,857 $28,670
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
+$813
Budget Request
An appropriation of $28,670,300 is requested for 1977. This represents an
increase of $813,700 over 1976.
Program.. Description
This subactlvity Includes the prorated share of EPA's total funding requirements
of common support services. These funding requirements cover certain Agencywide and
regional leases, communications, and other common service costs which are managed
through a single headquarters and 10 regional accounts. These requirements are fully
described in the section covering Agency and Regional Management. The prorated share
charged under this element represents that portion required to support the programs
funded and conducted under the Abatement and Control appropriation account.
PMS-7
-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT
Enforcement
Budget Current
Increase
Budget Authority
Program Management.
Program Support
Total
Permanent Positions
Program Management
Program Support ,
Total
Actual
1975
$4,337
7,997
12,334
149
149
Estimate
1976
$4,305
11,339
15,644
169
169
Estimate
1976
(dollars
$4,699
10,732
15,431
177
177
Estimate Decrease -
1977 1977 vs. 1976
in thousands)
$4,687
11.345
16,032
177
177
-$12
+613
+601
Page
PMS-9
PMS-II
PMS-9
PMS-n
This activity encompasses the overall management of media programs funded
under the Enforcement appropriation. It also provides for the staffing and funding
of EPA's Office of General Counsel in headquarters and the Office of Regional Counsel
in the 10 regions.
PMS-8
-------
Enforcement
SECTION TAB
-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT
Enforcement
Program Management
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs.1976
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation $4,337 $4,305 $4,;699 $4,687 -$12
Permanent Positions 149 169 177 177
Budget Request
An appropriation of $4,687,300 is requested for 1977. This represents a
decrease of $11,500 from the 1976 level.
Program Description
This subactivity provides for the overall management of the Office of
Enforcement, including the development of program policies and strategies, the
overall planning of enforcement activities, the monitoring and review of the
program including those activities performed in the regions, and the direction
of the program activities performed in headquarters. It also covers the staffing
of the Office of General Counsel and Regional Counsel which serve the legal needs
of all components of the Agency. This activity is responsible for the achievement
of management-by-Objective (MBO) items which involve enforcement activities and
through legal review contributes to the improved management of the construction
grants program.
To carry out these functions, positions are allocated as follows:
1976 1J77
Office of Enforcement 38 35
Office of General Counsel 85 88
Offices of Regional Counsel _54_ 54
Total 177 177
1975 Accompl1shments
Activities in 1975 by the Offices of General Counsel and Regional Counsel
included more stringent legal review of the expanded number of construction grants;
expanded legal support for the reregistration of pesticides under FIFRA; increased
workload in review of new legislation, particularly drinking water; and increased
workload due to administrative penalties and public hearings requirements of the
pesticides and water legislation1.
1976 Program
The growing role and importance of the Offices of Regional Counsel are reflected
in the 1976 plan. As EPA has moved to decentralize its many activities, the Regional
Administrator has looked to his Regional Counsel for legal support. This is particu-
larly true in the construction grants program where legal review of grant documents is
critical. As the grant program has grown in size and complexity, so has the resultant
Agency responsibility for adequate overview. Another area of related concern in 1976
is the legal review of environmental impact statements related to grant issuance.
Litigation activity is also expected to increase in 1976 related to the construction
grant program, the permit issuance process, the adequacy of effluent guidelines and
decisions as to the need to prepare environmental impact statements.
PMS-9
-------
>' I
PROGRJW HIGHLIGHTS
Appropriation
Permanent Positions.
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT
Enforcement
Program Support
Budget
Actual Estimate
1975 1976
Current
Estimate
1976
Estimate
1977
(dollars in thousands)
$7,997 $11,339 $10,732 $11,345
Budget Request
An appropriation of $11,344,600 is requested for 1977.
increase of $612,100 over 1976.
Program Description
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
+$613
This represents an
This activity constitutes the prorated share of EPA's total funding requirements
for coranon support services. These funding requirements cover certain Agencywide
and regional leases and coranunication and other common service costs which are
managed through the Agency and Regional Management account. The prorated share
charged under this element represents that portion required to support the programs
funded and conducted under the Enforcement appropriation account.
PMS-1
-------
Abatement and
Control
SECTION TAB
-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AMD SUPPORT
N Research and Development
-------
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Appropriation
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT
Research and Development
Program Management
Actual
1975
$7,729
itions 240
Budget Current
Estimate Estimate Estimate
1976 1976 1977
(dollars in thousands)
$4,876 $4 456 $4 456
177 142 14?
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
Budget Request
An appropriation of $4,455,800 is requested for 1977. There Is no change from
the 1976 level.
Program Description
Resources for the overall management of the Office of Research and Development,
including regional research assignments, are provided through the program management
category. These functions include the development of program policies and strategies,
long-range planning of research and development, and review of program activities.
These functions are performed at the headquarters and the laboratories. This activity
also provides for the regional research representatives.
To carry out these functions, positions are allocated as follows:
1976 1977
Program Management
Regional Representatives.
Total
99
142
99
_43_
142
PMS-13
-------
Energy Research
and Development
SECTION TAB
-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT
Energy Research and Development
Program Support
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 ..197.6 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation ,... ... ... $550 $546 -$4
Permanent Positions
Budget Request
Aji appropration of $546,000 is requested for 1977. This represents a decrease
of $4,300 from 1976.
Program Description
This subactivity includes the prorated share of EPA's total funding requirements
of common support services. These funding requirements cover certain Agencywide and
regional leases, communications, and other common service costs which are managed
through a single headquarters and ten regional accounts. These requirements are
fully described in the section covering Agency and Regional Management, The prorated
share charged under this element represents that portion required to support the
program funded and conducted under the Energy Research and Development appropriation
account.
i
PMS-15
-------
Agency and
Regional
Management
SECTION TAB
-------
AGENCY AND REGIONAL MANAGEMENT
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
.Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
_1975_._._ 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
(dollars in thousands)
Agency and Regional
Management:
Appropriation $55,051 $67,359 $62,083 $67,572 +$5,489
Permanent Positions 1,773 1,837 1,822 1,798 -24
Transition Quarter ,. N/A 17,000 16,923 N/A N/A
Outlays. 50,140 54,300 59,300 66,000 +6,700
Authorization Levels Authorization is by virtue of the Appropriation Act.
OVERVIEWAND STRATEGY
This program covers Agencywide policy direction and administration as it is
carried out at both EPA headquarters and the 10 regional offices. It also covers
certain corimon services and functions which serve Aqencywide requirements. A useful
way to classify the activities covered by this appropriation is in terms of those
which inv.olve management as contrasted to those which are supportive in nature.
Agency management activities are personnel related in that they include the
salaries and related expenses of the Administrator and his immediate staff offices,
the 10 Regional Administrators and their staffs, and the various organizational
components which provide centralized management and administrative services. These
include program planning and evaluation, budgeting and financial management,
personnel, contracts and grants management, audit, legislative liaison, and
similar functions which are required for the effective management of all Agency
programs.
Agency support activities do not involve personnel costs but consist of a wide
assortment of common service requirements such as office and laboratory services*
guard and janitorial services, facilities lease costs, building alterations and
maintenance, communications, and ADP. These support services are managed centrally
and, in most instances, they cannot be readily associated with a specific organization
or program. However, it is important that these costs in some way be associated
with the programs which benefit from them. To accomplish this, the total costs
are allocated on a pro rata basis to the various appropriations where they are
incl.uded under the budget activity Program Management and Support. The Agency
and Regional Management appropriation includes only the pro rata share of these
support costs which can be allocated to Agencywide management activities.
The scope of these Aqencywide management and support activities is, of course,
set by the programs which they serve; consistent with this, the amounts requested
under thisappropriation are confined to the amounts required for specific services
considered to be essential to Agency operations or to mandatory increases. The
Agency's administrative and support activities have been subjected to a close
review and despite the need for increases for certain functions discussed below,
it is planned to shift a net total .of 24 positions from administrative operations
to meet the critical staffing needs of the operating programs.
SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES » (dollars in thousands)
1975 Agency and Regional Management Program..'. $S2,0.t!3
To provide for increased costs i.n areas such
as audit, civil rights, program .evaluations;
the full-year cost of tiie October 1975 pay
raise; and for support requirements such as
rent, ADP services , and penalty mai 1 _+_j ,439
1977 Agency and Regional Management Program , 67,572
ARM-1
-------
new needs. The final $60,000 of this increase was used to establish a small
land use staff in the Office of the Administrator. The third increase for
administrative functions was a $70,400 transfer to support the executive
development program initiated in 1975. As the construction grants program grows
and the number of grant awards increases, the audit program must be correspond-
ingly increased to assure that the Government's interests are protected. In
early 1976 Agency reviews identified $2,382,000 which could be transferred from
support accounts to the Office of Audit. This is offset by a $476,000 decrease
in Agency support. The remainder of the $1,9.06,000 decrease in support is
reflected in the Program Management and Support media. The accounting change
on contracts is required to support the shift of some Public Affairs and Planning
and Evaluation contracts from support funds to Agency management funds. The
total change amounts to $939,000, which is partially offset by a $188,000
decrease in Agency support. The remaining $751,000 decrease in support is
shown in Program Management and Support. This change does not affect the
original planned use of the funds. The $326,000 decrease for GSA rental charges
is the Agency and Regional Management share of the total $1,630,000 reduction
directed by the Congress. Finally, the $147,000 decrease for miscellaneous
charges reflects the operating adjustments needed to fit the budget to actual
operating requirements at the beginning of the fiscal year as well as several
other minor changes.
ANALYSIS OF_INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS (dollars in thousands)
Current
Estimate Estimate
1976 _L?ZZ
Prior year obligations $55,051 $62,083
Additional cost of management program increases:
Office of Audit , +2,606 +2,600
Regional Management +150
Annualization of man-years and/or pay raise +675 +500
Office of Administration and training programs.. ... +850
Planning and evaluation studies ... +500
Miscellaneous increases and decreases -182 -109
Agency and regional support costs +1,703 +1,148
Transfers from other media discussed in pre-
vious paragraph. +] ,329
Change on contract funding +751
Total estimated obligations 62,083 67,572
(From new obi igation authority).. ,. (62,083) (67,572)
(From pri or year funds)
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND ,DECREASES_ J0_ OBLIGATIONS
197.6 Agency and Regional Management obligations will increase by $7 million over
actual 1975 obligations. The principal factors in the .change are increases
in the 1976 budget, transfers from other media, an.d operating plan adjustments.
Obligation increases related to 1976 budget additions total $1,525,000, of which
$700,000 is for an increased audit program, $395,000 for annualization of the
1974 pay raises, $150,000 for regional management, diid $280,000 for the
annualization of 14 additional positions. Budgeted increments for support costs
(space, utilities, telephones, ADP, etc.) total $1,70.3,000, after a $326,000
adjustment for the reduction in GSA rental charges required by the Congress.
Resources transferred from other media will result in an additional $1,329,000
in obligations for Agency and Regional Management. These cover transfers of
specific functions as well as resource reallocations to meet essential needs.
ARM-3
-------
Budget Authority
Agency Management.,
Agency Support
Total
AGENCY AND REGIONAL MANAGEMENT
Agency Management and Support
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
$36,148
7,789
Total..
Permanent Positions
Agency Management
Agency Support
1,287
1 ,287
(dollars in thousands)
$44,264
11,771
$40,074
10,177
$44 ,408
11,325
43,937 56,035
50,251
55,733
1,346
1,346
+$4,334
+1,148
+5,482
1,314
1,314
1,292
1,292
-22
-22
Page
ARM-6
ARM-9
ARM-6
ARM-9
The agency management and support activity covers the top level policy
direction of Agencywide programs provided by the Administrator and his immediate
staff and staff offices, the Agencywide management functions provided by the Office
of Planning and Management, and the centralized administrative services and support
activities wtiich are provided to all operations located in Washington, D.C.,
Research Triangle Park-, North Carolina, and Cincinnati, Ohio. It also provides for
certain support costs budgeted and managed on an Agencywide basis.
ARM-5
-------
Office of International
Activities 24 769.2 23 795.3 -1 +26.1
i
Office of
Civil Rights 14 408.9 19 436.4 +5 +27.5
y Office of
?j Federal
•:>• Activities 40 1,233.7 38 1,175.5 -2 -58.2
pj Office of
I1 Regional and
$ Intergovernmental
Operations 10 461.1 10 480.2 ••• +19.1
i Administrative
\ Law Judges 3 273.3 L^J®
-------
AGENCY AND REGIONAL MANAGEMENT
Agency Support
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 _J976_ 1976 1977 JlZZj
~ (dollars "in thoUsTnclsT
Appropriation ............... $7,789 $11,771 $10,177 $11,325 +$1,148
Permanent Positions .......
Budget Reguest_
An appropriation of $11,324,900 is requested for 1977. This represents an increase
of $1,148,100 over 1976.
Program Description
The Agency support subactivity covers the costs necessary to support all program
operations at EPA headquarters, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina (RTP), and
Cincinnati, Ohio. It also includes certain Agencywide support costs which are
managed and budgeted for at the headquarters level. These support activities, and
their associated costs can be summarized as follows:
.- Office Services. Common services requirements for laboratory and office
su pp 1 Tes" , ma i n tenan ce of office equipment, printing and duplicating, audio
visual .equipment and contracts, motor pool, etc.
- Bu i 1 d ing Se rv i ces . Utilities, local telephone service, purchase and rental
of equipment, building alterations and space relocations, building maintenance
contracts, guard and janitorial service, employee health service contracts,
etc.
- Library Services. Books, journals, equipment, and services contracts for
the branch libraries at headquarters, RTP, and Cincinnati as well as
specialized ADP services literature searches, technical reports processing,
etc. for the EPA-wide library system.
" ADP Services. Agencywide ADP services which are provided through time
sharing contracts or by in-house computer facilities and associated systems
development/evaluation contracts.
- Nationwide Costs. Agencywide costs for facilities rental, U.S. Postal
Service charges, Federal telecommunications service, payments to the
Civil Service Commission for security investigations, reimbursements to the
Federal Employees Compensation Fund, and payments to the U.S. Public Health
Service for personnel administration services for Commissioned Officers
detailed to EPA, and payments to the U.S. Geological Survey for payroll
services.
Since Agency support costs are prorated to the various EPA appropriations according
to their personnel levels, the amount requested above is reflective only of that
portion of the total Agency support which is allocated to the Agency and Regional
Management appropriation. However, in order to provide a more complete explanation
of the total scope of the Agency's supporting activities the following discussion
deals with the overall costs of providing support services.
ARM-9
-------
AGENCY AND REGIONAL MANAGEMENT
Regional Management and Support
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976_ _1977 1977 vs. 197J> Pa^e
{Ho 11 ars in thousands!
Budget Authori ty
Regional Management..,
Regional Support
Total
Pe_rinarijerit_..Pg.5it,1ons
Regional Management.,,
Regional Support
Total
$10,371 $10,612 $11,007 $11,028
743 712 825 811
11,114 11,324 11,83.2 11,839
486
486
491
508
506
491
508
506
+$21 ARM-12
-14 ARM -13
+ 7
-2 ARM-12
ARM-13
The regional management and support activity provides for both the top level
direction of program operations and the general administrative/management functions
which are carried out in each of the Agency's 10 regional offices. It also includes
those support activities required by the regional offices which are not covered by
Agencywide common services costs described in the previous .section covering the Agency
support subactivity.
ARM-1
-------
AGENCY AND REGIONAL MANAGEMENT
Regional Support
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Appropriation
Permanent Positions,
Actual
1975
$743
Budget
Estimate
1976
Current
Estimate
1976
Estimate
1977
(dollars in thousands)
$712
$825
$811
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
-$14
Budget Request
An appropriation of $811,300 is requested for 1977.
of $13,500 from the 1976 level.
Program Description
This represents a decrease
This subactivity covers the common services which are provided in all of the
regional offices. These incl-tide local telephone service, office supplies and
equipment, guard and housekeeping services and similar services required to operate
regional offices. As in the case of Agency support, the total cost of the support
services required by the regional offices is prorated to the various EPA appropriations
on the basis of personnel strength and the amount requested above is only that
whi.ch is allocated to the Agency and Regional Management appropriation. The
distribution of the total amount budgeted for regional support costs to the various
EPA appropriations is as follows:
Current
Estimate
Abatement and Control
Enforcement
Research and Development
Agency and Regional Management..
Total
$2,969.4
1,649.6
21.0
.__824.;8
5,464.8
Estimate
1977 Change
(dollars in thousands)
$2,920.8 -$48,6
1,523.7 -125.9
54.1 +33.1
811.3 -13.5
5,309.9
-154.9
ARM-13
-------
Buildings and
Facilities
SECTION TAB
-------
BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES
PROGRAM HI GH I L 1 GHT_S.
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1_9_7_6_ 1977 1977 vs. 197G
"(dollars in thousands )
Buildings and Facilities:
Appropriation ...... .. ..... $341 $2,100 $2,100 $2,100
Permanent Positions ...... ... ••• ••• ••• -••
Transition Quarter ....... N/A 500 500 N/A N/A
Outlays .................. 3 1.500 612 2,000 +$1,388
Authorization Levels ..... Authorization is by virtue of the Appropriation Act.
AND STRAJIGY
This appropriation covers design and construction of all new EPA owned
facilities as well as necessary repairs and improvements to all federally owned
installations which are occupied by EPA.
Estimates for 1977 do not contemplate the construction of new facilities nor
major expansion to existing facilities.
Existing federally owned facilities occupied by EPA include 23 separate instal-
lations, most of which are laboratories or other special purpose facilities. During
the period covered by these estimates, primary attention will be given to repair and
improvement projects which are required to protect the health and safety of EPA
employees and to enable the Agency to meet applicable standards including those
established by the Department of Labor under the Occupational Health and Safety Act
of 1970. However, in 1977 as the more critical health and safety needs are met,
it will be possible to give greater attention to a growing backlog of projects of
other types. These include maintenance projects which are intended to protect the
Federal Government's investment in these facilities as well as those which improve
the facilities' usefulness for program purposes.
SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES
Summary of Budget .Request
An appropriation of $2,100,000 is requested for 1977. There is no
change from the 1976 appropriation.
ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AJD^ DECREASES, TO OBLIGATIONS
Current
Estimate Estimate
]9_76_ J_977
(dollar:, in .'.hojsands)
Prior year obi i gat ions .............. , ...... S341 S?,959
Additional cost of
program increase ..................... , ... . +600
Change in ?mount of
carryover funds
available.. ..... . ____ = ......... ........... + 1,1 Ott -859
Increase due to accelerated
rate of obi igations .................. .... " jj330_ ..._tPJ. ..
Total estimated obi igations ................ 2,959 2,1.%
(From new obligation authority) .......... (1,771) (1,057)
(From prior year funds) .................. (1,188) (329)
BF-1
-------
BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
[doliars in thousands)
Budget Authority
New Facilities
Repairs and Improvements $341 . $2,100 $2,100 $2,100 ._..
Total 341 2,100 2,100 2,100
Permanent Positions
Budget Request
An appropriation of $2,100,000 is requested for 1977. There is no change from the
1976 level.
Program Description
The repairs and improvements activity covers necessary repairs and improvements
to federally-owned installations which are occupied by EPA. Modifications and repairs
to leased facilities, to the extent that they are paid for directly by EPA, are
covered under the Agency support activity under the Agency and Regional Management
appropriation.
1975 Program
In 1975, $1.4 million was appropriated for repairs and improvement projects.
Of this amount, $625,000 can be associated with 17 relatively small projects
required to correct health and safety conditions; $516,000 has been allocated for
21 repair and preventive maintenance projects, and the remaining $259,000 has been
assigned to eight projects which will improve the usefulness of various
facilities for program purposes. These projects are in various stages of planning,
design or construction and all are expected to be completed in 1977.
1976 Program
Projects financed with 1976 funds will be almost exclusively for health and
safety purposes. Twenty projects of this type have been identified including
three major projects which involve improvement to the ventilation systems in areas
of hiqh risk by laboratory operations. Other work will be limited to four small
projects which are critically needed to prevent further deterioration of existing
structures.
1977 repair and improvement requirements are based upon a recently completed
survey of the physical condition of EPA facilities. These requirements also
reflect the fact that the most urgently needed health and safety requirements
are being met and it will be possible in 1977 to give greater attention to the
backlog of projects of other types. The work to be carried out involves 61
specific projects at 11 separate locations. Included are 27 health and safety
projects at an estimated cost of $765,000; 23 projects estimated at $885,000 for
preventive maintenance, replacement and similar purposes, and 11 projects at
$450,000 which will permit the more effective use of existing facilities. These
projects will include work such as: installation of fire suppression systems;
BF-3
-------
Scientific Activities
Overseas
SECTION TAB
-------
SCIENTIFIC ACTIVITIES OVERSEAS
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1971 ys^ 1976^
(dollars in thousands)
Scientific Activities
Overseas:
Appropriation $1,243 $6,000 $4,000 $6,000 +$2,000
Permanent Positions ... ... ... ...
Transition Quarter N/A 1,000 670 N/A N/A
Outlays 3,512 4,000 5,000 5,000
Authorization Levels Authorization is by virtue of the Appropriation Act.
OVERVIEW ANDSTRATE6Y
Scientific Activities Overseas (SAO), developed and implemented under the Special
Foreign Currency Program (SFCP), are funded from excess foreign currencies accruing to
the United States under various U.S. programs. The use of these currencies enables
EPA to capitalize on unique research opportunities and does not create a balance of
payments deficit or contribute to domestic inflation. Currently, there are 55 cooper-
ative programs, two~thirds of which are concerned with air and water pollution, and
one-third of which relate to energy, radiation, noise, pesticides, solid waste manage-
ment, the use and disposal of sludge, and interdisciplinary efforts. These studies
are carried out in Poland, Yugoslavia, Egypt, Tunisia, India and Pakistan by outstand-
ing foreign scientists and engineers in conjunction with their U.S. counterparts.
SAO activities in the participating countries are funded after scientific
evaluations are made of each activity to determine its merit and relevance to EPA's
domestic goals. Such evaluations by EPA's scientists and experts are done to insure
maximum benefit to EPA from its foreign investment in manpower and funds. EPA also
uses consultants from industry and the academic community to insure high quality
technical evaluation and management of the programs. EPA consults with and is
advised by the U.S. Department of State regarding foreign policy considerations in
program development and implementation.
SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES
1976 Scientific Activities Overseas ,. $4,000
Special Foreign Currency Program. +2,000
To restore support for energy related
studies and research in Poland.
1977 Scientific Activities Overseas 6,000
SUMMARYOF BUDGET ESTIMATES
1. Summary of Budget Request
It is requested that $6 rnillMon be appropriated for the Scientific
Activities Overseas under the Special Foreign Currency Program.
2. Changes from Original1976 Budget Estimate
The original budget estimate was $6Tii11ion; the current budget
estimate is $4 million. The $2 million reduction was made by the Congress. This
same reduction also resulted in a decrease of $330,000 to the transition quarter
original estimate.
SAO-1
-------
SCIENTIFIC ACTIVITIES OVERSEAS
Special Foreign Currency Program
Actual
1975
,< Program Level
Budget
Estimate
1976
28
2
$3,500
1,000
500
250
750
Current
Estimate
1976
(dollars in
22
2
$1,500
1.000
500
250
750
Estimate
1977
•thousands!
24
4
$2,464
1,500
800
100
1,136
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
+2
+2
<$96<1
+ 500
+ 300
-150
+ 386
SAO Projects. 4
Technology Transfer
Seminars 1
Budget Authority
Poland $1,190
Egypt 4
Pakistan 3
Tunisia 3
India 4
Yugoslavi a • • 39.
Total 1,243 6,000 4,000 6,000 +2,000
Budget Request
An appropriation of $6 million is requested. The increase of $2 million will
provide support for energy related environmental studies and research in Poland
pursuant to the U.S./Polish Agreement under which the Polish government has agreed
to match all SAO expenditures on a one-to-one basis. As a result of the U.S.
Treasury decision to terminate the excess currency designation for Poland two years
earlier than anticipated (from December 31, 1978 to December 31, 1976), provision
of $2 million in 1977 is needed if EPA is to fulfill the terms of the U.S./Polish
agreement.
1975 Accomplishments
- Completed report on EPA/Polish senior level project review conducted in
cooperation with representatives from the Polish Ministry of Administration,
Land Economy and Environmental Protection. This project review has resulted
in more effective and coordinated management of SAO research in waste water
treatment and sludge disposal/utilization;
- Published report on the SFCP strip mining seminar held at the Denver Research
Institute, Denver, Colorado, for Polish and American project principals and
representatives from the U.S. mining industry. The seminar demonstrated that
Polish methods for reclaimirig strip-mined lands may assist the U.S. in
developing coal reserves in the western States.;
- Arranged visitation of 45 Polish scientists to the United States to consult
with their EPA counterparts and to observe pollution control progress. EPA
project officers and 15 consultants from U.S. universities and industries made
site visits to environmental research centers in the participating countries;
and
- Held research training seminar in Egypt on water quality and treatment
technology in connection with SFCP water quality project on the Nile River
and Lake Nasser.
1976 Program
Based on the early termination of the excess currency designation for Poland,
attention will focus on program development in that country. It is anticipated that
four to six research projects will be funded in Poland, These projects will range
from health effects research to water and air pollution studies to an analysis of
land use practices. For example, in the heavily industralized Silesian region, an
SAO-3
-------
For several years, Polish research in flue gas cleaning has focused on the use of
sulfur oxide neutralization processes in place of desulfurizing technology. The Poles
have experimented with ammonia as the active neutralizer. This research will assist
EPA in studying not only a control technology, but it will provide dose response data
on health relationships which are unavailable in the U.S.
Community health and environmental surveillance studies in the U.S. have been
difficult due to the mobility of the population, the lack of central health records
and the variety of pollutants from a number of indistinguishable sources. Polish
studies of Benzopyrene in coking plants offers a unique opportunity to analyze a
less mobile population in a high exposure community. The prolonged and specific
exposure levels will allow EPA to study health effects such as ambient loading and
commensurate human body burden from specific pollutants and sources.
Preparation and dissemination of reports on projects completed in 1976 will be
emphasized to inform the U.S. scientific, academic, and industrial communities, of
the results of the SAO program.
Egypt ($1,500,000)
U.S. and Egyptian environmental priorities are closely related in the control and
abatement of water pollution; health hazards from pesticides; utilization and disposal
of sludge; air pollution and land use management resulting from population growth in
urban areas. EPA's association with environmental leaders in Egypt ministries,
universities and the Egyptian Academy of Sciences has been beneficial in the development
of eight cooperative projects. Studies initiated cover a broad range of environmental
problems including air and water pollution, safe use of pesticides, and the use and
disposal of sludge on land. These projects are producing data which will improve our
understanding of ecological problems and potential pollution problems in arid lands
of the western U.S.,and will assist in determining control strategies and river basin
management practices.
In 1977, cooperative projects are planned in several new areas of mutual interest
including:
- Studies of water recycling/reuse in the poultry processing industry designed
to evaluate the public health, technological and economic aspects of the
problem of multiple water reuse in food processing. In-depth studies will
be made on the physical, chemical, bacteriological, and virological
characteristics of processing plant effluents; the effects of water recycling
and reuse on the shelf-life, hygiene and nutritional qualities of processed
poultry; and the cost-benefit factors of water reuse in this industry.
These projects will complement EPA's domestic research efforts in evaluating
the safety of recycled water in the food processing industry and in developing
technology toward the goal of zero discharge of pollutants.
- Investigations of the health effects of sewage disposal into marine ecosystems
to examine the ecological impact and health effects resulting from the disposal
of sewage via an ocean outfall, and to assess waterborne diseases transmitted
to persons using recreational ;ocean beaches. Data from these studies will be
useful to EPA in testing predictive models for pollution transport and could
produce data needed to develop health criteria for marine recreational waters.
- Studies of transmission of viral disease through drinking water, designed to
extend existing knowledge of virus removal fror; water supply systems and to
determine bacteriological or chemical indicators of virus pollution in
drinking water.
- Studies of the health effects of sewage irrigation systems to determine the
health effects among workers caused by the application of waste water and
sludge to the land, and the transport of pollutants to crops and ground
waters. Increasing attention is being given by EPA to these environmental
problems, particularly to the health effects of such disposal practices.
Pakistan ($800.000) '
EPA representatives met with governmental officials and directors of environmental
research centers and were encouraged by their interest in conducting cooperative projects.
SAO-5
-------
Special Analyses
SECTION TAB
-------
U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
ADMINISTRATOR
DEPUTY ADMINISTRATOR
ASST. ADMINISTRATOR
FOR PLANNING
AND MANAGEMENT
ASST. ADMINISTRATOR
FOR
ENFORCEMENT
REGIONAL
ASST, ADM IN1STRATO R
FOR WATER AND
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
ASST. ADMINISTRATOR
FOR AIR AND
WASTE MANAGEMENT
ASST. ADMINISTRATOR
FOR RESEARCH
AND DEVELOPMENT
OFFICES
SA-1
-------
Summary of Resources
Abatement and Control
Budget authority.
Contract authority...
Obligations
Contract authority...
Outlays
Contract authority...
End-of-year employment.
Enforcement
Budget authority
Obligations —
Outlays....
End-of-year employment.
Research and Development
Budget authority.......
Obligations
Outlays
End-of-year employment.
Energy Research and Development
Budget authority
Obligations -...-.
Outlays. ..
End*Qf-year employment..--......
ftgency and Regional Management
Budget authority.
Obligations
Outlays
End-of-year empl oyment.
Actual
1975
$291,831,400
150,000,000
271,362,992
149,975,860
262,955,832
6,121,708
3,703
51,095,700
50,747,320
51,637,269
1,662
166,531,547
166,674,207
166,608,248
1,810
134,000,000
88,338,714
23,204,206
55,348,500
55,051,236
50,139,019
1,773
Current
Estimate
1976
$383,577,200
405,925,000
308,700,000
92,000,000
4,232
52,743,700
52,856,000
53,000,000
1,568
166,465,400
170,463,000
177,000,000
1 ,688
100,550,300
136,156,000
1-20,000,000
123
62,083,400
62,083,400
59,300,000
1,822
Estimate
1977
$329,574,000
330,549,000
260,000,000
45,000,000
4,230
56,551,500
56,551,500
56,000,000
1,604
159,422,000
152,101,000
160,000,000
1,678
96,973,000
88,333,000
120,000,000
123
67,571,500
67,571,500
66,000,000
1,798
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
-$54,003,200
-75,376,000
-48,700,000
-47,000,000
-2
+3,807,800
+3,695,500
+3,000,000
+36
-7,043,400
-18,362,000
-17,000,000
-10
-3,577,300
-47,823,000
+5,488,100
+5,488,100
+6,700,000
-24
SA-3
-------
Actual
Current
Estimate
1976
Estimate
1977
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
Consolidated Working Fund
Obligations 530,454
Outlays 487,304 337,000 ... -337,000
Total, Environmental Protection Agency
Budget Authority. ,... 700,363,915 771,529,000 718,192,000 -53,337,000
Contract authority..-. - 7,816,230,000
Obligations... ., 1,226,421.465 1,024,728,400 713,392,000 -311,336,400
Contract authority 3,795,875,636 4,331,930,000 6,076,420,000 +1.,744,490,000
Outlays , 1,650,^15,359 1,331,000,000 1,084,950,000 -246,050,000
Contract authority..... 880,2/9,842 1,862,000,000 3,415,000,000 ' +1,553,000,000
^Errd-bf-year/employment 9,160 9,550 9,550
Note: Includes comparative tran-sfer of Environmental Impact Statement activities from Agency and Regional Management to Abatement and
Control: ^ ' -
Budget authority 5,015,800 8,7B8,90Q
-Obligations 3,728,500 8,788,900
Outlays 3,728,500 8,700,000 "
End-of-year employment 50 130
End-of year employment = permanent positions.
SA-5
-------
End-Qf-Year Employment and Budget Authority
By Media and Appropriation
1977
(dollars in thousands)
Research and
Development
Abatement
and Control
Enforcement
EOY
Amount
EOY
Amount
EOY
Agency and Regional
Management
Amount
EOY
Amount
Energy Research
and Development
EOY Amount
Total
EOY
-Amount
Air............ .. 473 $45,942,2 «15 $83,139.0 482 $13,743.0
Water Quality 548 4.1,768.5 1,816 115,172.-9 764 21,241.9
Water Supply ,. 85 13,253.9 210 30,449.2 4 81,0
Solid»Wastes 22 4,066.0 161 11,670.4 ...
Pesticides. 157 10,887.0 639 24,175.0 156 4,745.1 ,
Radiation....... 30 878.9 174 4,022.4 ...
Noise. -.. ... 74 9,576.4 21 708.6
Interdisciplinary...,. 214 25,355.4 129 10,664,4 ...
Toxic Substances...... 7 1,355.0 45 6,012.0 ...
Program Management and
Support... 142 15,915.1 167 34,692.3 177 16,031.9
Agency and Regional
Management.,..., ... ... ... ... 1,798
Energy ., .. ... ^_-__^_: ... ...
Subtotal ,', 1,678 159,422.0 4,230 329,574.0 1,604 56,551.5 1,738
Buildings and
Facilities , ... ... ...
Scientific Activities
Overseas ,.
Reimbursements..., ...
Advances and
Allocations ... ...
Total 1,678 159,422,0 4,230 329,574.0 1,604 56,551.5 1,798
1,770 $142,824.2
3,128 178,183.3
299 43,784,1
183
952
204
95
343
52
15,7:5,4
39,;W.1
4,901.3
10,285.0
36,013.8
7.367.J
$546.0
436 67,185.3
$57,571.5
123
... 1,798 67,571,5
96.427.0 123 96,427.0
67,571.5 123 9E..973,') 9,433 710,092,0
, ... ... 2,100,0
... ... 6,000.0
105
... 12
67,571.5 123
96,973.0 9,550 718,192,0
SA-7
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
Total Funds Available, 1976
(in thousands of dollars)
Abatement and Control
Air.,.
Water Quality....... ,
Water Supply
Sol id Wastes
Pesticides
Radiation.
Noise.., .
Interdisciplinary.......v
Toxic Substances.......
Program Management and Support.
Enforcement
Air ...........
Water Quality..
Water Supply
Pestici des
Noise
Program Management and Support.
Research and Development
Air..
Water Qua!ity.,
Water Supply
Solid Wastes...
Pesticides
Radiation
Noise....
Interdisciplinary...
Toxic Substances.
Program Management and Support.
Budget
Authority
$383.577.2
1976
Unobligated
Balance
Brought
Forward
$56.133.0
Unobligated
Balance
Carried
Forward
$33.Z88.2
Total
Available
$405.925.0
84,715.2
174,546.7
19,839/9
11,618.6
29,492.2
4,486.8
9,544.2
8,788.9
6,850.3
33,694.4
52.743.7
19,341.1
19,805.6
4,630.2
3,938.1
1,947.5
289.6
307.8
822.
2,449,
2,601.0
in.5
7,964.2
11,800.5
4,400.0
3,210.0
1,700.5
240.0
250.0
620.0
1,900.0
1,700.0
96,092.1
182,551.8
20,070.1
12,346.7
29,739.2
4S536.4
9,602.0
8,991.1
7,400.2
34,595.4
12,499.3
19,792.7
80.0
3,911.1
1,029.3
15,431.3
166.465.4
111.5
19.590.3
15,592.7
12,499.3
19,904,
80,
3,911.
1,029,
15,431.3
170.463.0
48,542.2
43,939.6
12,253.9
4,066.0
10,887.0
1,678.9
28,155! 4
1,355.0
15,587.4
5,775.2
3,677.3
786.7
900.3
428.5
28.7,
4,096io
89.3
3,808/3
3,976.7
3,200.0
910.0
1,100.0
405.0
3,500.0
101.0
2,400.0
50,340.7
44,416.9
12,130.6
3,866.3
10,910.5
1,707.6
28,7 51'.4
1,343.3
16,995.7
SA-9
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Total Funds Available, Transition Quarter
(in thousands of dollars)
Transition Quarter
Abatement and Control
Air -. .
Water Quality .,
Water Supply.
Sol id Waste. -.
Pesticides.
Radiation
Noise
Interdisciplinary.
Toxic Substances
Program Management and Support
Enforcement
Air. , , ....
Water Qual ity
Water Supply
Pesticides
Noi se
Program Management and Support
Research and Development
Air
Water Qual i ty ....... ...
Water Supply. -....,...
Sol id Waste. ...
Pesticides .
Noise
Interdisciplinary.
Toxi c Substances
Program Management and Support
Budget
Authority
$94,700.0
23,258.0
37,860.0
5,427.0
3,185.0
8,083.0
1 ,227.0
2,595.0
2,061.0*
1 ,880.0
9,124.0
13,931.0
3,447.0
5,245.0
21. 0
1,011.0
160.0
4,047.0
42,923.0
13,720.0
n ,90o.o
3 , 202 . 0
1,275.0
2,726.0
403.0
4,570.0
500.0
5,227.0
Unobligated
Balance
Brought
Forward
$33,785.2
7 964 2
11 ,800 5
4 400 0
3,210 0
1 ,700 5
240 0
250 0
620 0
1 ,900 0
1,700.0
15,592.7
3,976.7
3,200.0
910.0
1,100.0
405.0
3,500.0
101.0
2,400.0
Unobligated
Balance
Carried
Forward
$2,256,2
235 2
442 5
r,g o
263 0
146 5
90 0
60 0
61 0
811 0
88.0
2,590.7
686.7
367.0
462.0
347.0
60.0
343 . 0
10.0
315.0
Total
Available
$126,229.0
30 987 0
49 218 0
9 768 0
6,132.0
9 637 0
1 ,377.0
2,785.0
2,620.0
2,969.0
10,736.0
13,931.0
3,447,0
5,245.0
21.0
1,011.0
160.0
4,047.0
55,925.0
16,410.0
14,733.0
3,650.0
2,028.0
3,071.0
403.0
7,727.0
591.0
7,312.0
SA-T1
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Total Funds Available, 1977
(in thousands of dollars)
1977
Budget
Authority
Abatement and Control $329,574.0
Air 83,139.0
Water Quality..., 115,172.9
Water Supply 30,449.2
Sol id Wastes..-. 11,670.4
Pesticides 24,175.0
Radiation 4,022.4
Noise , .. 9,576.4
Interdisciplinary. -.- 10,664.4
Toxic Substances 6,012.0
Program Management and Support.. 34,692.3
Enforcement ' ; 56,551.5
Air.. 13,743.0
Water Quality., . 21,241.9
Water Supply 81.0
Pesticides , . .. 4,745.1
Noise 70S.6
Program Management and Support 16,031.9
Research and Development 159,422.0
Air 35,942.2
Water Qua!ity , 41,768.5
Water Supply.... 13,253.9
Sol id Wastes 4,066,0
Pestici des ...,..,.,..,.., 10,887.0
Radiation. 878.9
Noise ,.
Interdisciplinary 25,355.4
Toxic Substances .. 1,355.0
Program Management and Support 15,915.1
Unobligated
Balance
Brought
Forward
$2,256.2
Unobligated
Balance
Carried
Forward
$1.281.2
Total
Available
$330,549.0
235.2
442.
59.
263.0
146.5
90.0
60.0
61.0
811.0
88.0
631.0
162.2
488.0
82,743.2
115,453.2
30,508.2
11,933.4
24,321.5
4,112.4
9,636.4
10,725.4
6,823.0
34,292.3
56,551.5
2,590.7
9,911.7
.13,743.0
21,241.9
81.0
4,745.1
708.6
16,031.9
152,101.0
686.7
357.0
462.0
347.0
60.0
343.0
10.0
315.0
4,033.
2,257,
711.
151.5
• 34.'o
1,715,0
42,595.7
39,868.5
12,004.9
4,413.0
10,795.5
878.9
25,664!4
1,36119
14,515.1
SA-13
-------
EPA
Positions By Grade and Average Employment
Grades
Executi ve Level II
Executi ve Level III....
Executive Level IV
Subtotal -
GS-18. -.
GS-17 ,-,
GS-15
GS-15
GS-14...
GS-13
GS-12
GS-11
GS-10 !"
GS-9v
GS-8 -,
GS-7
GS-6
GS-5-
GS-4.
GS-3.
GS-2
GS-1 .
Subtotal.
Positions established by act of July 1, 1974
(42 U.S.C. 207):
Assistant surgeon general grade, $21,654
to $31,565
Director grade, $16,052 to $27,727
Senior grade, $12,838 to $22,626
Full grade, $10,825 to $18,918
Senior assistant grade, $10,058 to
$16,358
Assistant grade, $8,766, to $12,139
Subtotal
Actual
1975
1
1
5
7
7
34
101
431
770
1,104
1,093
914
35
796
147
777
536
904
636
275
79
18
8,657
2
85
121
8§
39
3
339
Estimate
1976
1
1
5
7
34
101
436
777
1,120
1,138
959
45
906
207
806
536
924
636
275
79
18
9,004
2
85
121
89
39
3
339
Estimate
1977
1
1
5
7
34
101
436
777
1,120
1,138
959
45
906
207
806
536
924
636
275
79
18
9.004
2
85
121
89
39
3
339
SA-15
-------
ABATEMENT AND CONTROL
Classification by Objects
Includes Direct Obligations Only
(in thousands of dollars)
Actual
1975
Estimate
1976
Personnel Services..., $75,060 $80,127
Other Objects:
21 Travel and transportation of persons 5,530 6,418
22 Transportation of things. 366 398
23 Rent, communications, and utilities .-. . ... 14,075 16,000
24 Printing and reproduction 1,690 1,584
25 Other services 56,977 93,896
26 Supplies and materials 2,733 3,001
31 Equipment 4,120 2,987
32 Lands and structures . . 48
41 Grants, subsidies, and contributions , 260,731 201,514
42 Insurance claims and indemnities -.-. 9 ...
Total, Other Objects 346,279 325.798
Total Obiigations 421,339 405,925
Position Data:
Average salary, GS positions , $17,259 $18,176
Average grade, GS positions. 9.53 9.53
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBJECT CLASSIFICATIONS
Budget Current
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate
1975 1976 1976 1977
Personnel services $75,060 $79,493 $80,127 $91,143
Estimate
1977
$91,143
6,277
450
18,016
1,800
64,163
3,036
3,214
142,450
239,406
330,549
$18,587
9.53
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
+$11,016
The increase in the 1976 current estimate over the 1976 budget request is as a result of the current estimate being based on the
1975 actual costs, allowing increases for the October 1975 pay raise and for the congressional add-on of construction grants program
positions.
SA-17
-------
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
Printing and reproduction , $1,690 $1,859 $1,584 $1,800 +$216
The decrease in the 1976 current estimate from the 1976 budget request is the result of a new estimate of printing service
requirements to support program effort, -S275.
The increase for 1977 is the result of anticipated increased cost of printing reports, EIS's, etc., +$216.
Actual
1975
. . - S56 ,977
Budget
Estimate
1976
$87,d91
Current
Estimate
1976
$93,896
Estimate
1977
$64,163
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
-$29,733
Other _se_ry_i_ce_s
The increase in the 1976 current estimate over the 1976 budget request is due to a change in the amount of carryover funds estimated
to be available and due to an increase in services required for the positions added-on by the Congress, offset by the funds required
for absorption of the October 1975 pay raise, +$6,005.
The decrease in 1977 is primarily the result of a change in the amount of carryover funds available in 1977, the partial absorption of
some personnel services costs, and_ the net, decrease of the operating program changes discussed in the submission, -$29,733.
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
52,733 $2,984 53,001 $3,036 +$35
The increase in the 1976 current estimate over the 1976 budget request is the result of the additional positions added-on by
Congress, +517.
The increase in T977 is for the full-year cost of the supplies for the new 1976 positions.
Actual
1975
. -. S4.120
Budget
Estimate
1976
S3. 432
Current
Estimate
1976
S2.987
Estimate
1977
$3.214
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
+$2?7
Equjpinent
The decrease in the 1976 cy-rent estimate from the 1976 budget estimate is the result of applying nonrecurring items to the 1975
actual base, offset by the cost of new equipment for the increased positions, as well as replacement of equipment, where necessary, -$445.
The increase in 1977 is the result of estimated additional equipment and replacement requirements, +S227.
SA-19
-------
ENFORCEMENT
Classification by Objects
Includes Direct Obligations Only
(in thousands of dollars)
Actual
1975
Estimate
1976
Estimate
1977
$33,061
Personnel Services.. $29,997 $30,227
Other Objects:
21 Travel and transportation of persons..,, 2,514 2,310 2,340
22 Transportation of things 163 175 200
23 Rent, communications, and utilities..., 5,970 6,500 7,378
24 Printing and reproduction 731 800 900
25 Other services , 7,469 11,044 7,544
26 Supplies and materials.. 1,125 1,300 1,318
31 Equipment..... 2,462 500 610
32 Lands and structures.. 12
41 Grants, subsidies, and contributions 298 ... 3,200
42 Insurance claims and indemnities 6 ... ._._,,_
Total, Other- Objects 20,750 22,629 .. 23.490
Total Obligations - , 50,747 52,856 56,551
Position Data:
Average salary, GS positions $17,259 $18,176 $18,587
Average grade, GS positions...... 9.53 9.53 9.53
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBJECT CLASSIFICATIONS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 ,1977 1977 vs. 1976
Personnel services $29,997 $27,293 $30,227 $33,061 +$2,834
The increase in the 1976 current estimate over the 1976 budget request is the result of:
Increase in average paid employment of permanent positions +$1,843
Increase of October 1975 pay raise +1,080
Increase in overtime costs to support increased workload +11
Total , +2,934
SA-21
-------
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 J976 1976. 1977 1977 vs. 1916
Printing and reproduction. $731 $700 $800 $900 +$100
The increase in the 1976 current estimate over the 1976 budget request is the result of additional printing costs and reflects the
1975 actual costs base, +$100.
The increase in the 1977 estimate is the result of the program activity increases which contribute to increased printing, +$100.
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977vs. 1976
Other services.. $7,469 $13,637 $11,044 $7,544 -$3,500
The decrease in the 1976 current estimate from the 1976 budget request is the result of the absorption of the October 1975 :pay raise
and to a decrease in estimated contractual services, -$2,593.
The 1977 estimate should have been increased by $1,400 (see personnel services above) and by $2,200 (see grants below) which would
then reflect approximately the same level as in 1976.
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
Supplies and materials 51,125 $1,255 $1,300 $1,318 +$18
The slight increase in the 1976 current estimate over the 1976 budget request is the result of the estimated cost increase of goods
over the 1975 actual base, +$45.
The slight increase in the 1977 estimate is also due to increasing cost of supplies, +$18.
Actual
1975
-.. $2.462
Budget
Estimate
1976
$2.610
Current
Estimate
1976
S5M
Estimate
1977
$6 in
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
+$Tin
Equipment
The decrease in the 1976 current estimate from the 1976 budaet request reflects the nonrecurring equipment requirements using the
1975 actual base, -$2,ilO.
The slight increase in the 1977 estimate is the result of new and replacement items, +ST10.
SA-23
-------
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
Classification by Objects
Includes Direct Obligations Only
(in thousands of dollars)
Actual
1975
Estimate
1976
Estimate
1977
Personnel Services , $43,086 $40,840 $39,901
Other Objects:
21 Travel and transportation of persons 3,013 2,748 2,770
22 Transportation of things 367 400 450
23 Rent, communications, and utilities 7,543 7,750 8,466
24 Printing and reproduction 1,206 1,300 1,500
25 Other services,, 68,295 77,435 52,080
26 Supplies and materials 4,741 4,950 4.876
31 Equipment 7,308 6,040 5,733
32 Lands and structures 407 400 500
41 Grants, subsidies, and contributions 30,702 28,600 35,825
42 Insurance claims -and indemnities. 7 ._._. ___i_^i.
Total Other Objects -. 123.589 129,623 112,200
Total Obligations 166,675 170,463 152,101
Position Data:
Average salary,- GS positions , $17,259 $1-8,176 $18,587
Average grade, GS positions , 9.53 9.53 9.53
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBJECT CLASSIFICATIONS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
Personnel services $43,086 $39,615 $40,840 $39,901 -$939
The increase of $1,225 in the 1976 current estimate over the 1976 budget request is the result of the funds reprogrammed from other
abject classifications to absorb the October 1975 pay raise, +$1,225.
SA-25
-------
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
Printing and reproduction $1,206 $999 $1,300 $1,500 +$200
The increase in the 1976 current estimate over the 1976 budget request is the result of a reestimate of costs using 1975 actual as
a new base, +$301.
The increase in 1977 is the result of increased printing costs, +$200.
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
Other services $68,295 $71,959 $77,435 $52,080 -$25,355
The increase in the 1976 current estimate to the 1976 budget estimate is the result of congressional add-ons for air, water quality,
and interdisciplinary, as well as a change in the amount of carryover funds available for contracts, +$5,476.
The decrease in 1977 is the result of nonrecurring congressional add-ons, a change in the amount of carryover funds estimated to
be available in 1977, an absorption of some personnel services, and an underestimate in the amount of estimated 1977 obligations. The
1977 estimate should be $67,500 which would reflect a decrease of only $9,935.
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
Supplies and materials. $4,741 $3,886 $4,950 $4,876 -$74
The increase in the 1976 current estimate from the 1976 budget request is the result of a reestimate of costs using 1975 actual as
a new base, .allowing for a slight increase due to the annualization of man-years.
/
The decrease in 1977 is the result of a slight estimated decrease in man-years and related costs, -$74.
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
57,308 51,186 $6,040 $5,733 -$307
The increase in the 1976 current estimate over the 1976 budget request is due to a reestimate of costs using 1975 actual as a
new base, allowing for a decrease for nonrecurring equipment, +54,854.
The decrease in the 1977 estimate is the result of nonrecurrinq equipment costs, -S307.
SA-27
-------
ENERGY RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
Classification by Objects
Includes Direct Obligations Only
(in thousands of dollars)
Personnel Services
Other Objects:
21 Travel and transportation of persons
22 Transportati on of thi ngs *
23 Rent, communications, and utilities
24 Printing and reproduction.
25 Other services.. . —
26 Supplies and materials -.
31 Equ i pment
32 Lands and structures »
41 Grants, subsidies, and contributions.....
Total, Other Objects
Total Obligations....,
Position Data:
Average salary, GS positions , ,
Average grade, GS salary
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBJECT CLASSIFICATIONS
Actual
1975
Personnel services $268
The increase in the 1976 current estimate over the 1976 budget request is the result of:
Increase in average paid employment..- +$1,883
Increase due to October 1975 pay raise , +103
Increase in estimated overtime resulting from increased effort in this area +133
Total , -. ; ..-.. +2,119
Actual
1975
$268
118
10
5
3
79,723
174
671
1
7.361
88,071
88,339
$17,259
9.53
Budget
Estimate
1976
$433
Current
Estimate
1976
$2,552
Estimate
1976
$2,552
482
20
270
25
120,677
250
1,430
10,450
133,604
136,156
$17,586
9.53
Estimate
1977
$2,852
Estimate
1977
$2,852
482
25
290
25
73,529
250
1,500
9,380
85,431
88,333
$17,637
9.53
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
+$300
SA-29
-------
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
' 1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
Printing and reproduction $3 $300 $25 $25
The decrease in the 1976 current estimate from the 1976 budget request is due to a reestimate of costs using 1975 actual as a new
base, -$275.
No change in the 1977 estimate is reflected.
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 _1977 1977 vs. 1976
Other services $79,728 $85,529 $120,677 $73,529 -$47,148
The increase in the 1976 current estimate over the 1976 budget request is due to the change in the original amount of carryover funds
estimated to be made available as well as a redirection of funds from grants to contracts, +$35,148.
The decrease in the 1977 estimate is due to a change in the estimated amount of carryover funds available, to a change in the
contractual rate of"obligations, and to the decrease in the funds to be transferred to ERDA, -$47,148.
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
Supplies and materials ,. $174 $1,380 $250 $250
The decrease in the 1976 current estimate from the 1976 budget request is due to a reestimate of costs using 1975 actual as a new
base, -$1,130.
No change in the 1977 estimate is reflected.
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
Equipment , , $671 $400 $1,430 $1,500 +$70
The increase in the 1976 current estimate to the 1976 budget estimate is the result of higher equipment costs of new and additional
equipment necessary for the new positions, +$1,030.
The slight increase in the 1977 estimate is to reflect estimated replacement of equipment, +$70.
SA-31
-------
'"7
AGENCY AND REGIONAL MANAGEMENT
Classification by Objects
Includes Direct Obligations Only
(in thousands of dollars)
Actual
1975
Estimate
1976
Personnel Services , S36,959 $36,810
Other Objects:
21 Travel and transportation of persons 1,690 1,770
22 Transportation of things 99 127
23 Rent, communications, and utilities, 6,055 7,000
24 Printing and reproduction , 399 666
25 Other services 8,050 14,314
26 Supplies and materials ,...» 622 699
31 Equipment ,.. 1,091 261
32 Lands and structures. 12
41 Grants, subsidies, and contributions. 71 436
42 Insurance claims and indemnities 3 —
Total, Other Objects 13,092 25,273
Total Obligations 55,051 62,083
Position Data:
Average salary, GS positions 517,259 S18J76
Average grade, GS positions. ,.. 9.53 9.53
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBJECT CLASSIFICATIONS
Budget Current
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate
1975 ,1976 . 1976 1977
PersonneJ services , 536.959 534,554 536,810 538,324
The increase in the 1976 current e?timate over the 1976 budget request is the result of the increase in:
Annual ization of increased man-years. +$879
Absorption from other object classifications to support October 1975 pay raise +1,377
Total.,.,-. -. +2,256
Estimate
1977 .
$38,324
1,893
150
7,904
600
17,523
704
274
200
; 29,248
67,572
$13,587
9.53
Increase +
Decrease -
1977 vs. 1976
+51,514
SA-33
-------
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
Printing and reproduction $399 $480 $666 $600 -$66
The increase in the 1976 current estimate over the 1976 budget request is the result of increased costs primarily as a result of
Freedom of Information Act requests,- +$186.
The decrease in 1977 is the result of EPA's capacity to perform more reproduction work in-house, -$66.
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
Other services $8,050 $10,790 $14,314 $17,523 +$3,209
The increase in the 1976 cur-rent estimate over the 1976 budget request is the result of renovation of additional space, alterations
resulting from moves, increased employee training, and increased planning and evaluation contracts, +$3,524.
The increase for 1977 is primarily the result of contracts related to the audit of construction grants, +$3-,209.
•v Budget Current Increase +
Actual. Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
; 1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
Supplies and materials $622 $620 $699 $704 +$5
The increase in the 1976 current estimate over the 1976 budget request is due to the annualization costs as a result of the increase
in man-years, +$79.
The minor increase in 1977 is to support a portion of the additional costs required as a result of the average paid employment
increase, +$5.
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
Equipment.. $1,091 $109 $261 $274 +$13
The increase in the 1976 current estimate over the 1976 budget request is the result of increased costs of replaced obsolete
equipment, +$152.
The slight increase in 1977 is to support the estimated requirement for new or replacement equipment, +$13.
SA-35
-------
BUILDINQS AND FACILITIES
Classification by Objects
Includes Direct Obligations Only
(in thousands of dollars)
Actual
1975
tstimate
1976
Other services:
Estimate
1977
21 Travel ami transportation of persons ...................... ........ ........ .......... ... $56 $56
24 Printing and reproduction .................................. .. ................. ......
25 Other services. ........ ... .............. . ........ ....... ............................ $338 2,893 2,125
26 Supplies and materials ............ . ............................... .................. 3 _ 5 _ _ 5.
Total obligations... ......... . .......................... -.-...-.. ............. . ..... 341 2,959 2,186
.EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBJECT CLASSIFICATIONS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs. 1976
Travel and transportation of persons ...... ............. . ............... .. ... $51 $56 $56
The increase in 1976 current estimate over the 1976 budget request is the result of increased costs relating to inspections of alterations
and improvements at EPA facilities, +$5.
No change in the 1977 estimate is reflected.
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1975 1976 1976 1977 1977 vs.. 1976
Printing and reproduction.. ............. .... .............. ................ ... $10
The decrease in 1976 current estimate from the 1976 budget request is the result of a change in the requirements after using 1975 actual
costs as a base, -$10.
Ho change in the 1977 estimate is reflected.
SA-37
------- |